Prince Harry and Meghan Markle certainly don’t appear to be cutting back. If anything, the Sussexes seem determined to maintain a lifestyle that would make most people’s eyes water – despite years of speculation about whether their commercial empire is still bringing in the big bucks.

After the loss of their deal with Netflix last year, estimated to have banked them close to $100 million, the couple arrived in the UK on a staggeringly large private jet. They’re also reportedly preparing to own three properties across the globe.

There’s the Montecito mansion, valued at up to $30 million, private school fees in the UK, their $6.3 million Portuguese villa – which Meghan is said to be planning to have redesigned by her favourite Soho House designer – and a new Cotswolds home with a reported £12 million-plus budget.

It’s hardly giving ‘cutting back’, and while Harry has his impressive inheritance, royal watchers are still asking the obvious question: how on earth are they funding it all?

An insider tells us, ‘There’s no denying that they’re pretty darn fortunate because they’re ultimately living a very five-star lifestyle despite all their money issues right now. A lot of people expected them to really cut back, and to be fair, there are still plenty of rumblings that they will eventually sell the Montecito property, but thus far, there’s been zero downsizing when it comes to their lifestyle.

‘Harry insists they still have money in the bank, and he and Meghan are both projecting a real air of confidence when it comes to all the earning opportunities that they say are coming down the pipeline.

‘Whether that confidence is warranted or not is something a lot of people question, but certainly the Sussexes are not presenting themselves as though they’re struggling.’

It’s been six years since Harry and Meghan stepped down as senior working royals, and initially, they were welcomed to Hollywood as Montecito’s shiny new golden couple.

A-list pals soon followed, from Oprah Winfrey and Beyoncé to Gwyneth Paltrow, while neighbours Ellen DeGeneres and Orlando Bloom were also said to be part of their circle.

But after years of airing their grievances, the Sussexes’ star power has inevitably taken a hit, with even some former supporters seemingly tiring of the royal fallout.

And while Harry and Meghan may have appeared increasingly isolated in California, we’re told they actually have the support of a number of seriously wealthy friends behind the scenes – particularly as they return to the UK.

An insider says, ‘A lot of people are stepping up to offer them support, and they’re not shy about accepting it. They would deny very fiercely that they’re grifting, but when you look at the way they’re living, it’s easy to see why people are accusing them of that.

‘They’re living in one of the most expensive parts of England, travelling around by private jet and getting freebies galore, and yet they aren’t really bringing in the sort of cash that you would imagine is needed to support that kind of lifestyle. So, for their critics, it does appear to be a pretty epic grift.

‘But Meghan and Harry aren’t paying any mind to the negativity, which they’re chalking up to plain old-fashioned envy. They’re immensely grateful to have allies in their corner, and they are insisting that they will pay back everything that’s lent to them, and then some.’

According to a US report, one such wealthy ally is reported to be hedge fund billionaire Ian Wace, who has been close to the couple for some time, with the Sussexes believed to have spent time at his private Scottish island with their children – Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five - in July.

Columnist Alison Boshoff then claimed earlier this week that she had been told that Harry, 41, and Meghan, 45, are now staying ‘indefinitely’ in a spare house on the land of an extremely wealthy friend on the fringes of the Cotswolds, while they begin their house hunt in earnest now they are back on UK soil.

Yet beyond continuing with the comforts they have become accustomed to, the source says it is crucial for the couple, as they find their feet in the UK, that they continue to keep up appearances.

‘Of course, image and perception are everything, particularly when they’re trying to land A-list jobs, so no doubt that’s a big factor in why they are refusing to dial their lifestyle back in any way,’ we’re told.

‘There’s no doubt they are living a very high-flying existence right now. For example, their time in Europe this summer is exactly the kind of thing their wealthy friends do. Everything is the best of the best, which is what Harry has always been accustomed to.

‘Harry has also gotten very used to spoiling Meghan and giving her this real-life princess lifestyle, so the idea of suddenly having to scale that back is a pretty horrifying prospect for him.’

Speaking of horrifying prospects, Prince William is widely reported to be under pressure by certain palace aides and by King Charles to reconcile with his brother following four years of silence between them.

Meanwhile, we’re told that Harry and Meghan’s ‘bravado’ is only irking William even further as, not only is it royal protocol not to flaunt their wealth – hence the Waleses’ major airline travel and bucket-and-spade holidays to Norfolk – but the source says William finds it hard to reconcile the Sussexes' work output with their outrageous level of spending.

The insider says, ‘To their critics, like William, that’s just further proof that they’re out of touch with reality. From his perspective, they appear to be living the life of Riley, going from one vacation to another without nearly enough concrete work coming in to justify the level of lavish spending.

‘For Harry, the ideal scenario would be getting back on the royal payroll in some capacity, but with William so aggressively against anything Harry does, that’s a long shot. They’re pushing ahead with a lot of bravado, but there’s no denying they’re only pulling this off thanks to a lot of help from generous friends.’

Now summer is over, it’s time to think about your health. Get back into your daily routine with budget-friendly breakfast, lunch and dinner ideas from Tesco or Tesco recipes.

Tesco has everything you need to create easy, affordable, delicious meals that are perfect for busy lives. Whether you’re looking to up your 5-a-day for sources of fibre, or protein packed options Tesco has you covered.

There’s also less to pay for 5-a-day at Tesco. You can fill your basket with fresh seasonal British produce such as beetroot, cabbage and cauliflower, kale, leeks, carrots and parsnips. And of course, Tesco has all your favourite fruit too.

You can start the day fuss-free with yummy breakfast options. Grab healthy snacks for lunch and eating on the go. Pick up quick and tasty lunch ideas and cook up simple, easy-prep dinners.

Not only will you find timesaving food hacks at Tesco, but you’ll also find tasty healthy recipes online at Tesco healthy recipes too. Enjoy!

Why not try these back-to-routine meals too…

Tortilla Breakfast Bagel

Serves 4, takes 50 minutes, plus cooling.

Ingredients

• 1 tbsp olive oil, plus extra for greasing
• 1 onion, thinly sliced
• 3 medium potatoes, peeled and thinly sliced
• 285g jar chargrilled peppers, drained (170g drained weight)
• 6 large eggs
• 2 egg whites
• Salt and freshly ground black pepper
• 4 Tesco Finest Seeded Sourdough Bagels, split
• 2 tomatoes, sliced
• 20g rocket
• (2 tbsp) Sweet chilli, hot honey or other sauce of choice

Step 1

Preheat the oven to 200°C/Fan 180°C. Line a 30cm/40cm square cake tin with baking paper.

Step 2

Heat the oil in a large frying pan over a medium heat. Cook the onion for 5 minutes, stirring, then add the potatoes and cook for a further 12-15 minutes, turning gently, until just tender but not falling apart. Add the peppers and mix in.

Step 3

Remove from the heat, then layer the potatoes, onion and pepper mixture in the prepared tin. Mix the eggs and egg whites together in a jug and season with salt and pepper. Pour over the potato mixture. Cook in the oven for 20 mins or until golden and the egg is set. If it’s still runny, return to the oven for a few minutes. Remove and leave to cool.

Step 4

Toast the bagels, if preferred. Turn the tortilla out onto a clean board and cut into nine squares (see tip below). Use four of the squares to top the bagels and add a handful of rocket with the bagel tops and serve.

Tip: This recipe makes nine tortilla squares, so wrap and freeze the leftovers to use as and when you like, just defrost in the fridge the night before.

Whipped Beetroot Hummus Flatbreads

Serves 2, Takes 15 minutes.

Ingredients

• 125g cooked beetroot, roughly chopped
• 400g can chickpeas, drained and rinsed, liquid reserved
• 100g cottage cheese
• 4 tbsp tahini paste
• 3 tbsp lemon juice
• 1 garlic clove
• 4 x flatbreads, warmed (salt optional)
• A sprinkle of pepper
• 2 Little Gem lettuce leaves, shredded
• 180g pack ready-cooked Greek-inspired chicken thigh strips, warmed if liked
• 1 cucumber, finely chopped
• 100g feta
• Salad topper or seed mix

Step 1

Put the beetroot, chickpeas, cottage cheese, tahini, lemon juice and garlic in a blender or food processor and blitz. Add a little of the reserved chickpea liquid and blitz again until smooth. Spoon into a clean screw top jar.

Step 2

Warm the flatbreads according to the pack instructions, if preferred, then leave to cool slightly.

Step 3

Spread a generous serving of the beetroot houmous onto the flatbreads, and top with the lettuce, chicken and cucumber. Crumble over the feta and sprinkle over a handful of salad topper or seed mix. Finish with a handful of pomegranate seeds, if desired.

Tip: This recipe is for two as a main meal but will easily serve four as a light lunch if you halve each flatbread and add some salad and crisps on the side.

With less to pay for your 5-a-day, you can fill your Tesco basket with fresh, seasonal ingredients and enjoy healthy meals every day. Shop in-store or shop online for delivery at Tesco.com.

It was the family fallout that sent shockwaves through the showbiz world – when Brooklyn Beckham sensationally turned on his famous parents, David and Victoria, in a blistering public attack back in January.

But whispers of family tension had been swirling long before then, first emerging around Brooklyn and Nicola Peltz's wedding in April 2022. Although talk of tension eventually cooled – with Nicola appearing to be close to her in-laws - by 2025, the cracks were impossible to ignore.

The couple were notably absent from a string of key Beckham family occasions, including David’s lavish 50th birthday celebrations, while the former footballer and his wife – along with their other children, Romeo,24, Cruz,21, and Harper, 15 – also failed to attend the couple’s vow renewal last August.

By December, the fallout had escalated further, with youngest son Cruz hitting back at claims that his parents had unfollowed Brooklyn. ‘My mum and dad would never unfollow their son,’ he insisted. ‘Let’s get the facts right. They woke up blocked… as did I.’

In the weeks that followed, the 27-year-old aspiring chef broke the internet when he released a shocking six-page statement. The eldest Beckham claimed, ‘For my entire life, my parents have controlled narratives in the press about our family [with] performative social media posts, family events and inauthentic relationships.’

He continued, ‘Recently, I have seen with my own eyes the lengths that they’ll go through to place countless lies in the media, mostly at the expense of innocent people, to preserve their own facade.’

Noting that ‘the truth always comes out,’ he claimed his parents had been, ‘trying endlessly to ruin [his] relationship’ with his wife Nicola, 31, since before the couple walked down the aisle.

‘It hasn’t stopped,’ he alleged. ‘My mum cancelled making Nicola’s dress in the eleventh hour despite how excited she was to wear her design, forcing her to urgently find a new dress.’

David and Victoria allegedly ‘repeatedly pressured and attempted to bribe’ Brooklyn into ‘signing away the rights to’ his name ahead of the Florida nuptials.

Brooklyn – who now lives in a $16 million mansion in Beverly Hills with his wife – also alleged that the night before the wedding, ‘members of [his] family’ told him that Peltz was ‘not blood’ and ‘not family’.

In the months that followed, Nicola – who is the daughter of billionaire businessman Nelson Peltz – has kept quiet on the public fallout, until now.

The couple have now stepped back into the spotlight as they attended the 83rd edition of the Venice Film Festival.

The actress, who has appeared in Bates Motel and Transformers: Age of Extinction, was in attendance to receive the Rising Star Award to recognise her work as an actress, screenwriter and producer.

Alongside Brooklyn, she was joined by her parents Claudia and Nelson Peltz as well as older brothers Diesel and Brad.

The couple put on an affectionate display on the red carpet, with Brooklyn planting a kiss on his wife's cheek as they posed in front of the cameras together.

Nicola ensured all eyes were on her in a dramatic cobalt blue Balenciaga couture gown, which featured a daring cut-out-design across the waist.

As for her husband, he kept things simple in a black tuxedo, which he paired with casual light brown shades.

It was during her acceptance speech that Nicola had some particularly poignant words.

‘You always believe in me,’ she told her family. ‘To have your support is the reason I can reach to the stars in the first place.’

Visibly nervous as she took to the stage, the star even asked the crowd to ‘Please bear with me’ before launching into her heartfelt tribute.

She then turned her attention to those closest to her, making it clear just how much their support means to her. ‘My family are my everything,’ she said. ‘My mum, dad, Diesel and Brad and Brooklyn thank you.’

Brooklyn later shared a sweet tribute to his wife. To his Instagram he wrote, ‘So so so proud of you baby xx.’

As the feud between the couple and the Beckham family shows no signs of easing, David,51, and Victoria, 52, have not yet released a formal response in regards to Brooklyn’s claims.

However, the former Spice Girl has since spoken out about her efforts to be a supportive parent in the aftermath of the scathing post.

‘We’ve always tried to be the best parents that we can be,’ she explained. ‘And you know, we’ve been in the public eye for more than 30 years right now, and all we’ve ever tried to do is protect our children and love our children. And you know, that’s all I really want to say about it.’

When asked about the ‘vicious’ reporting surrounding his family’s alleged ‘strife’ and its impact on those close to him, David responded, ‘To be honest, I'm sorry to stop you there, but that's a private matter. That's the one thing that I don't want to talk about.’

After several weeks in the US following the World Cup, the Beckham family have tried to take their minds off the heartache of Brooklyn’s estrangement.

Recently, they enjoyed a sun-soaked summer with their children on a month-long cruise around the Mediterranean aboard their luxury £16million super-yacht.

And now, heat are told that the holiday was a welcome distraction for Posh.

‘Jetting around the world with David, watching Cruz play at Reading, supporting Romeo modelling at fashion shows, and having Harper by their side has been wonderful for Vic,’ the source says. ‘To be so close with the rest of the family and be going on all these fun adventures and making memories that will last a lifetime has been much needed, thanks to the pain caused by their feud with Brooklyn.’

But whilst Brooklyn remains firmly at his wife’s side, sources say his absence has been felt deeply by the Beckhams.

‘Nothing has changed,’ our source says. ‘That is to say, neither party has reached out to the other. It’s devastating and, of course, David and Victoria would love nothing more than for their eldest boy to be with them on holiday.’

Your autumn wardrobe is about to get a serious upgrade. The SHEIN FW26 Collection has officially dropped, delivering a fresh hit of style for the season ahead. This isn’t just a wardrobe refresh, it’s a movement. Think game-changing layers, luxe textures and statement moments for every budget.

This latest SHEIN collection is designed for chilly days but comes with runway-worthy style. Whether you’re braving city streets or bundling up at home, SHEIN has you covered. Cosy and casual or chic and sharp, this collection delivers all the key looks.

At the heart of the collection are hero pieces you’ll want to wear on repeat: tailored suits with attitude, statement coats, soft knitwear you’ll never want to take off, faux fur that brings the drama, plus bold accessories. Every piece is designed to make an impact, and made to be mixed, matched and levelled up whenever your mood (or the weather) changes. This collection is yours to style your way.

Let’s dive into the key trends that have us obsessed.

Power Dressing

This isn’t just officewear, it’s a power move. Sleek, structured tailoring meets dynamic outerwear in rich palettes; think chocolate brown, deep burgundy, gold accents. Military-inspired trenches command attention, while polished accessories add drama. Step into autumn like you own it; confidence is the new currency.

Folk Revival

Boho but make it rock. SHEIN’s rebooted folk trend channels romantic escapism with floaty ruffled dresses, embroidered gilets, lace trims and lush layered textures. Cosy shearling coats in earthy tones finish the look, letting you channel vintage ’70s chic with a modern, dreamy twist. Wrap up warm and stand out from the crowd.

Retro Mix

Old-school cool, new-school attitude. Retro Mix is all about nostalgia but with serious energy. Think vintage revamped. Faux-fur coats, chunky boots, bucket hats, silky camisoles and statement separates. Play with denim, checks, bold stripes and vibrant colours. Mix and match for a maximalist vibe that’s anything but ordinary.

This is a collection that’s worth obsessing over.

Shop the SHEIN FW26 Collection now at SHEIN.co.uk

Search ‘Trends’ on SHEIN for the latest fall-winter fashion.

SHEINTrends #SHEINGoesWithFW

She's never been shy about showing off her curves - and now Kylie Jenner has revealed she wants another boob job.

Speaking to friends Anastasia Karanikolaou and Victoria Villarroel on their podcast last week, the TV personality, 29, revealed, ‘I do want them bigger. I say it every day. I want my t*ts to walk in before I do.’

Kylie’s pals were quick to confirm her comments - and said she has been talking about sizing up ‘for the past year’. Anastasia, also 29, quipped, ‘She has, like, an obsession with big t*ts.’

And now, insiders tell heat that her boyfriend, Timothée Chalamet, is supporting her plans.

‘People tear Kylie down all the time for having so much plastic surgery, but Timmy has zero issue with it - he loves all her enhancements,’ our source reveals. ‘Unlike some of Kylie’s previous boyfriends, he doesn’t judge her for it or put her down - he’s very encouraging.

‘As far as Timmy’s concerned, Kylie looks hot as hell. He’s very turned on by her curves - so if she wants to get more work done, she should go for it.’

The source goes on, ‘Timmy is madly in love with Kylie, so there’s not a whole lot that she can do wrong in his eyes - but this isn’t a case of him just going along with what she wants. As plastic fantastic as her exaggerated curves might be, they’re very idealised right now by a lot of guys - including Timmy.

‘He has a say in what she wears when they appear on the red carpet together, and he always chooses dresses that highlight her boobs and butt. It’s hard not to notice that he usually rests his hand right at the top of her booty - not the small of her back - when he’s walking with her!’

As one of the Kardashian-Jenners, Kylie has never been scared to showcase her sensational bod - and has been open about the work she’s had done in the past.

After stepping out with more prominent lips, boobs and bum, fans began speculating she'd had work done - and, although she insisted her bum is natural, the youngest sister admitted to having a boob job and lip filler to enhance her features.

In fact, Kylie even went so far as to give specific details of her breast enhancement to her fans - telling one last year that she had opted for, ‘445 cc, moderate profile, half under the muscle’ and ‘silicone’ implants. ‘Hope this helps lol,’ she added.

But while she has undergone many tweakments, Kylie insists she’s not an ‘insecure’ person.

‘I think a big misconception about me is that I've had so much surgery on my face and that I was some insecure person, and I really wasn't,’ she admitted in 2023. ‘I love full lips and wanted full lips, but growing up, I was always the most confident person in the room. I was the girl performing for everyone.

‘I had my one lip insecurity thing, so I got lip filler, and it was the best thing I've ever done. I don't regret it - but I always thought I was cute.’

After welcoming children Stormi, eight, and four-year-old Aire with rapper Travis Scott, Kylie began dating three-time Oscar-nominated actor Timothée, 30, in early 2023.

And since then, the pair have gone from strength to strength - packing on the PDA at sports games, on the red carpet and even during awards ceremonies, as Kylie supported her beau on both the 2025 and 2026 awards circuits.

And the source says Timothée - who has also dated the likes of Lourdes Leon and Lily Rose Depp - loves Kylie's physique.

‘It would be different if the work Kylie had done looked bad, but it’s top notch,’ the insider goes on. ‘In Timothée’s opinion, it looks very natural, only better. It’s very clear that he’s not lying, because whenever they’re together, he’s all over her - he can’t keep his hands off.

‘If she wants another boob lift, a butt lift or anything else, Timmy is totally down for it. He’s not sitting there telling her what she should or shouldn’t do with her appearance - but there is no doubt he approves.’

But while Timothée is all for his girlfriend going under the knife for another enhancement, the source continues that the decision is not being ‘driven’ by him.

‘It’s definitely Kylie who has the surgery obsession,’ they confirm. ‘She only had her last boob job a year ago, and now she’s constantly talking about wanting to get them bigger. They’re already large, but she’s talking about going up two or even three more cup sizes.

‘Kylie’s big joke is that she wants her boobs to enter the room before she does, but she’s deadly serious - that’s how big she wants to go. It's like she's convinced the bigger her boobs, the more attractive she will be.’

And while the rest of the Kardashian-Jenners are all extremely onboard with their own plastic surgeries - with even matriarch Kris undergoing a second facelift ahead of her 70th birthday last year - they’re slightly concerned by Kylie’s decision.

The insider adds, ‘Kylie’s family are all as pro-surgery as it gets - but even they’re worried about her going to such extremes. They don’t want her to end up regretting it. People are warning her that she’s going to look like a porn star, but she doesn’t see anything wrong with that - if anything, she’s embracing the idea because she thinks it’s sexy.

‘It will absolutely be a turn on for Timmy - which is all she really seems to care about anyway, so it’s not likely that anyone will talk her out of this.’

Can’t get enough celebrity news? Neither can we.

With a digital subscription to heat, you’ll have access to the biggest showbiz stories, exclusive interviews, jaw‑dropping reality TV moments and the fashion inspo everyone’s talking about - all in one place, and all at your fingertips.

No queues. No missing out. No waiting.

Just pure, unfiltered celeb obsession - wherever you are.

Your weekly celebrity fix - instantly

The heat digital edition delivers everything you love about the magazine, straight to your device:

- 🔥 The latest celebrity news and gossip

- 🎬 Behind-the-scenes reality TV drama

- 💔 Relationship updates, splits and make-ups

- 👗 Style steals and fashion inspiration

- 💬 Exclusive interviews and insider access

- 📸 Unmissable photo features

Download each issue the moment it’s released and read it on your device - at home, on your commute, or while pretending to work (we won’t tell).

Why go digital?

Because celebrity drama doesn’t wait - and neither should you.

With a digital subscription, you can:

Be first in the know - Get every new issue delivered directly to your app.

Read anytime, anywhere - On vacay, on the sofa, on the school run - your entire heat collection travels with you.

Never miss an issue - Your app keeps every issue in one place, ready whenever you need a catch‑up.

Zoom in on every detail - From red carpet looks to reality TV reactions, see it all in sharp, swipeable clarity.

More heat. Less Hassle.

If heat is your weekly ritual, the digital edition makes it even easier to stay obsessed. No paper piles. No last‑minute shop dashes. Just instant access to the stories everyone will be talking about.

From reality royalty and pop princesses to Love Island legends and Hollywood heavyweights - if it’s happening, it’s in heat.

Ready to join the inner circle?

Your next issue is waiting.

Subscribe to heat’s digital edition today and stay one step ahead of the drama, the fashion and the tea that keeps us all hooked.

Because when it comes to celebrities…

We’re all about the heat. 🔥

Subscribe this summer and get your first four issues for just £4!

For years, the royal drama has had one very obvious starring role: the seemingly never-ending rift between Prince William and Prince Harry. But while the warring brothers have continued to dominate the headlines, whispers of another – rather more unexpected – palace feud have quietly been gathering pace behind the scenes.

Because as the Royal Family continues to navigate one crisis after another, we’re told the relationship between two of the Firm’s most senior women has come under increasing scrutiny – with Queen Camilla and Princess Kate said to be at the centre of an uncomfortable rivalry.

The family has, of course, faced no shortage of turmoil since Harry and Meghan Markle’s ‘freedom flight’ to the US in 2020. But the fallout surrounding Andrew Mountbatten-Windsor, coupled with the cancer diagnoses of both King Charles, who continues to receive treatment, and Kate, now in remission, has piled even more pressure on the monarchy.

And with William increasingly appearing to stamp his authority on his future role as King, royal observers have noted a shifting dynamic at the very top. From his recent decision to sell off a sizeable percentage of his Duchy estate to his continued determination to keep Harry at arm’s length, the heir seems more confident than ever about doing things his own way.

But it’s not just Harry who is reportedly causing tension. With Charles and William said to remain at odds over the so-called ‘Harry problem’, there are also signs of a growing distance between Camilla and Kate.

Kate and William’s official social media account did not publicly wish Camilla a Happy Birthday when she turned 79 in July, while their subsequent ‘summer round-up’ of family photographs featured neither Charles nor Camilla.

And a source recently told us that tensions are now all but bubbling over, with Camilla feeling as if she ‘can practically feel’ Kate and William ‘breathing down her neck’, as she fears they’ll ‘push her aside’ the moment they take the throne.

But, ever practical and steadfast, we’re now told that Camilla has reluctantly accepted that Kate, 44, holds the key to her long-term role within the Firm and she could be forced to swallow her pride and ‘make nice’ with her future successor.

An insider says, ‘No matter how wary Camilla may be towards Kate, she genuinely can’t afford to have her as an enemy.

‘For one thing, Charles has a huge amount of respect and love for Kate, so bickering with her doesn’t go over well with him. But even more crucial is how William feels and she’s simply never going to get anywhere with him if she isn’t on decent terms with Kate.

‘The sad reality is that she may need his help a lot sooner than she would like. Her worst possible nightmare is being booted out and having zero role in the Firm. She wants to strike some sort of compromise that would allow her to hold onto all her perks and privileges when the time comes and she reluctantly accepts that the only way to make that even a remote possibility is to start being nice to Kate.’

It has now been more than three years since Camilla became Queen following King Charles’ Coronation – a role that has brought with it enormous responsibility at what has been an especially difficult time for the monarchy.

Not only has she had the daunting task of helping to steer the Royal Family into a new era following the late Queen’s remarkable 70-year reign, but she has also had to find her own place alongside Kate, whose popularity as the newly appointed Princess of Wales has continued to make her one of the monarchy’s biggest draws.

Now, with Charles, 77, and William, 44, said to have endured a strained relationship – despite putting on a united front at a church service last week– speculation surrounding tensions between Camilla and the Waleses has continued to grow.

Some observers believe the relationship between Camilla and William, in particular, may have reached a turning point ahead of the King and Queen’s visit to the US in April. At the time, reports suggested William had concerns about his father undertaking what could prove to be a demanding overseas trip while he continued to receive cancer treatment.

Royal broadcaster Ian Pelham Turner claimed William had been encouraging Charles to ease back on his royal commitments amid concerns for his health. But he said Camilla was keen for the King to continue showing strength and stability at the helm of the monarchy.

Thankfully, Charles is now said to be on a lighter treatment regimen and has continued to carry out his duties in recent months. But we’re told his ongoing illness has inevitably shifted the dynamics within the family – and has played a particularly significant role in what our source describes as Camilla’s new-found ‘humility’ towards Kate.

‘There’s been an awful lot of friction between them over the years so this is taking a huge amount of humility on Camilla’s part,’ the source says.

‘It’s not remotely Camilla’s style, but desperate times call for desperate measures. And make no mistake this does feel very desperate for her because she knows everything could change suddenly and, however painful it is to contemplate, she feels she needs to be prepared.’

Camilla’s journey to becoming Queen has, of course, been anything but straightforward. Her relationship with Charles was placed firmly under the spotlight when Princess Diana famously spoke about his affair during her 1995 Panorama interview, declaring that ‘there were three of us in the marriage’. Following Diana’s tragic death in 1997, Camilla faced years of intense public hostility and, at times, deeply personal criticism.

But more than two decades later, her position within the Royal Family could hardly look more different. Now a hugely respected and much-loved figure, Camilla holds 115 charitable patronages and has become a passionate champion of literature and literacy through her own charity, The Queen’s Reading Room.

Having spent so many years carving out a place for herself within the Firm – and devoting so much of her time to the causes closest to her heart – it’s perhaps understandable that we’re told Camilla would be ‘horrified’ at the thought of ever having to step away from the role she has worked so hard to establish.

‘She’s spent decades fighting her way from being one of the most reviled women in Britain to Queen consort, and she’s become enormously accustomed to the sense of purpose that comes with her new station in life,’ the insider says.

‘Particularly since Charles became ill, she’s stepped up in a huge way. She gets to champion her favorite charities, welcome people into the royal world and play an incredibly active role alongside her husband. The idea of suddenly going from that to sitting on the sidelines is horrifying to her.’

Meanwhile, the source makes it clear that William and Kate certainly have enough on their plate without actively stoking a feud with Camilla, but for some time, royal observers have noted that the writing may already be on the wall for what time of King William is expected to be.

Alongside championing his own causes – his most enduring being his bid to end homelessness in the UK and promote environmentalism across the globe - the Crown has long been reported to be taking the approach of slimming down the monarchy, meaning that Kate and William will need to ensure that when they reach the top, they are surrounded by people they can trust implicitly.

And we’re told how Camilla hopes that any show of goodwill now will make a ‘huge difference’ when the time comes for Kate and William to take the Throne.

‘It’s not as though William and Kate are sitting around plotting against her, but Camilla can see which way the wind is blowing. She fully expects William to come in with a vengeance; she knows how crucial it is for her to be in his good graces when he takes the crown so she wants to get her ducks in a row now,’ the insider says.

‘That means swallowing her pride and being more gracious towards Kate while she still has the opportunity. She knows Kate is her best hope of getting through to William, so as uncomfortable as it may be, she’s determined to make her an ally.

‘She’s also trying to be more complimentary towards both of them and make it clear that she’s firmly on their side when it comes to the Sussexes. Anything she can do to build goodwill now could make an enormous difference later. As far as Camilla’s concerned, there’s simply too much at stake to let old grudges get in the way.’

It’s been just a week since Prince Harry and Meghan Markle touched down in the UK – and so far, it seems the royal welcome wagon has remained firmly in its shed.

Despite Harry, 41, and Meghan, 45, presumably expecting at least a little acknowledgement from the family, their return has been met with a whole lot of… nothing. No public shout-outs, no cosy family get-togethers and, crucially, no sign of another secret summit at Highgrove. Nada.

Instead, Harry’s father King Charles, brother Prince William and aunt Princess Anne have all been keeping their distance, with the senior royals apparently opting to remain in Scotland for their annual summer break at Balmoral when the Sussexes touched down.

In fact, the only person to publicly acknowledge the Sussexes’ departure from America has been President Donald Trump, who said he was ‘happy’ the pair had left the US.

And while Harry may have been hoping his return to Blighty would mark the beginning of a thaw with his family, we’re told Meghan is increasingly frustrated by the lack of a royal reception.

According to our source, the apparent lack of enthusiasm from her father-in-law has been a ‘huge disappointment’ – and has already left the couple questioning whether a longer-term stay in the UK is really on the cards after all.

An insider says, ‘Charles hot-footed it off to Scotland when they arrived which didn’t exactly send a warm welcome. She wasn’t expecting a tea party or anything official, but it would’ve been nice to have some sort of signal from Charles that he was happy to have his son and grandchildren back in town.

‘Plenty of people have reached out to welcome them; they’ve had all sorts of nice messages, especially from the Spencers, but Meghan’s still got this underlying feeling that they are not really welcomed by anyone within the King’s circle.

‘She says it seems pretty clear that they’re going to have to fight for every single bit of face time with His Majesty and anyone else in his orbit. It’s what Meghan expected but it’s still a huge disappointment because Harry has been promising her it would be so much different.’

The Sussexes certainly seem to have pressed fast-forward on their UK plans, with Meghan having visited Britain just once in the four years before the family apparently decided to swap Montecito for a new life in the Cotswolds.

And for Meghan, it’s not just about trading California sunshine for English drizzle. By moving back, she and Harry are also putting themselves much closer to the Royal Family – the very people they’ve spent six years living thousands of miles away from.

The shift in mindset appears to have begun during their July trip, when Harry and Meghan, along with Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five, spent time with King Charles and Queen Camilla at Highgrove House.

While the reunion is understood to have been positive behind closed doors, there’s been little sign of it publicly. And with Charles now wearing the crown, any thaw with his son inevitably has to be handled with royal caution.

That, we’re told, has left Harry baffled and Meghan feeling ‘defeated’ – as the couple seemingly discover that actually moving back to Britain could be rather more complicated than simply finding a nice house in the countryside.

‘He [Harry] seemed to think there would be a real excitement on his father’s part about having them back but that just doesn’t seem to be the case, there’s been no warm welcome or really any kind of kindness at all being shown,’ the insider says.

‘Harry is convinced his father would love to do more if it weren’t for certain Palace aides in his ear warning him against it. He had hoped they might see his father regularly but judging by the King’s diary and the polite silence they’ve encountered since arriving, they’re beginning to question whether that’s realistically in the cards.

‘On top of that there’s still all this hatred coming Meghan’s way. It’s a lot to adjust to, so it’s no wonder she’s feeling pretty defeated already.’

However, this is far from the first time the pair have been publicly blanked by the Royal Family – the last occasion being Meghan’s 45th birthday just last month.

Her celebrations came and went without receiving any public recognition, and a source told us at the time that Meghan had been left ‘hurt’ by the snub and made to feel like an outsider, despite it simply being a matter of royal protocol to not publicly recognise the birthdays of non-working royals.

The insider said ‘It would have meant the world to her, and to Harry too, if there’d been some sort of public acknowledgement of her birthday because it would serve as a message to the world that she’s been genuinely accepted back.’

Now our source adds, ‘It’s very reminiscent of what happened for Meghan’s birthday. She got zero acknowledgements from the royals then either, though in this case she was really expecting a lot more since she and Harry are rearranging so much to be closer.

‘From her perspective, they’re getting very mixed messages from Charles. On the one hand, they’ve been assured that he’s delighted they’re back, but they’re just not seeing that reflected in his actions.’

Yet things could get even trickier before they get better. Harry and Meghan’s decision to arrive by private jet – hardly the low-key entrance you’d expect from a family that tends to keep its wealth rather more understated – is unlikely to have impressed the royals. The Royalist’s Tom Sykes even likened the sight of their mega-jet landing at Birmingham Airport to a ‘massive middle finger to the Royal Family’.

Then there’s the reported £12 million-plus price tag on their third home, alongside their Montecito mansion and Portuguese villa, plus Harry’s ongoing battle over his UK security.

During his legal appeal last year, Harry admitted Charles ‘won't speak to me because of this security stuff’. And with a recent poll finding two-thirds of Brits don’t want taxpayers footing the bill, the King is facing yet another tricky dilemma.

But whatever the reason for the royal silence, we’re told it’s unlikely to wash with Meghan.

The insider says, ‘She and Harry have bent over backwards to move their lives halfway across the world so that Harry and the children can have more time with his father because there were led to believe that was something the King wanted, and yet when it comes down to actually getting face time with him it’s starting to feel like they may as well still be 6,000 miles away.

‘What really bothers her is the message it sends to the public. If the King and the rest of the family aren’t seen to be warmly receiving them, it only fuels the perception that they’re not wanted back in the first place.’

Meanwhile, new reports have claimed that parents of children who attend Archie and Lilibet’s new school have been politely requested to respect other children’s privacy and to not write or post anything on social media.

This will no doubt have come as a relief to Meghan as she navigates a new school run alongside helping her children to find their feet in their new home. But despite her children’s wellbeing taking priority right now, the source says the royals’ silence still remains a huge ‘elephant in the room’.

‘Meghan is throwing herself into getting the children ready for school, and she’s incredibly busy with work, so it’s not as though she’s sitting around waiting for the royals to call but it is very much the elephant in the room,’ the insider says.

‘For all the assurances they’ve been given behind the scenes, Meghan wants to see some action to back it up. Until that happens, it’s very hard for her to feel confident that the King is actually as excited about their return as Harry was led to believe.’

They had one of the most highly anticipated weddings of the year, which the groom described as ‘magical’. But it looks like fans of Taylor Swift and Travis Kelce will be waiting a while to get a glimpse of their nuptials.

Two months have passed since the singer and the NFL ace exchanged vows at Madison Square Garden in front of guests including Selena Gomez, Sabrina Carpenter and Jennifer Lopez. And while it was one of the biggest weddings in the showbiz calendar, no official photographs have yet been shared.

Taking to social media, fans have shared their disappointment, with one saying, “I love that they get to have this for themselves, but selfishly I do want to see the dress.” Another added, “I haven't lost hope yet but I don't think we'll get much.”

Others shared theories about what Taylor, 36, and Travis, also 36, could have planned for their wedding content. Some wondered if a big project, such as a documentary, is in the works, or whether the couple are holding out to share the photographs on a special day, such as their one-year anniversary.

But with their big day being such a major talking point across the globe, other fans have wondered if the couple are simply avoiding their big day being scrutinised online. “I feel like there was a plan to share them, but the vitriol has just been getting worse,” a fan wrote on TikTok.

Both Taylor and Travis have remained quiet on social media in the weeks since their wedding. The pop star has not shared anything to Instagram since mid-June, while Travis’ account has only shared a scheduled clip from his podcast and a new advert for Tommy Hilfiger, after he became the brand’s latest ambassador.

But the newlyweds’ lack of presence online could be due to another reason.

Insiders tell heat that, just two months after their big day, the honeymoon period is over for Taylor and Travis, as they're living increasingly separate lives.

‘They knew that after the wedding and honeymoon, Travis was going to be going straight into training camp for a new NFL season. Life for Travis right now is very one dimensional – he has to sleep, eat and breathe football. This is likely to be his last season and he wants to smash it. There isn’t room for anything else, including Taylor,’ our source says.

‘She’s handling it by trying to keep busy with her own schedule, which is exactly what they both agreed would be best. But it’s one thing to agree to something on paper and another thing to live it and the truth is, they are finding it a lot more difficult than they anticipated. They got so used to spending every moment together after the NFL season ended at the start of the year, so it’s a huge adjustment and they aren’t finding it easy.’

Fans went into meltdown when the Kansas City Chiefs player started dating pop star Taylor back in 2023. Fast-forward to August 2025, the couple announced their engagement, which was followed by a star-studded wedding at Madison Square Garden in July and a secret honeymoon.

From the very start, Travis and Taylor have been very supportive of one another’s careers. The Shake It Off singer has been a regular attendee at NFL matches ever since she started dating Travis, who was spotted at numerous shows during Taylor’s Eras Tour.

Their contrasting careers and interests have been a huge talking point for fans, and Taylor even referenced their differences in her song So High School, where she sings, ‘You know to ball, I know Aristotle’.

But while their careers are usually keeping them both equally busy, they’ve hit a rare moment where their schedules aren’t aligning and it’s only adding to the stress. While Travis has been back in full-time training mode with the Chiefs and spent most of August at a training camp in Florida ahead of the new NFL season, Taylor is enjoying a quieter period.

Although she recently performed a mash-up of hits for the Grammy Museum’s Icon Sessions and fans are convinced she’s writing her next album, she’s currently on hiatus from touring and promotional duties, marking a rare break for the singer.

Our insider continues, ‘What they miss more than anything are the basic things like waking up together, having breakfast, walking the dog. Travis is already up training by the time Taylor wants to wake up, and their schedules just do not align right now.

‘She also can’t just stay home waiting for him, so she has been away a lot, which makes it tougher. Travis doesn’t sleep as well without her and Taylor says it’s the same for her. They’ve gotten through plenty of long distance in the past, so they’re turning to the same tricks of doing FaceTime dates and even falling asleep together on the call, so they can still have that last contact at night with each other.’

Despite the rough patch, we’re told they’re trying to remind themselves it’s temporary.

The source adds, ‘Neither of them ever wants the other to feel guilty about pursuing their career. They’re both incredibly understanding, but the reality is if they want to continue achieving at this high level, the typical married life is not something they can have right away. They both know this intense phase won’t last forever, but that doesn’t make it any less frustrating when all they really want is to be together.’

She has never been shy about showing off her body, but it seems Kylie Jenner is planning to take things to greater extremes after revealing she wants another boob job. Speaking on a podcast last week, the TV personality, 29, confessed, ‘I do want them bigger. I say it every day. I want my tits to walk in before I do,’ before agreeing that she has ‘an obsession with big tits’.

And now, insiders tell heat that her boyfriend Timothée Chalamet is very much in favour of her plans for bigger boobs. ‘People tear Kylie down all the time for having so much plastic surgery, but Timothée has no issue with it – he loves all her enhancements,’ a source reveals. ‘Unlike some of Kylie’s previous boyfriends, he doesn’t judge her for it or put her down. He’s very encouraging.

The insider adds, ‘As far as he’s concerned, Kylie looks hot as hell. He’s very turned on by her curves, so if she wants to get more work done, she should go for it.’

As a member of the Kar-Jenner dynasty, Kylie has never been reticent about showcasing her figure, and has been open about all the work she’s had done on her face and body in the past. While initially claiming her fuller pout was down to lip liner, Kylie eventually admitted to using fillers.

And last year, she went so far as to give specific details of her breast enhancement, replying Kylie Jenner has opened up about wanting another boob job to a fan’s question that she had opted for, ‘445 CC, moderate profile, half under the muscle’ and ‘silicone’ implants. ‘Hope this helps lol,’ she added.

Kylie – who’s mum to daughter Stormi, eight, and four-year-old son Aire with rapper Travis Scott – has been dating three-time Oscar-nominated actor Timothée, 30, since early 2023. And the pair have gone from strength to strength, going hard on the PDAs at sports events, the red carpet and awards ceremonies, with Kylie supporting her beau at both the Oscars and Golden Globes.

And our source says Timothée – who has also dated Lourdes Leon and Lily Rose Depp – loves Kylie’s physique. ‘It would be different if the work Kylie had done looked bad, but it’s top notch,’ the insider goes on. ‘In Timothée’s opinion, it looks very natural, only better. Whenever they’re together, he’s all over her. He can’t keep his hands off her.

‘If she wants another boob lift, a butt lift or anything else, Timothée is totally cool about it. He’s not sitting there telling her what she should or shouldn’t do with her appearance, but there is no doubt he approves.

‘Timothée is madly in love with Kylie, but her look is desirable for a lot of guys right now, and he’s no exception.'

Blake & Ryan: 'This isn't a band-aid baby!'

The past couple of years have seen Blake Lively ruffle feathers, lose friends, and take some serious knocks to both her social standing and career.

But if there’s one area where the Gossip Girl star, 39, thrives, it’s in her home life with her husband, actor Ryan Reynolds, 49, and their four children.

So, now that her very public legal battle with Justin Baldoni is over – and the reality of her equally public falling out with former best friend Taylor Swift is setting in – we’re told Blake is taking stock of what she wants moving forwards. And it seems both she and Ryan have got another baby on their minds.

‘Their family is what brings them the most joy, and they’re really in need of a boost right now,’ says an insider. ‘Not that it would be a Band-Aid baby – their relationship is rock solid. The timing just feels right. Blake is getting to that stage in life where it’s better to have one more sooner rather than later, and they both really want another child. There’s not some big sense of urgency, but the time to start trying is now.’

Blake and Ryan were invincible just a few years ago, thanks to their acting careers, and fashion and business ventures, not to mention their once rock-solid friendship with superstar Taylor.

Blake was an integral part of Taylor’s ‘squad’ and the singer was named godmother to Blake and Ryan’s three daughters, James, 11, Inez, nine, and Betty, six (son Olin, three, has a different godparent).

But their friendship got caught in the crossfire of Blake’s legal battle with Justin, when private texts between the two women were made public, and their bond appeared damaged beyond repair. That became painfully apparent in July, when Taylor married Travis Kelce in an A-list-packed wedding in NYC, with seemingly every celeb worth mentioning in attendance – except Blake and Ryan.

Although the pair have not publicly said they want a baby, we’re told Blake is focusing on what matters most. ‘Ryan and her kids are the only thing that got her through this hellish time,’ our insider says. ‘If there is any sort of silver lining, it’s that it really highlighted what matters most.

Corrie's Brooke splits from fiancé

Brooke Vincent and her fiancé Kean Bryan have split after a decade together, with insiders revealing that the couple quietly called off their engagement earlier this year.

The Corrie-turned-Hollyoaks star, 34, and former West Brom footballer Kean, 29, got engaged in 2022 – with sons Mexx, six, and Monroe, five, joining in with the proposal. But Brooke is now believed to have taken off her ring.

A source said, ‘Brooke and Kean have decided to split, but are co-parenting their sons together. It wasn’t an easy decision for them to make and they are both trying to navigate this new path together.

‘Brooke has thrown herself into work, as well as spending time with her friends and Kean is doing the same. They’d been together for 10 years, so it was always going to take time to adjust.’ The source added that their focus is on their sons and ‘keeping normality for them’.

Brooke is best known for her role as Sophie Webster on Coronation Street between 2004 and 2019. She and Kean were introduced by mutual friends in Manchester, and they started dating in 2016. She previously revealed that she was worried what people would think about him being four years younger, as they met when he was 19. She said, ‘We used to meet at Asda car park, so that no one could see us. I used to have Maccies and he’d get a fruit bag, because he was training.’

While neither Brooke nor Kean have commented on the split, she recently posted a series of photos with the caption, ‘August… somehow an ending and a beginning all at once.’

Cindy Crawford & Kaia Gerber

Kaia has followed in the footsteps of her mum, supermodel-turned-actress Cindy, 60. But fans always say they share more than a career path – they’re practically identical. Kaia, 24, said, ‘It’s an honour when people tell me I look like my mum, I wish I did. I think even on my best days, I'm not even close.’

Angelina & Shiloh Jolie

Angelina’s 20-year-old daughter Shiloh – who has dropped dad Brad Pitt’s surname – is the star’s double. Mum-of-six Angelina, 51, has said, ‘Shiloh seemed so privileged from the moment she was born. But I’m conscious that I have to make sure I don’t ignore her needs, just because I think the others are more vulnerable.’

Jessica Alba & Honor Warren

A side-by-side of this duo proves just how uncanny their resemblance is, with fans often branding them ‘twins’. Jessica, 45, and Honor, 18, have even got matching forearm tattoos – an eye with an infinity symbol – with the actress writing, ‘Forever connected and protected, my baby girl. I love you.’

Lisa Bonet & Zoe Kravitz

They’ve both made their mark on showbiz and Zoë, 37, and her mum Lisa, 58, are just as well known for being total lookalikes. Despite growing up in a famous household, Zoë says her mum has always kept her grounded. ‘I didn’t have television growing up, and I didn’t have internet at the house. I was allowed to watch one movie a weekend that we had on VHS that she would choose,’ she admitted.

Tish & Miley Cyrus

The 33-year-old Flowers singer is her mum Tish’s double – and they’re famously close. Tish, 59, was the OG momager, managing Miley early in her career and encouraging her to pursue acting after anxiety derailed her own dreams. Miley revealed, ‘She was very shy… so she wanted it for me.’

Beyoncé & Blue Ivy Carter

Although they’re 30 years apart, 14-year-old Blue has grown up to look more and more like mum Beyoncé. The pair are incredibly close, too, with the Lemonade singer, 44, bringing Blue on stage as a dancer on major tours. And the strong genes don’t stop there – Beyoncé herself is the dopplegänger of her mum, Tina, 72.

Reese Witherspoon & Ava Phillippe

Reese, 50, and her daughter Ava, 26, are the spitting image of each other, and Reese fully embraces it. ‘I love being mistaken for her because it makes me feel so young. I’m so proud of her. She really rolls with it. I’m sure it’s not easy looking exactly like your mother,’ she said.

Not that we really need to point it out, but Donald Trump has never been one for mincing his words. And while his realm may be politics, there have been many instances where he has veered into showbiz (no, we’re not referring to his cameo in Home Alone 2) and given his two pence.

Several A-listers have borne the brunt of Trump’s acrid tongue and unforgiving opinions. He ‘hates’ Taylor Swift. He suggested that Robert Pattinson should dump Kristen Stewart back in 2012. Rosie O’Donnell, according to the US President’s team, is a ‘nasty woman’ and ‘total slob’, while Robert De Niro is a ‘wacko’.

And a couple who have been on the receiving end of his cutthroat remarks more than most are Prince Harry and Meghan Markle, who have very recently returned to the UK after spending six years in the duchess’ home state of California.

Now, Trump, 80, has issued an unsparing view on the Sussexes’ return, which comes after the couple infamously slagged off the royals via numerous different outlets. ‘I’m happy about it. I was not a fan,’ Trump admitted. ‘I had a very good relationship with the Queen. Really good. I got to know her really well. [I have] a really good relationship with King Charles. I knew him as Prince Charles and King Charles. I’ve known him for a long time. He’s great. Great guy.’

Going on to reference Harry, 41, and Meghan, 45, he continued, ‘I thought they treated the royal family with great disrespect. I didn’t like it. I didn’t like the way she acted. I thought she was terribly disrespectful to the Queen, to King Charles. And… I don’t know. Maybe I’m different. I wouldn’t have taken them back. Frankly, if I were the royal family, I would not have taken him back.’

Trump reiterated his stance in a later interview. ‘Personally, I would not have taken them back. Too much hate, too many really bad things,’ he said. ‘He [Prince Harry] wrote a book that was so bad, and [Meghan] was a horrible influence on him. What she's done to him is unacceptable.’

He continued, ‘[Prince Harry], he wrote a book that was very terrible to William, it was terrible. The things he said, I wouldn't… I mean, it's just me. I'm sure I'm wrong on this, but I would not have taken him back. I would have never spoken to him again.’

Harry famously recalled an alleged ‘physical altercation’ between him and William in his 2023 memoir, Spare, which happened four years prior at Harry’s former London home.

Harry claimed his older brother called Meghan ‘difficult’, ‘rude’ and ‘abrasive’ before things escalated.

The Duke of Sussex wrote, ‘[William] grabbed me by the collar, ripping my necklace, and he knocked me to the floor.

‘I landed on the dog's bowl, which cracked under my back, the pieces cutting into me. I lay there for a moment, dazed, then got to my feet and told him to get out.’

Meanwhile, the first known instance of Trump hitting out at Meghan occurred in 2019. Shortly after she gave birth to son Archie, Trump was asked whether he was sorry to be missing out on seeing the Duchess of Sussex during his upcoming state visit to the UK – and was told she ‘wasn’t so nice about you’ during his 2016 campaign.

‘I didn't know that. No, I hope she's okay. I did not know that,’ he said.

When it was relayed that Meghan once said she might move to Canada if Trump was elected (she also called him ‘divisive’ and ‘misogynistic’) Trump responded, ‘No, I didn't know that she was nasty.’ While he denied that he called her ‘nasty’, blaming ‘Fake News Media’, a recording appeared to show otherwise.

A White House official said, ‘He wasn’t saying [Meghan] was nasty. He was responding to the reporter reading things she had said about him in the past, and he was saying he didn’t realise she had said nasty things towards him. He said very nice things about her, including he thought she would do an excellent job as a princess, etc.’

Then, in the Megxit era of March 2020, Trump tweeted, ‘I am a great friend and admirer of the Queen & the United Kingdom. It was reported that Harry and Meghan, who left the Kingdom, would reside permanently in Canada. Now they have left Canada for the U.S. However, the U.S. will not pay for their security protection. They must pay!’

Harry and Meghan said they had no intention of asking the US government to pay, and said privately funded security arrangements had been made.

Six months later, Trump took a swipe at Meghan, saying, ‘I’m not a fan of hers. I would say this – and she probably has heard that – I wish a lot of luck to Harry, because he’s going to need it.’

In 2021, Trump struck again. ‘I'm not a fan of [Meghan’s]. I wasn't from day one. I think Harry has been used horribly, and I think someday he will regret it,’ he said. ‘I think Harry's been used and been used terribly.

‘I think it's ruined his relationship with his family, and it hurts the Queen.’

During a dispute over Harry’s immigration application in 2024, the Duke of Sussex admitted in Spare to having previously taken marijuana, cocaine and psychedelic mushrooms, with past drug use potentially affecting his eligibility for a US visa – Trump had plenty to say.

‘I wouldn’t protect him. He betrayed the Queen. That’s unforgivable. He would be on his own if it was down to me,’ he said. ‘I think [the royal family] have been too gracious to him after what he has done.’

Later, asked if Harry should be granted ‘special privileges’, Trump doubled down. ‘No. We'll have to see if they know something about the drugs, and if he lied, they'll have to take appropriate action.’

When quizzed on whether it could put an end to Harry’s time in America, he added, ‘Oh, I don't know. You'll have to tell me. You just have to tell me. You would have thought they would have known this a long time ago.’

But in February 2025, Trump changed tack slightly where Harry is concerned, although still hit out at Meghan in the process. ‘I don’t want to [deport Harry]. I’ll leave him alone. He’s got enough problems with his wife. She’s terrible.’

In April this year, Harry urged Trump to do more to end the conflict in Ukraine. When asked about the royal intervention, Trump said sarcastically, ‘How’s he doing? How’s his wife? Please give her my regards.

‘I know one thing, Prince Harry is not speaking for the UK, that's for sure. I think I speak for the UK more than Prince Harry, but I appreciate his advice.’

Something tells us we’ve not heard the last from Trump where the Sussexes are concerned…

Speculation began swirling last week that, following seven months of hiding, Sarah Ferguson was ready to make her return to the UK.

Now, following in the footsteps of Prince Harry and Meghan Markle, who returned to England last week, the so-called ‘disappearing Duchess’ – such was her skill for all-but vanishing earlier this year – is reported to be moving into her new home as soon as next week.

Her new base, The Sun reported, is a six-bedroom property with three bedrooms and a granny annexe, which she is believed to be renting for £10,000 a month.

Earlier this week, a skip was sighted at the gated property in the Home Counties – the areas surrounding London – and workmen were reportedly on site to install super-fast wifi, no doubt essential for Sarah’s much-awaited return to ‘the real world’.

And we’re told that a return to the bright lights of London is exactly what’s on the agenda for the disgraced former Duchess, 66, who our source says is now attempting to ‘salvage some sort of life for herself’ following seven months of fighting one crisis after another.

But there’s a catch. After months of speculation that cash flow is running tight (something that won’t have been helped by her decision to stay at a £2000 wellness resort in the Swiss Alps for months), Sarah is alleged to need money – and fast. And we’re told it could be only a matter of time before she’s unable to resist the temptation of a juicy memoir which would undoubtedly pull in a quick pay cheque, and spark mayhem behind palace walls.

An insider says, ‘This is a pivotal time for Sarah. If she can find her foothold back in society in London and find a way to cover her costs without doing anything scandalous, there is a chance she could salvage some sort of life for herself.

‘But there are a lot of ifs in the equation. For one thing, there’s still a huge temptation on her part to cash in and do this tell-all. She may be insisting now that she’s not going to write a book, but with the right number, she may very well cave.

‘She’s renting this house for £10K a month; it’s nothing to sneeze at, but it is a real step down from the lifestyle she’s used to because money is a huge issue. She has so many bills; she needs a way to start earning, so right now it’s all about figuring a way for her to do that without offending everyone.’

It’s now been ten months since Sarah and her ex-husband, Andrew Mountbatten-Windsor, 67, were stripped of their royal titles and evicted from their Windsor home of Royal Lodge. At the time, Andrew – who is still under investigation following his February arrest under suspicion of misconduct in public office – was all-but banished to the edges of the royals’ Sandringham Estate, while Sarah jetted off on the first plane to avoid the public storm that had gathered around them. Andrew has denied any wrongdoing.

Her return, then, was somewhat unexpected, but the source says the fact that her homecoming was completely overshadowed by the headlines generated by the Sussexes’ relocation from California tells us everything we need to know about how ‘strategic’ Sarah can be.

We’re told, ‘She was extremely crafty in the way she timed her return. With everyone focused on Harry and Meghan, Sarah was able to slip back under the radar without the sort of scrutiny that might otherwise have greeted her.

‘It caught people off guard and was a reminder that, for all her troubles, Sarah can be incredibly strategic when she wants to be.’

Meanwhile, the Royals have been forced to navigate the return of not one, but two, rebellious royal redheads, which so far they have managed seamlessly by remaining miles away in Scotland, where they may well be eking out the last days of their annual summer getaway in relative peace at Balmoral.

But before long, they may have to face the music, especially if Sarah opts to do a tell-all on her marriage to Andrew, and the source says that the Palace are already in meltdown over the chaos that threatens to ensue.

The source says, ‘It’s terrible timing for the royals to have her back, and they’re all pretty stressed. They’re all at their wits' end, and the last thing they need to be dealing with right now is any sort of drama with Sarah.

‘There’s still plenty of wariness towards her, largely because everyone knows she’s more than capable of making good on her threats to do a tell-all, but nobody wants to provoke another family feud, so the plan for now is to stay silent and keep a close eye on her and the situation.’

Meanwhile, the source says that rather than avoid the royals, Sarah is looking to actively seek them out and is hoping to rebuild the friendships she has lost following the claims surrounding her friendship with convicted paedophile, Jeffrey Epstein.

And the source says that the show of good grace shown by King Charles and Queen Camilla toward the Sussexes when they returned to the UK in July has given Sarah such a huge dose of ‘optimism’ that she believes her own relationship with the royals may right itself again in the near future.

‘Sarah seems to be coming back with a surprising amount of optimism. She figures that if Harry and Meghan are being given another opportunity, there’s no reason she should automatically be written off forever,’ the insider says.

‘She knows nobody is going to roll out the red carpet, but she genuinely hopes she can rebuild some of her relationships with certain family members, Camilla being high on her list since they used to be so close.

‘She’s also vowing to start showing her face around the London social scene again, she says she’s done shrinking away. She’s determined to rebuild some sort of place for herself, whether the royals want her back or not.’

Seven years after it left our TV screens, The X Factor is due to make a major comeback, with reports saying TV bosses are hoping they can replicate its success with a fresh new format and judging line-up. And insiders tell heat that Simon Cowell – the brains behind the show – has got Little Mix legend and pal Perrie Edwards as his first signing on the panel.

‘For Perrie, becoming a judge on The X Factor would be a dream,’ says a source. ‘She got her start on the show and was in one of the UK’s biggest girl bands – she’d be perfect, and the timing could not be better.’

Perrie recently parted ways with her record label and management, ending a working relationship that stretched back to the beginning of Little Mix. We’re told, ‘It’s been a difficult time for Perrie, but landing this gig could help put the fire back in her belly.’

Launching in 2004, The X Factor quickly became one of Saturday night TV’s most popular shows and helped launch the careers of some of the UK’s biggest music stars, with One Direction, Leona Lewis, Olly Murs, and JLS all rising to fame on the ITV series.

However, as the years went on, it began to fall out of favour and declining ratings led to Simon’s decision to put the show on hiatus in 2019. In the years since, he’s made no secret of his desire to revisit the format, and now a reboot is reportedly officially in the works.

Since then, Perrie has been busy with a range of projects. But despite throwing herself into her solo career – releasing singles Forget About Us, If He Wanted To He Would and Passenger Princess – she’s had mixed success. She’s also been focusing on motherhood, having welcomed son Axel in 2021 and daughter Alanis earlier this year with footballer husband Alex Oxlade Chamberlain, who she married in June.

Our insider says, ‘Perrie found the transition to solo artist tougher than expected. She worked so hard on her album and really believed this would be her moment. It wasn’t a disaster by any means, but it didn’t have the impact she wanted. She’s had moments where she’s wondered what she’s doing wrong and what happens next.’

The source continues, ‘Her confidence has taken a bit of a knock, so joining The X Factor would be perfect. It would get her back into people’s living rooms and give them the chance to see the Perrie her friends and family know. She’s funny, kind and much more outspoken than people might expect. She’d also be a good mentor to the contestants, because she’s been there herself.’

The source adds, that while Perrie is very happy, she’s looking to push herself a bit more. ‘Her family life is wonderful, but that doesn’t stop her feeling frustrated about work or hurt about what happened with Jesy. She misses the security of Little Mix. Going solo can be lonely, because every decision lands on you. That’s why The X Factor could be such a natural fit. Perrie knows how brutal the process can be, but she also knows how your life can be turned around with one audition.’

She’s already a devoted parent to four sons, and while Coleen Rooney has always adored life as a boy mum, insiders say the recent arrival of a close friend’s baby girl has rekindled the idea that she and Wayne should have gone for baby number five.

‘Coleen has always said that she’s happy and content with her boys, and how she and Wayne are really starting to enjoy spending more time together as the kids get older,’ an insider tells heat. ‘But she can’t help feeling a pang of regret over not having a girl.’

The source continues, ‘She was never as desperate for it as some of her friends were, but she would have liked a daughter – she’s so close to her mum and would’ve loved to replicate that relationship. So, seeing her good friend with her baby daughter has made her question whether they were right to stop at four kids.’

The 40-year-old – who shares Kai, 16, Klay, 13, Kit, 10, and Cass, 8, with football pundit Wayne – has often spoken candidly about the highs and lows of family life. During her time in the I’m A Celebrity jungle in 2024, Coleen bravely opened up about suffering two miscarriages, revealing she has sometimes wondered whether she had lost baby girls. ‘I’ve had two miscarriages,’ she explained. ‘And I don’t know whether they have been girls. You know how sometimes they say that you can’t carry a certain sex. I would’ve liked a girl for Wayne.’

And life in the all-male Rooney household brings its own set of challenges for the busy mum. ‘They don’t sit still,’ she’s previously admitted. ‘Whereas girls, you find you can go to a restaurant, they all colour in and they’ll get on. Mine are just up and running around. And the more you try and control them, the louder it gets.’

Our source tells us that spending time with her friend’s new baby has started her thinking she and Wayne should try one last time. Although there would be challenges, as Wayne had a vasectomy after Cass, joking that his decision was sparked by CBeebies character Mr Tumble, as he couldn’t bear to keep watching his show. ‘He’s the reason I’ve got the snip. I couldn’t have another kid to go through it again,’ Wayne revealed last year. We’re told, ‘Coleen just adores her friend’s newborn. She loves spending time with their family and buying her lots of little outfits. She’s absolutely thrilled that her friend has a daughter, but can’t help wondering if maybe she stopped too early.

‘It’s not really possible now, and the four boys keep her very busy. She’s always worried about splitting her attention between all the children equally.’

Coleen’s now set to star in a new fly-on-the-wall series called The Real Rooneys alongside Wayne and the children, giving viewers an unfiltered glimpse into their busy family life. In a trailer for the Disney+ show, out later this month, Coleen offers an insight into the chaos, saying, ‘It’s hectic, it’s mad. Not much peace and quiet around here!’

The source continues, ‘It can be a bit wild at home with the boys, but Coleen gets girlie with her niece, who she’s very close to, as well as her friends’ daughters. Still, there will always be a question in her mind.’

The source adds, ‘Wayne always wanted a daughter and would’ve been happy with a fifth, but it’s Coleen who had to go through it all. Now, she just hopes that she can be close to her sons’ girlfriends, like her brothers’ wives are with her mum.

‘And then, hopefully, she’ll get her girl in the form of a granddaughter – but that won’t be for a little while yet.’

It’s been over a month since Holly Willoughby launched her new YouTube series Together to a mixed reception. Yet, while the former This Morning host is putting on a brave face against the mounting backlash, heat has been told her former BFF turned nemesis, Phillip Schofield, is revelling in her rough patch.

‘Phillip can’t help feeling smug that the show isn’t working,’ says an insider. ‘There’s no love lost there at all. ‘He’s positively gloating about the poor reception Together has had. He was hoping it would fall flat, so he’s pretty pleased with how it’s panning out. He still feels Holly threw him under a bus at his lowest point. He thought she had his back, whatever, and when it turned out she didn’t, it left him feeling pretty bitter.’

Phil, 64, and Holly, 45, were one of TV’s most enduring duos, presenting This Morning and Dancing On Ice for many years – and their friendship extended far beyond the TV cameras, with the pair socialising and holidaying together. But in 2023, it all came crashing down when rumours surfaced they were ‘barely speaking’, shortly before news of Phil’s ‘unwise but not illegal’ affair with a much younger colleague was revealed.

In her first TV appearance after Phil sensationally quit, the presenter shared she felt ‘shaken, troubled, let down and worried’ by his actions, and their friendship never recovered. Just five months later, following the discovery of a terrifying plot to kidnap and murder her, Holly also quit the ITV show.

Some social media users have fuelled speculation about a potential public reunion between Holly and her former co-host, with some calling for Phil – who took several jibes at his ex-BFF during his own 2024 Channel 5 documentary – to sit in Holly’s guest chair for a candid interview.

We’re told, ‘Holly isn’t surprised to hear that Phil is gloating right now. She knows he’ll never forgive and forget. But he’s the least of her concerns at the moment. He needs to back off – and there is absolutely zero chance she would have him anywhere near her show, despite what people are saying. It’s never going to happen.’

The source continues, ‘The reception for Together has hit Holly hard – she’s worried the public have simply fallen out of love with her. She’s disappointed with the ratings and reviews so far–the trouble seems to be that the show just isn’t gelling with the public.’

Despite the flurry of online criticism facing the new YouTube series, comedian Katharine Ryan – who appeared as a guest – was quick to stick up for Holly. Referencing her plunge in popularity amid the Phil drama, Katherine called him ‘a bit of a creep’ and said, ‘I think what happens is we get blamed for the actions of men.’

‘All Holly’s friends are coming out in support of her,’ the source says. ‘The backlash spurred people like Katharine on to speak out in support of her – just to remind the public of what Holly went through with Phillip and then with the kidnap plot, too. She’s had a really tough time, and Katherine wanted the public to remember that.’

The source adds, ‘Holly is doing everything she can to make the show better and getting the formula to work. She and the producers are desperately thinking of ways to boost the ratings, including new segments and different types of guests who will entice people to watch and engage. Friends have promised her they’ll help in any way they can – they really want this to work for her.’

From joining in the World Cup festivities to basking in the Mediterranean sun, the Beckham family have enjoyed a luxe sun-soaked summer.

But now, as the days get shorter and autumn kicks in, the family are back in the UK and their holiday bubble has well and truly burst. And while the rest of the clan may be getting back to reality, insiders tell heat Victoria is struggling.

‘Vic had a dream summer, despite the sadness about the ongoing feud with Brooklyn. So, she’s really feeling it now, it’s 14 over, and everything has to go back to normal. What’s really niggling at her is that everyone in the household seems to be raring to go with hectic schedules, while she would love them all to be still hanging out as a family.’

Victoria, 52, and husband David, 51, kicked off their summer in America, attending the World Cup and spending time at their luxury home in Miami, before jetting back to Europe to enjoy a month-long cruise around the Mediterranean on their luxury £16million super-yacht.

The holiday was no doubt a welcome distraction for Vic, who’s had a heartbreaking year amid the estrangement from son Brooklyn. The 27-year-old released a damning six-page statement back in January, publicly denouncing his family and accusing his mum of sabotaging his first dance with wife Nicola Peltz, 31, at their wedding in 2022.

But VB has kept the rest of her family close, spending the summer with sons Romeo, 24, and Cruz, 21, and their girlfriends, as well as daughter Harper, 15. Back in the UK, she was also spotted proudly cheering on Cruz as he performed with his band at the Reading Festival. On top of her demanding social schedule, Victoria has also been focused on the expansion of her fashion and beauty empire, while David continues to juggle his ownership of Inter Miami FC with various endorsement deals.

We’re told, ‘Jetting around the world with David, watching Cruz play at Reading, supporting Romeo modelling at fashion shows, and having Harper by their side has been wonderful for Vic. To be so close with the rest of the family and be going on all these fun adventures and making memories that will last a lifetime has been much needed, thanks to the pain caused by their feud with Brooklyn.’

But now we’re told, Vic has found herself looking ahead and feeling worried about being lonely. ‘Cruz is busy with music, Romeo’s more in-demand than ever, and David will be focusing on football and his brand deals,’ says our insider. ‘ That one hits hard as she’s loved being so close to David. She really leans on him, so it breaks her heart that she won’t be seeing as much of him.’

Despite her struggles with the realities of her family's summer coming to an end, we’re told the designer is pouring her efforts into her upcoming fashion show in Paris at the beginning of October. And the recent news that her eponymous brand has recorded its first-ever profit, to the tune of £7.3million, has no doubt boosted Posh’s morale.

‘Vic is happy that her fashion business is finally doing well, and she knows that it will be a welcome distraction. But she’s desperately trying to sync up everyone’s schedules for their next big get-together. There’s lots of options, she just knows she needs to get everyone on the same page. Organising everyone was easy over summer, but now with Harper being back at school and the boys doing their thing, there isn’t going to be as much family time as she’d like.’

The source adds, ‘Vic knows she has a lot to be grateful for, but it’s also painful.’

While it felt like huge news when Prince Harry and Meghan Markle announced they were coming back to the UK, the couple arrived on 26 August to very little fanfare. And an insider tells heat they’re not too happy about the reaction from Harry’s family.

‘Harry genuinely didn’t expect the reception to be this frosty. He knew there would be tensions, especially with William, but he thought the significance of bringing Meghan and the children back to Britain would be recognised,’ says a source. ‘Instead, it was all very muted. There was no fanfare or sense the family were particularly pleased to see them. It’s left both Harry and Meghan wondering what they’ve done. They’ve uprooted their lives and returned to a country where they feel as though they’re being kept at arm’s length. So far, it feels like it’s been a mistake.’

After six years of living in Montecito following 2020’s ‘Megxit’ – and despite slamming the royal family on multiple occasions – it was suddenly announced on 19 August that the Sussexes would be moving back, with children Archie, seven, and five-year-old Lilibet. Reports have suggested the Duke and Duchess – who are believed to have chosen the Cotswolds as their new home – will keep their status as non-working members of the royal family, as they haven’t been offered the ‘half in/half out’ deal they wanted.

It’s understood the King, 77 – who is living with cancer and was only made aware of the move four days before it went public – is pleased about the return of his youngest son and his family. However, perhaps optimistically, Harry and Meghan had hoped to be welcomed back with open arms by everyone – and we’re told this royal snub has left them furious.

‘They’ve been left with the distinct impression that they aren’t wanted here,’ says our insider. Their arrival was met with tumbleweeds. They’d expected a slightly warmer welcome, especially as they were bringing Archie and Lilibet, but there was nothing. They weren’t expecting a big fanfare and a marching band, but some acknowledgement would have been nice. They think they deserve better.’

The source continues, ‘The Waleses have continued with their own plans and engagements without publicly acknowledging the Sussexes’ arrival. Charles has not rushed to visit, either, and Harry is increasingly concerned about where he and Meghan fit into the royal picture. They’re beginning to realise that their past indiscretions may have caused lasting damage, and they’re worried they may have left it too late to put things right.

‘Harry and Meghan want their children to build close relationships with their cousins and the wider family. That was a major part of their decision to return to Britain. It doesn’t bode well if the royals still intend to keep their distance, but after everything that has happened, who can blame them?’

Another huge bone of contention for Harry, 41, and his wife, 45, has been the issue of their UK state-funded security, which was downgraded after they stepped away from public duties. The Sussexes previously lost a legal battle against the Home Office over their protection arrangements, but now they’re back for ‘an extended period’, the Royal and VIP Executive Committee (RAVEC) have been ordered to conduct a review of the risks the Sussexes face.

Last month, Harry asked Home Secretary Shabana Mahmood to take a personal role in determining whether his family will receive automatic state-funded police protection. A report commissioned by the Prince’s private security firm was also sent to RAVEC. It reportedly details at least six threats or plots concerning the duke – a former soldier who served in Afghanistan – from extremists, including the Taliban and al-Qaeda.

The source says, ‘The couple’s security arrangements have caused the greatest upset. RAVEC has agreed the Sussexes will only receive adequate security for official public appearances, which they still don’t think is sufficient. For the rest of their time, they have access to a police liaison officer, while Harry pays for an expensive private security team.

‘Meghan thinks this is an attempt by the establishment to keep her out of the spotlight. As far as she’s concerned, limiting protection makes it almost impossible for her to be seen publicly. Meghan is extremely anxious and is making her feelings known. Harry’s spending a fortune privately protecting the family, but she doesn’t believe that should be necessary. She feels exposed and suspects the situation is being used to sabotage their comeback.’

Another thing causing Meghan stress is being away from her mum, Doria. The pair are incredibly close, and Doria, 70, lives nearby to her daughter’s California home. Our source continues, ‘Meghan’s anxiety has been worsened by the absence of her mum, who has always been her rock. She’s doing everything she can to persuade Doria to visit, because she feels lonely and doesn’t know where to go from here.’

The insider adds that the Sussexes are still pushing on with their new UK life. ‘Harry and Meghan seem determined to force their way back into the royal fold, welcome or not. They won’t give up,’ we’re told. Despite the frosty reception, Harry has no intention of abandoning his plans to play a role in public life. He says that it’s his destiny, and something he has every right to pass on to Archie and Lilibet. He intends to pursue it.

The insider adds, ‘He won’t allow their differences to rob him of his birthright, or deny his children their royal legacy.’

It’s been over a decade since Joey Essex burst onto our screens as Brentwood’s loveable doofus on The Only Way Is Essex. Making a name for himself with his often, er, unique takes on life (always buying trainers a couple of sizes too small so they don’t crease, anyone?) and his ‘Reem’ catchphrase, Joey, 36, quickly became one of the most sought-after names in reality TV, appearing on shows such as Dancing On Ice, I’m A Celebrity, Love Island and Celebs Go Dating, earning the title of King of Reality TV.

More recently, Joey has set his sights on becoming King of the Boxing Ring, winning his first professional fight against Portuguese influencer Numeiro in Manchester last year. But now, TV has once again come calling in the shape of The Box, ITV’s new game show, which sees celebrities, including Joey, TV presenter Ranvir Singh, online star Danny Aarons and Love Island’s Shakira Khan locked inside a yellow box and whisked off to an undisclosed location to compete in gruelling mental and physical tasks.

Here, Joey spills all on his latest challenge, and gives us the lowdown on his love life, career aspirations and his decades-long love for the Spice Girls…

What made you want to sign up for The Box?

It appealed to me because it was something that I’ve never seen or heard of before. I’ve done most TV – especially in the UK. I would say I’ve done every show that’s on TV. When my manager told me about The Box, I said straight away, ‘Mate, 100% I want to do that!’

Did it live up to your expectations?

I love a challenge, and this is about challenging yourself in all different ways. For me, it really opened my eyes. People will see what Joey Essex is really about. I don’t want to give too much away, but it really opens you up to who you really are.

Will fans see a new side to you?

Yeah, totally. You had to tackle every challenge head on and show what you’re about, whether you’re afraid of things or not. Viewers will really see the inside and out of every single person involved. It’s interesting.

How did you prepare?

I’d just finished a boxing match, so I was pretty fit going in. But there were all sorts of obstacles and challenges that didn’t include fitness. Every challenge was just like the flip of a coin, to be honest.

What were some of the craziest ones?

There was one with Peter Andre onstage. That was just mindblowing. Having to get the right lyrics and the dance routine was very difficult.

Did it make you want to revisit your music career [he released a single, Reem, in 2011 and a cover of Maxi Priest’s Close To You last year]?

Never say never… But if I did bring out another song, it has to be a rap.

You said you didn’t really know any of the other celebs on The Box – did you end up bonding with anyone?

I bonded with Ranvir Singh. Everyone was so nice, honestly. Especially Ranvir, Danny and Shakira – she’s like my little sister.

Have you stayed in touch with anyone?

Yeah, I’ve stayed in touch with Ranvir – we really got on. We had some nice deep chats and stuff. You’re no stranger to reality TV.

How did The Box compare to the other shows you’ve done?

It was like SAS: Who Dares Wins, without getting hypothermia. The Box was a challenge, but SAS was deep. You’d be running until someone couldn’t run any more, people were jumping out of planes – there were times it was frightening. With The Box, you still had to be brave– I was surprised people didn’t back out because it was very tough at times – but, as much as it was hard, it was also really fun.

In the first episode, you say you’re smarter than people give you credit for. Do you think The Box will change people’s perception of you?

It’s one of those shows that will open me up to viewers and show them who I really am. I am actually very smart and clever in my own ways. Academically, I might not be the brightest person, but put me in a room with a bunch of people and give us some challenges, and I’ll be at the top.

Would you say people underestimate you?

I’ve always been underestimated, but I always seem to outwork most people, especially on TV shows. On every show I’ve ever done, whether it was SAS, I’m A Celebrity, Dancing On Ice, or anything else, I’ve always done really well. I’ve always been underestimated in a lot of things I do, but I always seem to shine.

What’s the secret to your success?

I’ve been true to myself throughout my whole career, and I like to take risks. If you take risks, you get big rewards. How’s the boxing going? It’s going well. I’ve got a fight coming up on 10 October. I feel ready, I feel fit. I’m in the gym every day, five or six days a week, just boxing. It’s funny that I did a boxing fight and then I did a show called The Box.

What else have you got coming up?

I’ve actually shot my first-ever film. I’m in a film with an actor who’s a good friend of my dad’s, Geoff Bell. They grew up together, playing football. He was in Mobland and a film called The Business. Me and him shot a short film together, which will hopefully be out this year.

How was that?

It’s hard to put it into words, really. When someone says, ‘Lights, camera action’, on reality TV, you just let the cameras roll and get on with it. You say what you say, and it doesn’t matter, because that’s who you are. With film, you shoot something, you do a certain amount of takes and then that’s it, you move on to the next shot. I had a monologue where I had to talk for five minutes, which I had to learn. I remembered it all, word-for-word, so I’m very proud of myself. I don’t want to big myself up too much, but I think I did pretty well.

Do you think we’ll see you at the Oscars?

I wouldn’t be surprised, honestly! I went to drama school three or four years ago. All my life, all I’ve ever wanted to be is an actor. I genuinely think people are going to be very surprised and think, ‘Has he acted before? He must have done this before, surely?’

What would be your dream role?

Leo Woodall actually said his role in The White Lotus was all based around Joey Essex. So, I think it would make sense if I got like a small role in that show. Or something like Top Boy, or another Netflix drama.

Do you have any other goals still to tick off?

I think becoming an actor would be a dream to me. If it wasn’t looking good for me, I wouldn’t even try, but I knew I had what it takes. Reality television, I’ve kind of completed it. I feel like boxing is also a bit of a bucket list tick. To carry it on, the dream would be to fight the biggest names in boxing, which I’ve always believed that I’d be able to do anyway.

Who’s the ultimate opponent?

There are loads of people who want to fight me. They all want to fight with Joey Essex! KSI’s brother Deji keeps going on about fighting me. If I was to fight Deji and beat him, I’d want KSI as well in the contract. I heard Tommy Fury recently said that he reckons he could beat me – I’m not sure about that!

Are you currently dating?

I’m on the market, but I’m not chasing. I’m letting it come to me. If the right person comes in my path, then I’ll see what’s going on. But I’m very focused on myself. I’ve got to be disciplined and concentrate on my boxing at the minute.

Would you like get married and have children one day?

I’ve always said that’s what I want. I think it’s something that everyone really wants, but there’s a time in your life when you go, ‘Actually, I think I’m ready.’ I do feel like I’m starting to be a bit more chilled, so I’m kind of ready to settle down. I’d love to have a family – that’s a dream for me now.

Would you look for love on a reality TV show again?

I think I would, but maybe I’d have to do it in another country. I feel like I’d have to go to the US, because I feel like any UK TV show I go on now, everyone knows who I am. If I was going to do a TV show now, I’d rather go into something where people don’t know me or my backstory.

You’ve appeared on Selling Sunset – are you planning to try and break America?

I’ve got some good friends in the American industry. So, never say never. Watch this space…

Are you used to being famous now?

I do consider myself quite famous, but I’m not like Leonardo DiCaprio or Justin Bieber.

Are people starstruck when they meet you?

I’ll be honest, and I’m not even being bigheaded, people just can’t believe it’s me. It’s mad! People just can’t believe that they’ve seen Joey Essex. They say to me, ‘Oh, my God, are you Joey Essex?!’ I’m like, ‘Am I that famous?’

Have you ever been starstruck?

Growing up, I was never really into famous people. As a kid, the only thing I remember liking was the Spice Girls. I used to love the Spice Girls. I never cared about celebs, so I’ve never really been starstruck

Last summer, it was announced that Gemma Collins would take the helm of her own show, Four Weddings And A Baby. But after a particularly challenging year, which has seen her and businessman fiancé Rami Hawash face fertility issues, while he also grappled with mental health struggles and Gemma dealt with the loss of her mum Joan, the series’ title has changed to Everything. All At Once.

‘Things didn’t go to plan. There were no weddings and no baby,’ Gemma says of the show’s old premise. ‘The new title is perfect because when you watch it, you realise I am going through everything all at once. There comes a time when you can’t keep hiding what’s actually happening.’

The reality TV star, 45 – who found fame on TOWIE in 2011 – has made no secret of her desire to be a parent over the years and loves being a stepmum to Rami’s eight-year-old son Tristan. And even after everything she and Rami, 51, have been through, she remains admirably level-headed about the possibility of not having her own child.

‘With my mum gone, I’m going to be the mum of the family now, the matriarch, and I’m really excited for that,’ Gemma reflects. ‘If it’s meant to happen, my mum will send me a miracle. If it doesn’t, I’m at peace with that. Maybe those feelings will start creeping back in and maybe it will feel like the right time. One thing I’ve learned is that you have to be happy with what you’ve got and make the best of it.’

Gemma famously had an on-off relationship with Rami after they first started dating in 2011, but they have been engaged – not for the first time – since 2024.

Speaking about future milestones, Gemma says, ‘Most people get married young and have kids, but I put my mum [who suffered from long-term health issues] before all of that, and I’m happy that I did. Rami and I went to [London private hospital] The Portland, and I started thinking maybe there could be a miracle. We could get an egg donor and make it work. But, as you’ll see on the show, it got increasingly difficult. I understand why couples break up from it – it’s really challenging. It’s not just getting an egg from someone and getting on with your life.’

In July, Gemma’s mum Joan – who was unwell for 16 years – passed away from pneumonia aged 70. ‘I barely left my house the last two years. I was angry that she was suffering, and I’d have done anything to take the pain away for her,’ Gemma says. ‘I’m excited to do my mum proud and to see the woman I’m going to become.

She found love again with Cam Whitnall following her split from Love Island boyfriend Andrew Le Page in January 2025, and her romance with the Big Cat Sanctuary director is going from strength to strength. Now, chatting to heat, Tasha Ghouri admits she’s happier than ever.

‘He is The One. I feel like it was definitely a tough year last year. And now, honestly, I feel at home. I feel happy and content,’ she tells us. ‘Cam’s just a great guy. He always puts others before himself and I think we’ve both got such an exciting future ahead of us.’

The 28-year-old reveals the spark with Cam, 31, was instant when they started dating in May last year. ‘We did bond naturally. On our second date, he actually took me to the sanctuary and I got to meet the lions,’ she says. ‘It was pretty special and it’s such a beautiful place there. He met my dog Luna on our third date.’

It has been two years since Tasha dazzled on the Strictly dance floor alongside pro partner Aljaž Škorjanec, with the pair reaching the final. However, as a trained dancer, she faced backlash over her background. ‘I didn’t listen to the outside noise – that’s what got me through,’ she says of her time on the show.

‘It can be so intense, but when I look back, I’m so happy with my experience, because I went for it. I didn’t hold back because of what people were saying. I think it’s just the magic of the show – what’s amazing is everyone has different journeys. It’s nice that we can have such a good mix of dance abilities.’

And discussing the new series’ star-studded line-up – which includes EastEnders’ Lacey Turner, as well as Love Island stars Dani Dyer and Cach Mercer – Tasha reveals who she will be rooting for. ‘I’m excited for Dani because obviously she got injured last year, so it’s great that she’s got another chance,’ she says. ‘Cach – I’m excited for him because he’s a dancer, as well, so I think he’ll bring some show-stopping routines. I think we’ve been so used to the same format for years. I’m excited to see the new presenters. It’s going to be a really interesting new dynamic, but I think it’s going to be great to see.’

She’s best known for making Love Island history as the show’s first deaf contestant. Tasha found love with then boyfriend Andrew, 31, with the couple going on to finish in fourth place. But since leaving the villa, Tasha tells us about the pressure of beauty standards that have long followed her throughout her career.

‘When I came out of Love Island four years ago, I started to feel this pressure that I needed to get Botox or filler,’ she tells us. ‘I even had composite bonding done and sometimes I regret doing that because I was following this beauty standard. I did a red carpet make-up free recently, and it was nerve-wracking at first, but I realised I don’t need to look glam all the time. It’s OK to embrace yourself and just be you.’

Now, she is advocating for increased deaf representation on screen. ‘You have Tasha [Stones] on Bake Off and Jodie [Ounsley] on Gladiators – so it’s becoming more of a breakthrough, but I’d love to see it pushed to the forefront,’ she says.

And away from our screens, Tasha – who is proud mum to rescue dog Luna – has joined forces with Battersea Dogs and Cats Home for their new Cost of Cute campaign. ‘Luna is a rescue from Spain, but I never looked at Luna because of her looks, I looked at her because she needed a home,’ she says. ‘When we first got her, she was very timid, and seeing her confidence grow is beautiful. I talk to her like she’s my child. She loves Cam, too.

They had one of the most highly anticipated weddings of the year, which the groom described as ‘magical’. But insiders tell heat that, just two months after their big day, the honeymoon period is over for Taylor Swift and Travis Kelce – with the newlyweds living increasingly separate lives.

‘They knew that after the wedding and honeymoon, Travis was going to be going straight into training camp for a new NFL season. Life for Travis right now is very one dimensional – he has to sleep, eat and breathe football. This is likely to be his last season and he wants to go out on a high. There isn’t room for anything else, including Taylor,’ says a source.

‘She’s handling it by trying to keep busy with her own schedule, which is exactly what they both agreed would be best. But it’s one thing to agree to something on paper and another thing to live it and the truth is, they are finding it a lot more difficult than they anticipated.

‘They got so used to spending every moment together after the NFL season ended, so it’s a huge adjustment. They aren’t finding it easy.’

Fans went into meltdown when Kansas City Chiefs player Travis, 36, started dating pop star Taylor, also 36, back in 2023. Fast-forward to August 2025, and the couple announced their engagement, which was followed by a star-studded wedding, attended by a reported 1,000 guests, at Madison Square Garden in July and a secret honeymoon.

From the start, Travis and Taylor have been very supportive of one another’s careers. The Shake It Off singer has been a regular attendee at football games ever since she started dating Travis, who was spotted at numerous shows during Taylor’s Eras Tour. Their contrasting careers and interests have been a huge talking point for fans, and Taylor has referenced their differences in her song So High School, in which she sings, ‘You know how to ball, I know Aristotle’.

But while their careers are usually keeping them both equally busy, they’ve hit a rare moment where their schedules aren’t aligning and it’s only adding to the stress. While Travis has been back in full-time training mode with the Chiefs and spent most of August at a training camp in Florida ahead of the new NFL season, Taylor is enjoying a quieter period. Although she recently performed a mash-up of hits for the Grammy Museum’s Icon Sessions and fans are convinced she’s writing her next album, she’s currently on hiatus from touring and promo duties, marking a rare break for the singer.

Our insider continues, ‘What they miss more than anything are the basic things like waking up together, having breakfast, walking the dog. Travis is already up training by the time Taylor wants to get up, and their schedules just do not align right now.

‘She also can’t just stay home waiting for him, so she has been away a lot, which makes it tougher. Travis doesn’t sleep as well without her and Taylor says it’s the same for her. They’ve gotten through plenty of long No more date nights for a while distance in the past, so they’re turning to the usual hacks of doing FaceTime dates and falling asleep together on the call, so they can still have that last contact at night with each other.’

Despite the rough patch, we’re told they’re trying to remind themselves it’s temporary. The source adds, ‘Neither of them ever wants the other to feel guilty about pursuing their career. They’re both incredibly understanding, but the reality is if they want to continue achieving at this high level, the typical married life is not something they can have right away. They both know this intense phase won’t last forever, but that doesn’t make it any less frustrating when all they want is to be together.’

Prince Harry and Meghan Markle’s return to the UK has shocked the public and aristocracy alike – and now royal commentator Lady Colin Campbell has given her views on the saga.

Previously married to Lord Colin Ivar Campbell – the younger son of the 11th Duke of Argyll – Lady C is a television personality and royal author, having written about everyone from Princess Diana to the Queen, as well as the Duke and Duchess of Sussex. And Lady C, 77, shares a jaw-dropping bombshell about the real reason Harry and Meghan have moved back to Blighty.

She says, ‘I was informed that Harry has developed a close friendship with another woman who lives in California. And so, of course, if this is the case, it’s a strong incentive for Meghan to have Harry in the United Kingdom.’

While this is purely Lady C’s opinion, and no other reports have suggested her unproven allegations, there have been reports of marital tension surrounding the Sussexes for years. Harry, 41, dismissed talk of a split in December 2024, saying, ‘I feel sorry for the trolls’. But Lady C reiterates that she believes the couple will live separate lives now they’ve arrived back in the UK.

‘Their marriage has been very volatile, and they are in big trouble financially,’ she alleges. ‘The facts I have been told are that he is going to be here with the children, and she will be flitting in and out of the country.’

When asked whether she thinks there could be a split in years to come, Lady C controversially says, ‘They’ll basically be having a typically classical, traditional arrangement, which could last a lifetime – but could also come to an end with the first billionaire who crosses Meghan’s path that she can gobble up.’

There’s also speculation about how the Sussexes will navigate the rest of the royals – especially as, since leaving the Firm, they’ve given interviews and made revealing Netflix documentaries, as well as making shocking accusations against them.

Lady C sensationally claims, ‘Meghan’s not going to be welcomed back – the family wants absolutely nothing to do with her, and as little to do with Harry as possible. Nobody who treasures their connections to the King or the Waleses will associate with the Sussexes – they know that’s a no-no.’

Lady C goes on, ‘Harry has betrayed his father, his stepmother, his brother, his sister-in-law. He’s backed his wife in making the most dreadful and false accusations – of the royals being evil and racist, all of which was untrue. Harry’s shown himself to his family to be ruthless and unpredictable. There’s no way they’ll forget that.’

Though they appeared amicable before 2020’s Megxit, tensions had been bubbling between the ‘Fab Four’ since their ‘jarring’ first meeting.

Despite reports that the Duchess had made her sister-in-law cry, Meghan, 45, claimed in her 2021 Oprah interview that it was actually Kate, 44, who reduced her to tears over a disagreement about flower-girl dresses for her 2018 wedding to Harry.

In his 2023 autobiography, Spare, Harry detailed an incident where he and William, 44, had a physical altercation after he branded Meghan ‘difficult’, ‘rude’ and ‘abrasive’.

Most infamously, Meghan made an allegation of racism to Oprah Winfrey – stating that an unidentified member of the monarchy had raised ‘concerns and conversations about how dark Archie’s skin might be when he’s born’. Days after the broadcast, usually stoic William snapped at a reporter, ‘We’re very much not a racist family.’

Lady C says, ‘Kate won’t go near Meghan. She disliked her from the word go, because she saw what she was. William also took his stand and would never be alone with Meghan.

‘The Sussexes have always tried to compete with William and Kate. Meghan’s game plan to Harry was, “My financial acumen and contacts in Hollywood will turn us into a billionaire power couple.” That was appealing to the chip on Harry’s shoulder – his jealousy of his brother made him go along with it.

‘But it’s backfired, because the public don’t like the game they’re playing. Do people seriously think that a family who’s been subjected to such abuse and vicious lies is going to forgive and forget?’

It’s also been reported that Meghan may make a return to acting. Last week, rumours swirled that the former Suits star could appear in series three of the Guy Ritchie-penned drama The Gentlemen – something Netflix bosses neither confirmed nor denied.

And Lady C continues, ‘Meghan is the biggest fame junkie I’ve ever seen – she’ll be feasting on the daily attention. Meghan and Harry’s aim has always been money and attention. They moved to America with Meghan’s promise to make them richer, more powerful and more popular than William and Catherine. That was her promise to Harry – and, as we know, it’s unfufilled.’

Meanwhile, as Meghan and Harry settle back into UK life, sources have revealed how the shock move has already been tough for them, with the Duchess of Sussex, in particular, struggling to readjust to life in the UK for the first time since 2020.

‘Those close to the couple are concerned and worry that this could be the worst move Harry has ever made,’ an insider says. ‘This isn’t a fairy-tale, it’s real life. Meghan’s already got her back up. But Harry wants this. His focus is all about the children, getting them enrolled back into the royal fold and allowing them to grow up with family around them.’

They add, ‘This is a terribly tense time – a total uprooting like this is up there with divorce and bereavement as one of life’s most stressful experiences. It could be the beginning of the end if Meghan’s not willing to toe the line.’

The Sussexes, with their children Archie and Lilibet and beloved dogs Mia and Pula, landed back on British shores last week, touching down in Birmingham on a private jet costing £88,377 last week. It’s thought they will stay in a non-royal residence in the Cotswolds, living as non-working royals during their ‘extended stay’ in the UK. Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five, will start school this week.

Their unexpected return came a month after a previous UK visit, during which they reunited with King Charles – who reportedly met his grandchildren for the first time in more than four years. It’s a shock U-turn after years of saying they hated living in the UK, with Meghan previously revealing that she felt ‘suicidal’ while living within the royal family.

Following reports that they were meant to stay at the Spencers’ ancestral estate, Althorp, where they spent time with Harry’s uncle, Earl Spencer, during their July visit, it’s thought that the Sussexes – who will keep their £11million Californian farmhouse and Portuguese bolthole – could also be house-hunting in the Northampton area so they can remain close to Diana’s side of the family.

Having previously caused controversy over her alleged ‘diva demands’, which reportedly included fresh flowers and ‘angry emails at 5am to employees’ and were said to have led to staff quitting, the Duchess of Sussex, 45, was accused of bullying by palace aides, which she denied. It sparked an investigation, but the results were never revealed.

The insider says that the former Suits actress is already making fresh demands and has laid down some ground rules for her husband of eight years about their new lifestyle and home.

‘Harry must abide by her rules. Firstly, he’s not to leave her for any length of time or go gallivanting for more than a few nights. He’s desperately missed that lifestyle – skiing, shooting weekends and polo with his pals – but Meghan doesn’t want him going on long trips, so she’s insistent they entertain at their new house,’ the source explains.

‘She also wouldn’t compromise on the house. She wants it to be as good as, if not better than, a royal residence. Meghan wants all her home comforts and Harry has bent over backwards to meet her requirements.’

According to the insider, Meghan is insisting on ‘hand-picked Norland nannies, a full-time housekeeper and four permanent cleaners, a chef, plus groundsmen’. She’s also looking for ‘fully mature orchards, greenhouses and walled gardens, a lake, a pool, a kitchen equipped with top-of-the-range appliances, a gym, beauty salon, and an outhouse she can use as a filming studio, treehouses and a woodland playground for the kids, a polo pitch and a shooting range.’

Once close to Cotswolds residents Victoria and David Beckham, reports recently claimed that Meghan and Harry – who turns 42 next week – may have met up with Geri and Christian Horner, who also live in the area.

The insider says that the couple are being strategic about who their new social circle will be.

‘The strain of returning to a country where Meghan felt vilified won’t disappear overnight. But Harry is confident he’s doing the right thing for his family,’ they explain. ‘He’s hoping to build a safe circle, while Meghan wants to meet other parents and has her sights set on friends in high places.’

Prince Harry is back in the UK, and while that may not mean frolicking in the field behind a pub like he did in his days as a young single man, it is likely to prompt a huge feeling of nostalgia for the former ‘party Prince’.

Not least, of course, because he is now back in his home country, undoubtedly surrounded by old pals who will want to catch up on the past six years of Harry’s life – most likely over a pint or two.

Most recently, Harry has spent his time playing polo (harking back to his roots), but also learning to surf, practising meditation, and yoga - if the recent pictures of him in the ‘upwards salute’ pose alongside some baby goats is anything to go by.

But after throwing himself into all things Montecito, homesick Harry is reportedly thrilled to be back in the countryside, where he’ll undoubtedly feel at home amongst muddy walking routes, horses, his mates and the great English pub.

And a source tells us that after reportedly feeling ‘isolated’ in the exclusive enclave in California that he and Meghan Markle have called home since 2020, being surrounded by his old friends is ‘one of the biggest plus points’ for Harry.

It has, of course, been over two decades since Harry – who turns 42 later this month - was photographed naked in Las Vegas, and years before that when he lost his virginity in a field behind his local pub, but we’re told his wife still feels somewhat differently about the matter of him sharing a pint with his pals.

An insider says, ‘This is a big topic of conversation because now that Harry’s home, all of his old friends, like Skip [Tom Inskip], Mark [Dyer], Charlie [van Straubenzee], and others are wanting to see him.

‘He’s stayed in touch with most of these guys, but he hasn’t seen them in years, and he’s been missing them all like mad. He was very lonely in Montecito as far as friends go, so having time with his friends is one of the biggest plus points for him about coming home.

‘But for Meghan, it’s a real tinderbox; she can’t help but worry that it will get him into a bad situation somehow. It was only a couple of months ago that his old party-boy antics were making headlines again, thanks to the journalist [Charlotte Griffiths, who Harry exchanged texts with before meeting Meghan], his supposed ‘friends’ introduced him to years ago, so her concerns aren’t exactly out of nowhere.’

In 2025, Harry wrote an essay in which he even praised the ‘pub’ and ‘banter’ as two of the things he loved about being British. He wrote ahead of last year’s Remembrance Sunday events, ‘The banter of the mess, the clubhouse, the pub, the stands - ridiculous as it sounds, these are the things that make us British. I make no apology for it. I love it.’

Of course, reuniting with his friends should be a joyful occasion, but after six years of the Sussexes’ movements being highly scrutinised for any slip-ups, we’re told Meghan fears that Harry, plus a few pals and a few pints, could be a recipe for disaster.

‘The big sticking point is what that socialising is actually going to look like,’ the source says.

‘Harry would love to go back to some of his old London haunts, have a cocktail or two and enjoy being back out with his friends again. From his point of view, it’s been the best part of a decade since he’s been able to do that properly, and he doesn’t see anything wrong with having some fun.

‘But Meghan’s very worried by how that will look. The last thing she wants is pictures of Harry out drinking and looking footloose around London; the optics are just terrible. They’re trying to project an image of themselves as serious businesspeople and philanthropists, and she knows how quickly a harmless night out could be turned against them.’

To make matters worse, an outspoken critic of the Sussexes, Lady Colin Campbell, shockingly claims to have been told of a close friendship Harry had with a local woman in Montecito. She further claimed this could have been the reason behind the Sussexes’ sudden move back to the UK, after Meghan found messages on his phone.

She said, ‘I was informed that Harry has developed a close friendship with another woman who lives in California. And so, of course, if this is the case, it’s a strong incentive for Meghan to have Harry in the United Kingdom.’

Of course, Lady C’s speculation is purely her own opinion and based on unsubstantiated allegations that have not been supported by any other reports. But speculation surrounding possible tension in the Sussexes’ marriage has been reported for years.

In 2023, a representative for the couple was forced to deny claims that Harry kept a hotel room in the exclusive San Vicente Bungalows in Hollywood for when he wanted time away from Meghan, and throughout this year, there have been reports of growing pressures within their eight-year marriage as they juggle their relationship with the Royal Family, alongside the pressure to support themselves financially.

With this in mind, we’re told Meghan fears that any innocent picture of Harry on a night out could blow up into something bigger if he doesn’t keep his wits about him.

‘Harry attracts attention wherever he goes. There will inevitably be women trying to get into pictures with him and people looking for some crumb of information they can twist into a story - that is one of the realities they have to accept and plan for,’ the insider says.

‘Meghan wants to see him do any socialising in a private setting, ideally where they’re staying, so that she can keep an eye on things. She has offered to host them to watch the rugby, and she swears she has no desire to stop him from having friends. What she doesn’t want is him regressing or slipping up publicly in any way – not when they’re under more scrutiny than ever.’

Of course, Harry is now a middle-aged man and father of two children – Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five – so Meghan, 45, will be hoping that falling out of a London nightclub isn’t on the agenda. But equally, we’re told that his British mates won’t be enamoured with a bag of shop-bought pretzels decanted into personalised bags while Megs keeps her ear to the door for their ‘bants’, either.

‘She’s going to have to compromise to some extent. Harry is very keen to see his friends; there’s no way he’ll avoid them,’ the insider says.

‘And compared to what Harry’s friends may have in mind, her suggestions are pretty boring. But Meghan’s argument is that he’s a married father of two and an international philanthropist now, and he needs to live up to a certain standard - end of story.’

As one of sport’s most eligible (and wealthiest) bachelors, Lewis Hamilton’s long held the reputation of a man who simply can’t be tamed – despite his previous girlfriends’ attempts to do so. But if anyone was going to do the impossible, it was going to be Kim Kardashian.

After all, Kim’s amassed enough engagement rings in the past to rival the Crown Jewels. Meanwhile, with eternal wheeler-dealer and momager supreme Kris Jenner standing right behind her, you can be sure that Lewis had one simple choice when he started dating Kim: embrace the Kardashian corporate machine…or go home. By all accounts, he chose the former.

So, it’s no surprise that – just eight months into their relationship, and only three months since they went Instagram official – there’s already talk behind the scenes of how and when Lewis is going to propose. And apparently, it’s going to be big, bold…and televised. According to insiders, Kris is already putting the feelers out to Lewis about how and when he’ll get down on one knee – making sure he does so in the best way to guarantee maximum TV coverage, and a ratings boost for their Hulu series The Kardashians. Having been notoriously private in his dating life in the past, Lewis may have previously cringed at such a public display of devotion. But he’s now living in Kris’ world – different rules apply.

‘Things are moving extremely fast for these two, but – of course – Kris isn’t telling them to slow down,’ says an insider close to the hot new couple, who were first romantically linked at the very beginning of the year, before being spotted at the Super Bowl in February. ‘She says they make a fantastic couple, and she’s thrilled that Kim has met a man that’s such a great match for her. No doubt she’s seeing dollar signs too. As a power couple, the branding opportunities are endless, and it’s going to be absolutely fantastic for the show.

‘It’s a relief that Lewis is so unfazed by the whole reality TV aspect to their world. It’s very tough when their significant others don’t want to get involved, which has been the case multiple times. Kris isn’t out to force anyone to take part, but it’s a drag and also a little insulting when they act as though it’s all beneath them. With Lewis, there’s none of that attitude. He’s embracing the family business wholeheartedly.’

It’s fair to say that, since his eight-year on/off relationship with Nicole Scherzinger broke down in 2015, Lewis, 41, has kept his dating life fairly mysterious – despite being linked to a bevvy of famous faces including Gigi Hadid, Rita Ora, Shakira and Winnie Harlow. But since getting together with Kim, 45, this year (having first met her over a decade ago), he’s shown a whole new side to himself – one of a devoted, settled boyfriend who’s more than happy to cater to his beloved’s every whim, and pose for her 344 million followers at the same time.

It’s certainly a change of pace for the F1 legend – and one that has left some fans cringing, especially after he was pictured last month driving to her film set to drop off lunch for her. Lewis’ apparent eagerness to be at her every beck and call left some commenters voicing concern that he’s ‘under her thumb’ and becoming yet another Mr Kardashian.

But, as our source explains, the racing driver isn’t bothered by the optics or allegations of being cringey. Having never been married or had kids before, we’re told he’s loving feeling settled with Kim, and spending time with her four kids, whom she shares with ex-husband Kanye West. As far as he’s concerned, the Kardashian machine is an incredibly praiseworthy business model – and if dating Kim means he’s now a glorified employee, then he’s happy to clock in.

‘Lewis is always praising Kim and her mum for being geniuses when it comes to making money,’ our source explains. ‘He was raised by a single mum, so he has a ton of respect for women, and it shows. He also seems to have zero doubts that Kim is “the one” because he’s openly talking about “when” he marries her. He was with Nicole for a good five years before he ever talked about marrying her, so this is definitely not the norm for him.’

As for how and when he’ll propose, Lewis clearly has some big shoes to fill when it comes to headline-making spectacles. Kim has, of course, been three times before – to music producer Damon Thomas, basketball player Kris Humphries, and rap star Kanye – with the latter two proposals and weddings both filmed for the first iteration of the family’s show, Keeping Up With The Kardashians. Indeed, it was Kanye who really set the standard, renting out the entire San Francisco Giants baseball stadium for a mega proposal, complete with a 50-piece orchestra, a 15-karat diamond ring designed by Lorraine Schwartz, and a stadium scoreboard that flashed the message, ‘PLEEEASE MARRY MEEE!!!’

What’s more, while their wedding in Florence, Italy wasn’t officially televised – unlike Kim’s first wedding to Kris Humphries, which was a ratings hit for E! – the lead-up was covered on the family’s show, drawing in millions of viewers in the process.

Meanwhile, it’s worth noting that Kim’s not the only sister who’s long been expected to make every second of her life a spectacle. Khloe Kardashian famously fronted a two-hour special covering her wedding to ex-husband Lamar Odom in 2009, and – as well as giving birth on screen – Kourtney Kardashian got engaged and married to husband Travis Barker in 2022 with the cameras rolling for their 2023 Hulu special, ‘Til Death Do Us Part – Kourtney & Travis’.

With all that being said, Lewis clearly knows the score – and, as our source explains, he’s nothing if not a team player.

‘Just like when Kanye proposed to Kim and when Kris Humphries proposed, Kris is going to be a key part of planning every step so that it’s worthy of a big TV moment,’ we’re told. ‘Kanye rented out a whole stadium, so Lewis is going to want to top that, and there’s no one better to help than Kris. She knows what the audience wants to see and she knows what makes her girls happy, so this is very easy for her and very fun.’

Brace yourselves, cringe-averse Lewis Hamilton fans. Looks like he’s racing into his Mr Kardashian era at full speed.

It’s been just a week since Prince Harry and Meghan Markle made their epic U-turn and returned to UK shores, and frankly, the Sussexes' grand return has turned out to be a bit of a damp squib so far.

While we eagerly await Meghan’s potential return to screens – with her reported role in Netflix crime-thriller The Gentleman said to be hanging in the balance – the couple appear to have been swallowed up by the rolling hills of their reported new base of the Cotswolds, with no sightings reported thus far.

This is not what we’d been hoping for. But according to a source, we aren’t the only ones who have had our expectations of the family’s return dashed, as we’re told Meghan has been already left wondering if returning to what insiders have referred to as the ‘lion’s den’ amidst days of torrential rain was ‘a mistake’.

An insider says, ‘As everyone knows, Meghan was incredibly unhappy the last time she lived in the UK, so of course she’s terrified that she’s in for another round of agony. And truth be told, it’s not exactly looking great from her perspective right now.

‘They’re up to their necks in moving boxes while dealing with all the negative headlines and the very mixed reception they’re getting.

‘Then there’s the uncertainty over how things are going to go with the royals and the British public. Meghan is understandably pretty anxious about that and already wondering if this was a mistake.’

Just weeks ago, at the end of July, Harry, 41, and Meghan, 45, alongside their children – Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five – reunited with King Charles and Queen Camilla for a secret summit held at Highgrove House.

It has since been reported that the couple had been ‘informally encouraged by King Charles to return to the UK’, which comes as no surprise, given it has been widely acknowledged for some time that the monarch wants his family to be reconciled.

But now, not only does Prince William appear not to have received this memo, but Harry and Meghan’s decision to fly via a whopping private jet – a clear statement of wealth – is not likely to have landed well with the royals. So much so, that The Royalist’s Tom Sykes described the image of the mega jet landing at Birmingham Airport as akin to a ‘massive middle finger to the Royal Family’.

On top of that, plus the reported £12 million plus they are alleged to have splashed on their third mansion [they are keeping their Montecito home and their exclusive Portuguese villa] – is the couple’s ongoing dispute over security in the UK.

Just last year, during his legal appeal to gain UK security from the Metropolitan Police, Harry himself admitted that his father ‘won't speak to me because of this security stuff’. Now, with a recent poll by The I Paper concluding that two-thirds of the UK don’t want the Sussexes’ security to be tax-funded – despite a 2023 threat by the al Qaida – the King faces yet another dilemma.

With all of this in mind, so far there has been no public acknowledgement of the Sussexes’ return by Buckingham Palace – a silence we’re told that has left Meghan again questioning their choice to leave California.

‘She had hoped that there would be some sort of positive public acknowledgement from Harry’s family, and there’s been nothing, which is quite hurtful because a good word from any one of them could no doubt do a lot to silence their critics,’ the insider says.

‘It’s no secret William and others are very suspicious of their motives, and they’ve not been shy saying so, which of course has gotten back to Meghan, which is only making her question this decision more.

‘She thankfully does have a few close friends over in the UK now, so she isn’t as alone as she was the last time, but it's nowhere near the network that she has in Montecito.’

Meanwhile, back in the exclusive enclave that the family have called home for the past six years, a scathing report has suggested that almost every trace of Meghan’s lifestyle brand has been banished from the local bookshop – a small change that is said to be indicative of something much bigger.

A source in Santa Barbara added, ‘The buzz surrounding them when they arrived has long since disappeared. Americans love success, and there has been precious little of that. Their victim narrative became tiresome. America, and particularly this little slice of California, fell out of love with them.’

But still, Meghan is reported to be putting a lot of focus on expanding her brand, which was once so inspired by the couple's US home, it was named ‘American Riviera Orchard’ before changing to As Ever. Even so, sun-soaked landscapes and sparkling wines don’t chime quite so well with a soggy English garden come winter – no matter how much their new base has been dubbed the ‘Bel Air of the UK’.

It’s widely reported that Meghan may now try to balance her business across the Atlantic – a feat the source says is turning into a ‘headache’ already.

‘There’s so much still to manage back in Montecito, too, and the eight-hour time difference between Los Angeles and London is making everything more complicated,’ we’re told.

‘Work calls and conversations with people dealing with their house have to be squeezed into awkward windows, adding another logistical headache.’

However, the source says, ‘The biggest worry right now is their financial situation’, which is alleged to have taken a series of blows over the past few years through the loss of lucrative deals such as Spotify and, more recently, their reported $100 million contract with Netflix.

‘Money is tighter than ever, and there’s a lot of pressure that comes with such a major move,’ the insider adds.

‘They’ve still got enormous bills coming out of Montecito, plus there’s no telling how many millions Harry is going to owe for this legal case [his failed privacy case against a newspaper], it's horrific. Most people would tighten their belts, but here they are, taking on the expense of this new life in Britain, and there is no doubt the road ahead is going to be extremely expensive.

‘They spent a fortune to fly there by private jet. It was worth it to them because their two dogs are part of the family and flying privately made travelling with their pets easier, but it was another huge expense – although that’s nothing compared to the cost of adding another household to their monthly overheads.’

Right now, though, Meghan is facing a problem much more ordinary than how to juggle three mansions across the globe – the Dreaded School Run – where hierarchies and cliques are quickly established.

Not only that, Archie and Lilibet are bound to be the equivalent of local celebrities when starting their new schools later this week, and Meghan will be faced with not only sprinkling edible flowers in their packed lunch, but the very real pressure of helping her children settle into a new country and ensuring their safety and happiness remains paramount – a priority the Sussexes have always made clear.

The source further explains, ‘Amidst all of this stress, Meghan needs to stay calm and centred for the children, she’s got to get them settled at school, and she’s got to find her footing there as well because she does want to be very involved in their schooling, which means she needs to make a good impression with all of the other school mums.

‘It's no wonder she’s feeling overwhelmed and questioning if she's made a terrible mistake. What's worse is that Harry is eyeing this as something he would like long-term.

‘Sure, the agreement is that it's a temporary thing, but everyone knows he wants it to be more permanent, so this isn't a situation where she can count the days towards the finish line.’

Angelina Jolie has proved a divisive figure for anyone who has invested their time in Hollywood’s most talked-about love triangle. Jen, Brad and Ange, three names that remain at the core of one of tinseltown's enduring scandals – did she steal Brad from Jen? Whatever your team take on that mystery, one thing’s for certain: Angelina Jolie is a dedicated and devoted parent. For the past decade, she's put her six children first, placing motherhood above all other priorities in her life. Yet even though family is what fuels Angelina Jolie above all else, one relative has found himself frozen out: James Haven, the older brother who was once her most trusted confidant.

James recently made headlines after publicly coming out as gay via his ex-wife Romi Imbelli's Substack and Instagram. Sharing a series of photos together and joining an accompanying livestream, the couple—who married in August 2024 but split just 15 days later—seemed to present a united front as James announced he was finally sharing his truth and 'beginning a new chapter'. He added, 'After many years of healing from childhood trauma, I am now free to live the life I believe I was always meant to live – one of hope, one of pace, and one of love' – while life coach Romi told her followers, 'I wasn't here to out someone I love. I was here to help set someone free. There is a difference. In return, he set me free.'

Although James' announcement was, on the face of it, a freeing experience for the 53-year-old, sources say Angelina's lack of any response spoke volumes about how far apart they've drifted. Longtime fans will recall that the siblings shared an especially tight bond throughout the 1990s. In fact, during Angelina's early days of stardom and success, James was frequently by her side—a dynamic that peaked when they stunned onlookers by kissing on the mouth at the 2000 Academy Awards.

Angelina, now 51 and a former wild child, had already shown a knack for stirring up controversy (that same year she also began wearing a vial of new husband Billy Bob Thornton's blood on a necklace), so the moment fit right in. When she later stepped up to collect her Best Actress Oscar for Girl, Interrupted, she leaned into it, declaring to everyone watching that she was 'so in love' with her only brother.

For years afterwards, James was a regular fixture beside Angelina at star-studded events and even featured in her film, Gia. He also gave her credit for sparking his devotion to activism and humanitarian causes. Yet despite remaining by her side through her romance with Brad Pitt and rallying to support her when it ended, their relationship now seems broken. And according to insiders, Angelina's failure to respond to James' announcement has left him feeling lonelier than ever.

'This is obviously a huge moment in James' life, and of course he wants Ange there to support him,' says an insider close to the activist and podcaster. 'However, it's not simple for her because, as much as she loves him, they have grown apart over the years. It's not something she readily talks about, but it's no secret that there were a number of things that took a toll on their relationship that went far beyond his loyalty to their father.'The children of actor Jon Voight and the late actress Marcheline Bertrand, James and Angelina, spent most of their upbringing with their mother following their parents' divorce. Looking back on their bond in 2000, Angelina shared, 'I don't know if it's divorced families or what it is, but he and I were each other's everything, always, and we've been best friends.'

Both siblings had a famously tense relationship with Jon, and both were equally heartbroken when their cherished mother passed away from breast cancer in 2007. But whereas Angelina has scarcely mended things with her father—particularly in light of his well-known Conservative leanings and his loud, unwavering backing of Donald Trump—James has appeared far more open to reconciliation. Tellingly, Jon was among the guests at James and Romi's 2024 wedding, while Angelina was conspicuously missing. Our source insists this was no accident.

But, as noted, that's not the only sticking point. Last year, during Angelina's legal fight with ex-husband Brad Pitt, court filings were made public, among them private emails she'd sent to her business manager in 2021. In one partly redacted message, Angelina vented about handing money to her brother, writing, 'Financial situations like Jamie where I just give and give and don't even get a thank you…is just wrong.'She added, 'It's not for me to have to worry that I am always responsible every year, no matter what. And he doesn't need to save because he isn't advised and always gets funds.'

Neither Angelina nor James has ever spoken publicly about the emails, but—as our source explains—they unavoidably created more tension.

'Ange didn't attend his wedding a couple of years ago or acknowledge it,' we're told. 'And then last year it came out that she'd been complaining about James always expecting her to pay his bills, without so much as thanking her. It's not something she would have necessarily wanted him to know that she was resentful of, but it ended up coming out in court. It's pretty sad when you consider how incredibly close they used to be. It was the two of them, and their dear mother, Marcheline, against the world for so long. That sort of bond doesn't just evaporate, not without a lot of pain. She may have some very valid complaints about James, but a lot of people feel it would be best for both of them if they could find a way back to solid ground.'

For James, Angelina's coldness reportedly stings even more, given how fiercely protective he's been of her. In 2024, he told the 90WHO10 podcast, 'That's where it all started, with the protection of [Angelina], and then in the direction of her children – my nieces and nephews. I just want to be there any time, very much like my mum. Any time I'm blessed to be in their presence, I want to be in their presence.'

Regrettably, it appears those blessings have run dry. And with Angelina's youngest children, Vivienne and Knox, having just turned 18—freeing her from the obligation to remain in Los Angeles under Brad's custody arrangement—we're told he fears the gulf between them will only widen. Angelina has openly talked about her wish to leave the US at the earliest opportunity, with insiders suggesting she's weighing up a permanent move to Cambodia or Europe. Even so, our insider says those in their close circles are hoping that, given time, she'll let go of whatever bitterness she's still holding onto.'Angelina doesn't have a lot of people that she's close to aside from her children, and neither does James,' we're told. 'He needs her, and she may not want to admit it, but it's hard to imagine there isn't still a part of her that still needs him too.'

There was once a period when George Clooney held two very important but not unrelated job titles: 'Actor' and 'World's Most Eligible Bachelor.' I think we'd all agree that these carried equal weight on a global scale, and so George treated both titles with the utmost seriousness.

True, every couple of years, there seemed to be a revolving door of glamorous, beautiful women who joined George at premieres and luxurious getaways at his Lake Como residence. Céline Balitran, Lisa Snowdon, Sarah Larson, Elisabetta Canalis and Stacy Keibler, among them. And yet, despite the fact that they were all gorgeous women who adored him to within an inch of his life, Mr Clooney remained resolutely wifeless.

But then, in July 2013, along came a woman named Amal Alamuddin, who walked through the doors of the Clooney Lake Como compound on the arm of their mutual friend, and everything shifted.

She was the very embodiment of a superwoman, and she even sported a cape – the cape of justice, for she was an international human rights lawyer and barrister. She possessed superhuman gifts of intellect and beauty, an irresistible combination that George simply couldn't say no to – he had at last met a woman so accomplished that she made him seem, well, frankly, a touch lazy.

Following a flurry of email exchanges, the pair stepped away from their inboxes and began dating in the real world. George said of their immediate spark, "It's the wildest thing. A mutual friend of ours said, 'I'm stopping by, and can I bring my friend?' And I was like, 'Of course.' But it seems other people had already sensed that Amal and George were meant to be.

Speaking during an interview with legendary US talk show host David Letterman, George revealed, 'I got a call from my agent who called me and said, 'I met this woman who's coming to your house who you're gonna marry.'

And marry they did, after George proposed on 28 April 2014, "I knew fairly quickly that I wanted to spend the rest of my life with Amal. When I asked her, we had never talked about it. There wasn't like 'Maybe we should get married.' I dropped it on her … I have someone … who I care about more than I've cared about anything, so it's really nice," Recounting the at-home proposal, which followed a pasta dinner, George told The Hollywood Reporter, "I did all the stuff, got down on my knee and did all the things you're supposed to do. And she just kept staring at the ring, going, 'Oh, my God.' He continued, 'It was 20 minutes of me on my knee, waiting for her to say yes, because she was so shocked.

The couple married just five months afterwards at the Amande Canal Resort in Venice. Skip ahead to 2017, when it was announced that the Clooneys were set to become parents – and, as if that wasn't thrilling enough, they were expecting twins! Born on 6 June 2017, the statement read, "This morning, Amal and George welcomed Ella and Alexander George into their lives. Ella, Alexander and Amal are all healthy, happy and doing fine. George is sedated and should recover in a few days."

After years of openly professing their love and devotion to one another, George once confessed, "I felt that I had met someone who I would absolutely, you know, trade my life for. I met someone whose life meant more to me than my life. And I'd never had that experience before."

Now it seems the Clooneys have encountered a spot of not-so-smooth sailing over recent months. The pair have been enjoying glamorous outings in Lake Como, and a source suggests it's part of a much-needed lift for the couple to reintroduce some spice into their marriage, which is reportedly said to have been struggling for some time and faces another significant test when he begins filming Oceans 14 later this year.

An insider says, "They've both been very consumed with work the past couple of years, and that absolutely took a toll on the relationship; there just wasn't any time for each other. They weren't fighting, but they also weren't getting any work-life balance and that eventually kills the passion in any relationship, even for these two.

George went through the wringer last year doing that show on Broadway; it took him ages to recover, and he sort of let himself go a little. Amal always looks incredibly glamorous, but for a while, George just wasn't really making the same effort with his appearance. He'd just throw on his dad jeans and not think much about it.

But he's had a wake-up call and has realised he needs to woo his wife again. So, he's breaking out all the designer duds again and looking really good, and Amal has noticed the spark is back. They are dating each other again, and they're getting out, living life again, after spending a long period hidden away working."

Throughout George's lengthy interview with David Letterman, he explained how he was blindsided by meeting the woman who would become his wife of twelve years, "I thought I'm gonna work, I've got great friends, my life is full, I'm doing well. And I didn't know how un-full it was until I met Amal. And then everything changed. And I was like, 'Oh, actually, this has been a huge empty space.' … I'd never been in the position where someone else's life was infinitely more important to me than my own,"

Regrettably, it appears that even though a deep and life-altering bond still exists between husband and wife, even the Clooneys aren't exempt from the odd conflict. It seems demanding work schedules have left them missing some of the magic that makes them such an aspirational couple. But that's something they're determined to put right and made a big decision earlier in the summer to prioritise each other.

"They hadn't planned to spend the summer in Italy; they started out at their home in France, but then they were evacuated because of the wildfires there, so they ended up packing up and leaving for the place in Como.

It was pretty scary; they didn't know at one point if their home would survive. Thankfully, it did, but it still really affected them. It was a very sobering reminder of just how unpredictable and fragile life can be. The silver lining is that it did push them to savour the moment more. Amal is a very social person by nature; she loves getting dressed up and going out for dinner, and George often shies away from that.

'Lately, he's making a big effort to take her out more; it's like they are back to dating. It has made it easier being in Como because they have so many longtime friends and connections there. They are constantly getting invited out, and they have been accepting a lot of the invites.

They're taking the kids out as well, which is fun. It isn't exactly easy to make it happen – even in the summer, they both have very demanding work schedules. Amal has so much she's trying to accomplish, and George is deep in his prep for Oceans 14.

In order to have quality time together, they have to schedule it, which is why there are times it's fallen to the wayside. But they've both vowed not to let that happen anymore. They are still very much in love, and neither of them wants to take that for granted and risk losing what they have, so they've been really doing the work to make sure they revive the spark. The good news is that it's working, they are back in step and very happy."

They’ve been totally smitten for over a year, but Jennifer Aniston and Jim Curtis have tried to keep their romance largely private. Fans have been treated to the odd loved-up photograph of the pair or minor detail shared by Jen, yet most of their relationship has remained out of the spotlight.

But Jim, 50, has now shared a rare insight into his love life – including how he and Jen, 57, resolve any conflicts that might arise. The hypnotherapist opened up during an appearance on The Jamie Kern Lima Show, where he was promoting his new book, The Book of Possibility.

During the chat, Jamie – an entrepreneur and former news anchor – revealed that a prayer Jim once shared has come in helpful when she and her husband are facing a difficult time. She went on to ask if he and Jen ever use the prayer, which reads, “I’m sorry. I’m listening. Thank you. I love you.”

Jim went on to say, “We do a lot of meditation, we do a lot of talk. We don’t use this particular prayer. We have. But it’s very easy.”

He explained that the prayer in question was much more useful for lowering the defences of couples who have been in a relationship for many years, and as his and Jen’s romance is still fairly new, a different approach is required.

“Jen and I have been together a year and a half, so this tool isn’t the first tool that we go to,” Jim clarified. He added that as a couple, they focus on “meditation, acceptance, understanding.”

Concluding his thoughts on the matter, Jim said, “In the honeymoon phase, your tools don’t have to be like big sledgehammers.”

Later in the interview, the hypnotherapist didn’t hold back when asked about his girlfriend, who he described as “so grounded” and “loving”. “I feel blessed to be in a relationship with someone that is so open-hearted and kind and loving,” Jim told the host.

The interview marked the first of many for Jim as he continues to promote his latest book, but one event will stand out amongst the rest on his promo tour. He is due to appear at the 92nd Street Y in New York this week, where he’ll be interviewed by Jen on stage, with fans able to purchase tickets to attend for $95 or tune in online for a $55 fee. It’ll mark Jen and Jim’s first official joint project.

And while this is a major step for the loved-up couple, sources say that Jen throwing herself behind Jim’s work project while beginning to scale back her own has left her loved ones slightly concerned.

Having worked hard over the past three decades to cement herself as one of Hollywood’s most sought-after actresses, it may seem understandable that Jen’s not craving the limelight as much anymore – but her inner circle doesn’t want to see her sacrifice her own career to help someone else’s.

‘Jen’s priorities have clearly shifted. It goes beyond being a supportive girlfriend. There’s even talk that she’d like to become actively involved in the business to the point that she’s interested in training as a hypnotherapist herself,’ an insider revealed.

‘That’s all well and good, but people around her can’t help noticing it’s coming at the expense of her own career, and they worry she’s making a mistake.’

Concerns are said to have started to grow behind-the-scenes as Jen begins to quietly step back from certain projects, all the while agreeing to support Jim with his. It was recently revealed that she’d pulled out of the TV adaptation of Jennette McCurdy’s memoir I’m Glad My Mom Died, despite being enthusiastic about the upcoming project, in which she was due to portray Jennette’s mother and executively produce. Jen’s decision to pull out was reportedly due to scheduling issues, but this hasn’t stopped the whispers about her getting louder.

Coincidentally, the star’s hit TV series The Morning Show is shortly due to end, with the upcoming fifth season being the final instalment. She shared a poignant goodbye to the show, which she stars in with Reese Witherspoon, on Instagram, alongside a string of cast photos.

Waving goodbye to two projects in such short succession hasn’t gone unnoticed by her inner circle. While Jen’s reported net worth of $320 million makes retirement no issue, it’s widely known that she loves the work she does.

The source added, ‘The fact that the next season of The Morning Show will now be its last has only added to everyone’s worrying because, not too long ago, the talk was that she would keep that going for many years to come. This does feel like a very sudden turnaround – especially as it’s come hot on the heels of her dropping out of the Jennette McCurdy project.'

‘But Jen seems to be content with both decisions because it will mean she has a lot more free time, which she says she’s been craving. Still, it’s a little bewildering that instead of getting paid millions to do what she does best, she’s going to be on the road with Jim to promote his new book. It’s hard for people not to wonder if she’s dimming her own light to help him shine.’

Having long been interested in the world of wellness, it simply could be a case of Jen focusing on something new – and shining the spotlight on her boyfriend while doing so. And the Hollywood icon is certain she’s doing the right thing, as insiders say she’s pushed back her pals’ concerns.

'She insists she knows exactly what she’s doing, and says it’s completely worth it because she already has more than enough money and fame for 10 lifetimes,’ our insider explains.

‘What she values most now is love and the life she’s building with Jim. Everyone is just holding their breath and praying that she’s finally found a man worthy of all the incredible things she offers because, when she’s in love, she does not hold back.’

Just over a year after announcing their engagement, Emily Atack and her partner Alistair Garner have tied the knot in an intimate countryside ceremony. Photographs from the big day were shared on social media, showing the couple surrounded by their family and close pals. Emily, 26, looked stunning in a Josephine Scott gown, featuring a plunging neckline and long sleeves, paired with a floor-length veil. Meanwhile, scientist Alistair looked suave in a black double-breasted suit and patterned tie.

The newlyweds beamed as their guests showered them with confetti outside the church, while other photos showed them kissing in front of a vintage car. After exchanging vows, celebrations moved to an outdoor location, where a pop-up cocktail bar and Italian food buffet was on offer, as well as a McDonald’s van.

‘Yesterday, we officially got married among close family and friends. It was absolutely perfect,’ Emily wrote. The Rivals star – who got engaged to Alistair last July – went on to share her excitement about their upcoming second ceremony abroad. She wrote, ‘I can’t believe we get to do all that again in a few weeks time. Christ, we have fun, don’t we?’

Emily and Alistair will tie the knot in Spain later this month in a suitably extra threeday extravaganza. And while they’ve kept plans largely under wraps, Emily has revealed the celebration will be a ‘big, fat, f**koff party’. She also added, ‘I think I’ve nailed it… I’ve very much enjoyed the planning process.’

Controversially for some fans, despite being parents themselves – they welcomed son Barney James in 2024 – Emily and Alistair have instigated a ‘no children’ rule for their Spanish wedding. But thankfully, their guests have mostly been understanding.

Emily previously revealed, ‘We’re being kind to our friends and making sure that people don’t have to worry too much about paying for lots of things, but we have said no kids at the wedding, no children. I’m surprised by how many people are happy about that. I thought I’d get a lot of people kicking off.’

Tying the knot was a natural next step for Emily and Alistair, who have been together since 2022. After becoming parents and getting engaged, the duo found their ‘dream home’ and relocated to the idyllic countryside in Bedfordshire earlier this year, leaving London behind.

The couple have known each other from a young age – Alistair’s dad married Emily’s aunt, making them stepcousins – but reconnected later in life. Emily previously reflected on their romance journey, saying, ‘We realised life’s too short and decided to make a go of it – and I’m really glad we did.’

She’s conquered lifestyle TV as host of Sort Your Life Out, and after stepping in as a guest judge on Britain’s Got Talent earlier this year, Stacey Solomon seems to have her sights set on becoming the Queen of Light Entertainment. Not only is she joining The Masked Singer on the new Wild Cards panel alongside Alan Carr, she’s also set to co-host The Voice UK with Alesha Dixon.

But while it’s an exciting time for the star, it means she’ll be forced to spend a lot more time away from home, and sources tell heat she needs husband Joe Swash to step up. ‘Stacey’s thrilled about her new role on The Masked Singer. It feels like she’s only beginning to realise what she’s capable of,’ says an insider. ‘She’s excited to be working with someone like Alan Carr. She thinks if she makes a success of this, there’s no telling what could come next.’

The source continues, ‘The only issue now is how her new schedule is going to impact Joe and the kids. It’s a tight squeeze fitting in The Masked Singer and The Voice, and she’s trying to figure out the logistics. She really needs Joe to start sharing more of the responsibilities and has suggested they switch things up, so he’s based more at home with the kids to free up time for her to film.’

The source adds that this packed itinerary has left some people worried. ‘Her friends are concerned what it will mean for her and Joe’s relationship,’ we’re told. ‘They’re worried about how Joe will take it, because it means he’ll have to put his career on hold again. These gigs could take things to the next level and give her a workload on a par with Alison Hammond’s. It’s a really exciting time and the kids are thrilled, too – they can’t wait to see their mum on primetime TV. Stacey just hopes that Joe is going to be OK with being at home with them more.’

Stacey’s latest presenting projects come amid months of speculation surrounding her and Joe’s marriage. The couple’s relationship came under the microscope after their everyday rows were laid bare in their BBC reality series last year, including disagreements over juggling work and parenting.

The rumours intensified when Stacey, 36 – who shares Rex, seven, Rose, four, and Belle, three, with 44-year-old Joe, as well as Zachary, 18, and Leighton, 15, from previous relationships – was pictured without her wedding ring.

It also emerged that the pair had never legally registered their 2022 marriage, speculation at the time suggested it was a deliberate move to protect Stacey’s finances, as Joe – who is also dad to son Harry, 19, with his ex – has twice been declared bankrupt.

But despite all the speculation, the couple continued to put on a united front, with Stacey admitting, ‘Being in the public eye I think creates certain pressures, but not on our relationship because half the time what they’re saying, if we know it’s not true, who cares?’

And although Stacey has made no secret of the fact she’s a homebody, we’re told she’s ready to embrace change. ‘Some of her friends are quite surprised she’s taking on all these new jobs, because she loves being at home so much. She will find it hard to be away from the kids, but she knows they all want her to do these exciting jobs,’ the source says.

‘After all the issues she’s been having with Joe, it seems Stacey has been really craving a change of scenery, as well as wanting to switch things up a bit.

‘She isn’t prepared to downplay her talents or hide away in the shadows – she wants to shine and enjoy the spotlight while she can.’

She has spent more than two decades as one of Hollywood’s most recognisable leading ladies.

After rising to fame as the star of hit drama Alias, Jennifer Garner cemented her A-list status with a string of blockbuster and critically acclaimed films, including 13 going on 30, Juno and Dallas Buyers Club.

But while her career was soaring, Jennifer has now candidly revealed that her priorities shifted dramatically behind the scenes.

She met Ben Affleck on the set of Pearl Harbor in 2000, and although their romance didn’t begin until later, the pair went on to marry in 2005 and welcome three children together – Violet, 20, Fin, 17, and Samuel,14.

After 10 years of marriage, Garner and Affleck announced their separation in 2015 – just one day after their 10th wedding anniversary – setting in motion a lengthy divorce process that would not be finalised until 2018.

And while she has remained a steadfast supporter of the man she once famously called ‘the love of my life’, Jen has now lifted the lid on the financial fallout of their divorce – revealing a side of their split she has kept fiercely private until now.

‘I was suddenly like, ‘Wait a minute. I have to take care of myself,’ the actress recalled on the Aspire podcast. ‘I have to take care of these kids. I didn’t get some huge payout.’

The admission makes it clear just how stark the financial reality of starting over suddenly felt for the actress.

At the time, Ben’s net worth was estimated around $75 million, with his wealth being driven by high-profile acting roles, including his box office hit Gone Girl in 2014.

‘I panicked when I was first out of my marriage,’ she admitted. ‘I realised I had taken such a step back in my work.’

She further confessed that prior to her heartbreaking divorce she was, ‘someone who had never given a lot of thought to money,’ before adding, ‘It became very serious to me really quickly that she needed to become an ‘earner’.'

Detailing her return to Hollywood, she recalled the moments where motherhood understandably took priority over lucrative roles. ‘I said I can work in Los Angeles. I can't leave these kids for six months at a time. I would love to – I love going on location – but that is not this time in my career,’ she said.

Garner, now 54, explained that she was also worried about her career in Hollywood since the industry is known for ageism.

‘And suddenly I realised, like, I don’t know how long I’ll be able to work. This isn’t a career that’s like, ‘Hey, you’re 60, you’re 55, you’re 43? Come on, let’s pay you more than you’ve ever made.'

At the same time, fears about maintaining the lifestyle her children had with Affleck began to creep in.

‘It’s not like you can just un-famous yourself,’ she explained. ‘Life is expensive, and you still have to kind of figure out how you’re going to live. And just because you’re well-known by people does not mean that there is some great living being provided for you.

It’s been eight years since their divorce was officially finalised, but Jennifer has always spoke about her ex-husband, 54, with great respect.

‘I didn't marry the big fat movie star; I married him,’ The actress said in 2016, ‘And I would go back and remake that decision. I ran down the beach to him, and I would again. You can't have these three babies and so much of what we had. He's the love of my life.’

Elaborating on their divorce process, Garner said, ‘We still have to help each other get through this, he's still the only person who really knows the truth about things. And I'm still the only person that knows some of his truths.’

But the split came with its own sacrifices, as the star has previously admitted that adjusting to the upheaval and reshaping her schedule was far from easy.

‘When my kids were little, I worked so little, and then we had such an upheaval in our family, that I really hardly worked for a long time,’ she explained.

Despite their divorce – and Jennifer’s own fears about rebuilding her finances and career – she has remained a steadfast presence in Ben’s life. Through his high-profile romances and struggles with substance abuse, Jen has consistently been there for her ex-husband. In August 2018, she was even photographed driving him to a Malibu rehab centre, reinforcing what fans had long suspected: when Ben needed someone, Jennifer was the one he could count on.

Ben has, regularly lamented the breakdown of his marriage to Jennifer, admitting in an interview on Good Morning America in 2020 that the couple would be connected forever, ‘I didn't want to get divorced, I didn't want to be a divorced person, I really didn't want to be a split family with my children,’ he said. ‘It upset me because it meant I wasn't who I thought I was and that was so painful and so disappointing. In myself.’

‘When you have children with somebody, you're connected to them forever,’ the actor went on to say. ‘And I'm very lucky she is the mother of my children. I'm very grateful and respectful of her. Our marriage didn't work, and that's difficult. Both of us really believe that it's important for kids to see their parents respect one another and get along, whether they're together or not.’

And now, Jennifer – who has recently starred in the Peacock series The Five-Star Weekend – is embracing both work and motherhood.

‘When I work, I don’t apologize to my kids for it. I do thank them for being so sweet about it,’ she told InStyle. ‘But that’s part of life. Working hard is part of life, and messing up is part of life. Tripping and falling- there’s room for all of it.’

As Harry settles back into life on British soil, there’s one rather awkward reality he can no longer escape – sooner or later, he’s going to have to come face-to-face with his brother.

As we recently reported, the Duke is only too aware that his return to the UK means walking straight back into the heart of ‘the lion’s den’. After almost four years of silence between Harry and Prince William, there’s little prospect of the brothers simply carrying on living separate lives now that the Sussexes are reportedly considering putting down roots in Britain.

Harry’s relationship with King Charles, meanwhile, appears to have thawed considerably following their secret summit at Highgrove House last month. But when it comes to William, the road to anything resembling a reconciliation remains long, winding and, frankly, pretty bumpy.

While Harry was safely ensconced in California, the brothers appeared to have settled into an unspoken truce. With an entire ocean between them and Harry largely estranged from the Royal Family, there was little opportunity – or need – for them to address the elephant in the room.

Even at unavoidable family occasions, such as the funeral of their uncle Lord Robert Fellowes in 2024, the pair appeared perfectly capable of keeping their distance - but that all changes now.

With Harry reportedly back in the UK and said to be house-hunting with Meghan Markle around the Cotswolds, the Sussexes could soon find themselves living considerably closer to Charles and Queen Camilla at Highgrove House.

And while the King is no doubt relishing the prospect of seeing more of his youngest son and his grandchildren, Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five, Harry’s return also makes one thing increasingly difficult – keeping him and William apart.

Whether they like it or not, the brothers are likely to find themselves thrown together far more often, particularly when it comes to their father and the wider family.

But rather than sit around waiting for the inevitable awkward reunion with William, we’re told Harry is already thinking strategically about how best to navigate his return to the royal family’s orbit.

And instead of making a beeline for his brother, our source says Harry is planning to reach out to Kate Middleton first – because he reportedly believes she’ll be a lot more ‘reasonable’.

An insider says, ‘With everything that is going on, Harry feels he needs to have some sort of dialogue with his brother’s camp and since William won’t speak to him, it just makes sense to go to Kate.

‘She’s the gatekeeper to so many things. If, God forbid, something is wrong with Charles, or they need to communicate about something without bothering the King directly, she’s the most straightforward path.

‘He hates to put her in the middle but he says he doesn’t feel like he has any other choice because William is continuing to be so stubborn and he says he knows Kate will be a lot more reasonable.’

There was a time when Kate was arguably one of the people Harry was closest to within the Royal Family. Before his relationship with Meghan changed the Sussexes’ place within the Firm forever, Harry and Kate, 44, were said to share a particularly warm bond, with the Duke once describing his sister-in-law as ‘the sister I never had’.

The trio of William, Kate and Harry even became something of a royal double act, with Harry jokingly earning himself the nickname of the ‘third wheel’. Their relationship was reportedly full of teasing and banter, with Kate once said to have gifted her brother-in-law a ‘grow your own girlfriend kit’ before he began dating Meghan in 2016.

But things have, obviously, changed rather dramatically since then.

Harry’s revelations in his 2023 memoir, Spare, did little to make things easier, particularly when he claimed Kate had been ‘on edge’ at the prospect of having to ‘compete with Meg’. So if the pair do manage to rebuild their relationship now, it’s unlikely to be quite the effortless friendship they once enjoyed.

Even so, our source says Harry is determined to try. We’re told he remains keen to establish some sort of friendship with Kate, whether William approves or not, particularly because he believes their children will inevitably bring the two families back into each other’s orbit.

With Harry and Meghan reportedly looking to build a life in the UK, the chances of Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five, growing up without meeting their cousins, Prince George, Princess Charlotte and Prince Louis, are becoming increasingly slim.

And according to the source, Harry is well aware that if he wants his children to have a relationship with their royal cousins, he may have to start rebuilding bridges with their parents first.

‘He still has a lot of respect for her and he misses her and says he’s looking forward to getting some sort of relationship with her back on track,’ the source says.

‘People are warning him that this will not go over well with William but Harry doesn’t seem to care. He says he’s done tiptoeing around his brother and he’s going to do what needs to be done.

‘He’s looking forward to striking up a dialogue with Kate and finding a path forward, particularly if they’re going to bring the children together, which of course is inevitable.’

Meanwhile, Harry, 41, has not only publicly referred to William, 44, as his ‘arch nemesis’, but through his memoir, he alleged that William had physically assaulted him in a fight over Meghan. For a celebrity biography, this would have been explosive, but when it comes to tell-alls about the future King of England, the consequences could undoubtedly have been devastating for the monarchy as a whole.

And by his side through it all, a source recently told us Kate knows better than anyone how much William has suffered.

‘It’s not all tough love, of course, because Kate also recognises that underneath all of his bluster, William is in a lot of pain over this situation with Harry,’ the insider told us.

Now, the source says there is no question that Kate would ever secretly ‘conspire with Harry against William’ but we’re told that she could be willing to at least hear him out.

‘It’s going to be a tough situation for Kate to navigate because she has to be very conscious of not upsetting William, but when Harry calls, it’s hard to imagine that she’s going to ghost him or refuse to pick up. Fact is, she does miss him,’ the source says.

‘She’s certainly not going to conspire with Harry against William, but it’s very likely she will want to hear what he has to say. Of course, she’ll be totally upfront with William about any conversations they do have, she would never sneak around behind his back, but she's also someone with a very strong mind of her own and she hasn’t given up hope that things between the brothers can eventually be repaired. Now that they’re going to be so close, she's saying it’s unrealistic for them all to pretend each other don’t exist.’

Kate, meanwhile, also remains incredibly close to her siblings – brother James and sister Pippa, and her children have already formed a close bond with their second cousins, Mia, Lena and Lucas Tindall, Zara and Mike Tindall’s children.

So it comes as little surprise that we’re told that Kate is urging William to allow their children an opportunity to meet Harry and Meghan's children, too.

‘The next generation is a big factor in this for Kate as well. Kate’s telling William that George, Charlotte and Louis deserve the opportunity to know Archie and Lilibet, and vice versa,’ the insider says.

‘When the Sussex children were thousands of miles away, there were practical reasons why they couldn’t build much of a relationship, but those excuses become much harder to justify when they’re all in the same country.’

On the same note, the insider says Kate is adamant that she and William need to lead by example as we’re told she is ‘ready to forgive’ – and hopes William will be too, if given time.

‘William and Kate have always taught their children how important it is to get along and work through disagreements, so Kate feels it sends a terrible message if the adults in the family can’t follow their own advice,’ the source says.

‘The children are getting older and they’re watching everything that happens around them. She’s not asking William to forget everything that’s been said and done, and she understands why he’s still hurt and angry.

But Kate is ready to forgive and she’s very open about wanting him to start moving in that direction too. Harry will need to make the first step, but by all accounts Kate is more than open to having a conversation.’

After stepping away from US legal drama Suits when she became engaged to Prince Harry in 2017, Meghan Markle insisted she was ‘done’ with acting during an interview in 2022.

But fast-forward four years and, after the Sussexes landed back in the UK earlier this week, Meghan appeared to be on the verge of one seriously dramatic comeback.

Reports suggested the Duchess had landed a role in Netflix’s The Gentleman – the comedy-action series largely filmed in the Cotswolds, the idyllic patch of countryside where Meghan and Harry are speculated to have set their hearts on making a new home.

For royal watchers, the timing appeared to offer something of a lightbulb moment. Meghan’s reported return to acting in Britain could certainly explain why she was said to be ready to put down roots once again in the country she once described as having left her feeling isolated and suicidal.

But then came the plot twist. Just 72 hours after reports of Meghan’s supposed new acting gig began circulating, royal author and former Vanity Fair editor Tina Brown claimed the ‘backlash’ from the UK public had been ‘so intense’ that whoever was behind offering Meghan the role had been forced to revoke it, believing it was ‘untenable’ to press ahead with filming.

Nothing has been publicly confirmed, but if the role really has slipped through her fingers, it would undoubtedly be a blow for Meghan. After all, it could have offered a suitably glamorous and gritty return to the screen, with directing powerhouse Guy Ritchie at the helm.

But a source tells us the determined Duchess – who filmed a cameo for Amazon comedy Close Personal Friends last year – is still ‘chomping at the bit’ to make a major acting comeback and, in a rather full-circle twist, still sees the UK as the perfect place to relaunch herself.

An insider says, ‘Meghan is chomping at the bit to get back to acting, no doubt about that. She has her sights set on moving towards more prestigious projects; she has a much higher profile now than she did before marrying Harry so getting those types of opportunities are now a lot more within reach.’

‘This isn’t just a question of Meghan putting out feelers. She’s already getting approached and there’s a lot of interest. There are ton of power players based in England right now, Hollywood doesn’t have the market cornered on great filmmakers, and she genuinely has the clout to get in the room with them.’

And in further proof that her father-in-law King Charles didn’t nickname her Tungsten – after the metal with the strongest melting point – for nothing, after years of facing global criticism, we’re told Meghan is far from ready to call time on acting.

Instead, the source says she is refocusing her energies on proving her naysayers wrong by not only landing a sought-after new role, but potentially scooping up one of Hollywood’s biggest prizes in the process.

We’re told, ‘It really upsets her that her abilities have been questioned so much because of the Netflix disappointments and she says the best way to get her revenge will be to get back to acting and do what she’s best at.

‘Meghan’s trying not to get ahead of herself, but she’s reading some fantastic scripts right now that she genuinely believes have Oscar potential. Ultimately what she has her heart set on is winning an Oscar - that would bring her the most satisfaction.’

It’s now nearing seven years since Harry, 41, and Meghan, 45, stepped down as senior working royals, and while they’ve built a new life for themselves in the sunny enclave of Montecito, when it comes to forging their post-royal identity, the Sussexes have undoubtedly had a few false starts.

Since leaving The Firm, they’ve embraced what can only be described as a multi, multi, multi-hyphenate existence – from TV interviews and book deals to Meghan’s lifestyle brand, philanthropic projects, business investments and the occasional quasi-royal tour for good measure.

Meghan’s Netflix series, With Love, Meghan, appeared to show the Duchess in her element. But critics panned the lifestyle venture as ‘contrite’ and ‘toe-curlingly unlovable’, while many viewers struggled to relate to a Duchess filming in a rented mansion, despite her best efforts to appear grounded with bagged pretzels and home-baked goods.

Then, in June, data collected by YouGov America revealed a rapid decline in Meghan’s popularity compared with last year. Polls showed that while 37% of voters ‘liked’ Meghan in 2025, only 29% voted in favour of the Duchess at the start of this year.

US site Newsweek also claimed that separate research showed traffic to Meghan’s As Ever brand website had fallen by 89,000 in the US in January.

So it’s little surprise Meghan is enthusiastic about making a new start on her career elsewhere – even if it lands her right back on the doorstep of the Royal Family.

Despite flying over for a secret summit with Charles and Queen Camilla last month, the Sussexes still have a long way to go if they want to renter the royal fold, especially as Prince William is believed to have maintained a complete wall of silence between himself and Harry for nearly four years.

However, in his 2023 memoir, Spare, Harry did spill that his brother and his sister-in-law Kate Middleton were huge fans of Suits, and had been a little starstruck when they first heard about Harry’s new leading lady back in 2016.

So much so, the future King of England reportedly replied, ‘F**k off!’. Harry further added, ‘I was baffled until Willy and Kate explained they were regular - nay, religious - viewers of Suits.’

Now we’re told Meghan is aiming to charm her in-laws once more – albeit expecting that she may have a little more heavy lifting to do this time around.

‘She’s convinced it will be a great way to score brownie points with the royals as well because they do love their movie stars,’ the insider says.

‘She figures they will have to show her some respect if she starts to win proper awards. An Oscar is her ultimate goal and she’s convinced that with the right project she could make it happen, maybe even within a couple of years.’

However, while UK creatives have always masterminded novel, ambitious and award-winning TV and film, the movie industry and its biggest stars are still drawn to the lights of Hollywood, with many living within travelling distance of the City.

And with the couple reportedly opting to keep their home in Montecito, it has already been widely speculated that Meghan’s desire to return to acting could see her and Harry spending a lot of time apart.

Now our source adds, ‘She still has huge dreams of conquering Hollywood. Just because she’s leaving town doesn’t mean she’s given up on proving herself there. No doubt she will be going back and forth fairly frequently.’

The couple have, meanwhile, registered their children – Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five – into UK schools; a clear indication that they want to give living in the UK a shot. And the source says in an ideal world, Meghan hopes she’ll land a UK role that will prove she still has what it takes to win the big awards over in Hollywood – not least an Oscar.

‘Succeeding in the U.K. whilst still earning major accolades in Hollywood is the ultimate dream,’ the source says.

‘She loves a good underdog story, and she’s trying to embrace that in her own life and use all the negativity as fuel for a big comeback. She’s very fired up right now and convinced this is all within reach.’

Like magnets, some couples are drawn to each other. And like boomerangs they come back together time and again. With mixed results.

There’s J Lo and Ben (RIP… for now), Pink and Carey Hart, and Ashanti and Nelly (both happy ever after, we hope!). Gigi and Zayn, Miley and Liam, Kourtney and Scott… all on-off couples who eventually fizzled out. Then there’s success story Ben Stiller and wife Christine who were hurtling towards the divorce court before rekindling their 20-year marriage in lockdown.

So, when we heard Dakota Johnson was back on the singles scene after splitting with musician beau Role Model, our first thought was, We wonder if Chris Martin is single too…

Well reader, he is. And when we asked a well-placed source, they confirmed that Dakota’s friends are thinking the exact same thing – adding that it’s only a matter of time before the Fifty Shades actress and Coldplay frontman give things another shot. Dakota, 36, had been dating 29-year-old Role Model – real name Tucker Pillsbury – since the back end of 2025. But it’s emerged the pair have decided to go their separate ways before reaching their first anniversary.

The insider says, “Chris was rocked when Dakota got together with this young guy, but everyone told him that it was just a rebound situation, that he shouldn’t worry about it lasting - and that’s proven true. Dakota was very hurt when they broke up because it wasn’t a case of things naturally coming to an end, there was a lot of conflict.”

And the conflict was over a cyclical argument, namely that Dakota – who is 12 years younger than dad-of-two Chris – wanted marriage and children. Chris did not or was not ready for that next move. This major flashpoint has reared its head pretty much ever since they first became an item in 2017. And is why the relationship has been so on and off. The last time they split in June 2025, apparently things had really come to a head with Dakota exasperated that Chris was still not on the same commitment page as her.

Our insider explains, “She wanted to move forward with marriage and starting a family and Chris kept dragging his feet. She left the relationship pretty angry and on a mission to make him regret losing her. And it did seem to work because Chris has spent a lot of time missing her and saying that if he got another chance he wouldn’t mess it up. Dakota made a big effort to move on, but she never fully put Chris in her rearview, there are absolutely still feelings there on her side, too so it’s not hard to imagine them getting on the merry-go-round all over again.”

A brief look back on their relationship reminds us that the couple split several times during their eight years of dating – in 2019, 2024, and then last year. They were rumoured to be engaged in 2020, with Dakota sporting a huge emerald sparkler on her ring finger, though obviously that didn’t end in a trip down the aisle.

There is still a lot of hope that they can make it work. Our source says that there are only good vibes coming from both Chris and Dakota’s camps, with loved ones willing them to make it work. Though there are concerns too.

“Dakota’s family and friends all really like Chris, they know he’s a good guy, the question is whether he’s actually capable of giving her what she wants, which is marriage and a family. There’s no doubt he genuinely loves her and misses her and he may really think that he can do this, but the worry is that once she lets him back in her life, he’ll change his mind and find a way to stall again and end up stringing her along the way he always does. No one wants to see her end up back in the exact same place with him a year from now. At the same time, no one wants to cut this off at the knees when there is such a deep connection between them.”

Chris was previously married to Hollywood royalty Gwyneth Paltrow (daughter of Meet the Fockers star Blythe Danner and director Bruce Paltrow). The pair famously ‘consciously uncoupled’ in 2014 and share kids Apple, 22 and Moses, 20, both of whom are following their parents into the entertainment industry.

Dakota’s parents are acting legends Melanie Working Girl Griffiths and Don Miami Vice Johnson (who married and divorced twice). Melanie, whose mum was The Birds star Tippi Hedren, had a 20-year-marriage to The Mask of Zorro actor Antonio Banderas who Dakota calls her ‘bonus dad’.

The source says, “Dakota’s parents just want her to be happy, they’re going to back her whatever choice she makes, that’s just the way they are, they’re supportive to a fault sometimes. Her friends are a little more tough love and a lot of them are pretty wary of Chris. They were on the rollercoaster with her through all the ups and downs so of course they are warning her not to make the same mistakes all over again, no matter how tempting it might be to reconnect with Chris.”

Perhaps surprisingly, Chris’s ex Gwyneth – who is married to Glee creator and director Brad Falchuk – has always been the couple’s biggest cheerleader and has gushed about Dakota in many an interview. In a 2023 Instagram interview she said, “We’re actually very good friends. I love her so much. She’s an adorable, wonderful person.”

Our source confirms, “One person who is all for this though is Gwyneth. She and Dakota are still very close, and she has let it be known that she would love to see her get back with Chris. It will take Chris reaching out to make anything happen, but Gwyneth is definitely laying the groundwork, she’d love to play matchmaker and get them back together.”

We’d love to see them get their happy ever after. Not least because we really need to see that extended A-list family wedding on our Insta feeds.

It’s been over four years since GK Barry (real name Grace Keeling) launched her podcast Saving Grace, and it’s safe to say she’s achieved more than she could have ever dreamed of. The 27-year-old star has toured the UK and interviewed dozens of celebrities, all while building up her own following.

Now a fully-fledged member of the Loose Women panel, Grace is no stranger to our TV screens – and recently fronted her first BBC documentary Toxic Gossip, about the online forum Tattle Life. And if that wasn’t enough, her debut book_, It’s Giving Life: A Guide To Surviving And Thriving_, is landing on shelves this week.

As well as her booming career, fans are also invested in her personal life. After striking up a romance with Millwall FC player Ella Rutherford in 2024, Grace has wound up as one half of an iconic duo.

Here, she talks fame, life at home with Ella and their dogs, and her new book…

What can you tell us about your new book?

I have aired all my dirty laundry in that book. It’s incredibly embarrassing in many ways, but it’s got bits that I think are really important to read, especially for a woman in today’s age.

What are you hoping readers take from it?

At the front of the book, it says do not take the advice. But I’m hoping people can take and use a lot of the stuff in there, because I have unfortunately lived about 1,000 lives.

How does it feel to be a published author?

I feel like this is the proudest my mum has ever been. I feel like Charles Dickens, but with a pair of tits.

There’s a chapter dedicated to your girlfriend Ella. When did you know she was ‘The One’?

I’d say from the first date – we never left each other’s side after that. She’s like the yin to my yang.

Would you say you and Ella are opposites?

We’re very different, but it works so well. She’s got a frontal lobe, so she’s always good at telling it how it is, and I’m a wuss. We even each other out very well.

Do you bicker?

The only time we get irate is when one of the dogs poos on the carpet. That is the extent that it gets to.

Is a proposal on the cards?

Well, I know that I’m doing it. But it needs to be a surprise and Ella’s very hard to surprise. Her and her whole family are very intuitive and have this incredible gut feeling about anything, and I am terrified of her rumbling my plan.

Will it be a big wedding?

It’s going to be small, but with all the Loose Women. I’m having all of them officiate at once. They might take up quite a few extra seats, but I’ve made plans for that.

Who of the Loose Women are you closest to?

I love Judi Love and Denise Welch. I pretty much love everyone.

Have you ever been starstruck?

I get starstruck all the time. One of the main ones was Louie Spence. I used to watch Pineapple Dance Studios, and when I met him, I was like, ‘Oh my God, you exist.’

What else would you like to achieve career-wise?

I love doing documentaries. I feel like that’s something I really want to do more of. I’d love to be in my Stacey Dooley era.

You did I’m A Celeb. Are there any more reality shows you’d love to do?

I’d be shit, but I’d love to do The Traitors.

Are you getting used to being famous?

It’s funny, because I still don’t think I am, but it is quite cool. The perks are great. Sometimes, if I go somewhere, they’ll give me a free drink, because they like my podcast. That’s always a plus, especially if it’s Prosecco. But also, the community I’ve built, as a serious answer.

What are the worst parts?

The trolling, because I actively look at the negative comments. That’s the only downside.

‘It’s Giving Life: A Guide To Surviving And Thriving’ (Ebury, £22) is out in hardback on 3 September 2026

Enjoy our fantastic offer and get 3 issues for just £3 when you subscribe.

As the evenings grow darker and the nights draw in, autumn becomes the perfect season for page-turning true crime. If you love mysteries that keep your mind racing long after you’ve finished reading, Crime Monthly delivers gripping real-life cases, fascinating investigations, and the psychology behind shocking crimes - all from the comfort of home.

Whether you’re a seasoned true crime reader or just starting your journey into the genre, every issue brings you closer to the details that headlines can’t cover. From infamous criminals and courtroom drama to baffling disappearances and cold cases, Crime Monthly explores the motives, methods, and missed clues - and how investigators piece it all together.

This isn’t just retelling what happened. Crime Monthly goes deeper with expert insight, powerful testimony, and the kind of detail that true crime fans crave. It’s the ideal companion for a quiet weekend, a rainy afternoon, or a "just one more story" evening on the sofa.

What’s inside every issue of Crime Monthly

✅ Detailed Case Files

Dive into notorious crimes from past and present and follow investigations as they unfold — including twists, key evidence, and the pursuit of justice.

✅ Exclusive Conversations

Hear from detectives, specialists, and survivors, offering unique perspectives and a closer look at the human impact behind each case.

✅ True Crime Entertainment Picks

Discover the latest must-listen podcasts, compelling documentaries, page-turning books, and binge-worthy TV series for your next obsession.

✅ Evil Uncovered Podcast

Go even deeper with Crime Monthly’s companion podcast, featuring expert analysis and haunting retellings of high-profile cases.

Benefits of subscribing to Crime Monthly

A subscription means you’ll never miss an issue - with every edition delivered straight to your door (FREE UK delivery), ready for those cosy autumn evenings when you want something truly absorbing. It’s also a brilliant gift for the true crime fan in your life, giving them a regular read they’ll look forward to all season long.

Subscribe to Crime Monthly today and make the most of getting 3 issues for £3 now. Click the button below.

For King Charles, the prospect of having his youngest son back on British soil should be cause for celebration. But with Prince Harry now speculated to have already touched down in the UK, sources tell us there’s one person’s reaction the King is particularly worried about – Prince William’s.

Because while Charles has long been said to be desperate to repair his fractured relationship with Harry, his eldest son is believed to be far less willing to forgive and forget. And as the Sussexes reportedly prepare to make Britain their home once again, the King could soon find himself stuck between his two warring sons.

The news that Harry and Meghan Markle were planning a shock return to the UK sent royal watchers into overdrive when it first emerged earlier this month. But with Harry now said to have already made his way back across the Atlantic, the prospect of a Sussex homecoming is suddenly looking a whole lot more real – and potentially a whole lot more explosive.

Reports that the couple are house-hunting around the Cotswolds have only added to the drama, with the possibility of Harry and Meghan putting down roots in the UK raising fresh questions about how, or even whether, the Royal Family could learn to coexist once again.

Then, just days after details of the Sussexes’ planned return first emerged, the Royal Family made their first public appearance together in weeks.

In a show of solidarity that few had expected, William, alongside Kate Middleton and their children, Prince George, Princess Charlotte and Prince Louis, joined Charles, Queen Camilla, Princess Anne, Sir Timothy Laurence, the Duke and Duchess of Edinburgh and their daughter Lady Louise Windsor at a church close to the family’s summer home, Balmoral Castle, in Scotland.

To the public, it sent out one very clear message: the Royal Family are united. But behind that show of togetherness, a source tells us the Palace is more divided than ever.

And at the heart of the problem, we’re told, is William’s continued reluctance to even meet with his younger brother, let alone forgive him and welcome him back into the fold.

Now, sources tell us Charles is painfully aware that Harry’s reported return could leave him caught in an impossible position – desperate to enjoy the prospect of rebuilding his relationship with one son, while fearing the effect it could have on his already strained relationship with the other.

But after months of reports that Camilla had sided with William over what has been dubbed ‘the Harry problem’, we’re told the ever-loyal Queen has now recognised the positive effect Harry’s return to the UK has clearly had on Charles.

And with the King’s wellbeing firmly her priority, Camilla is said to be determined to fight tooth and nail to keep any more stress well away from her husband – even if that means the Palace is forced to navigate some very tricky family politics along the way.

The insider says, ‘Camilla knows better than anyone how important this is for Charles. He’s had a real spring in his step since the Highgrove meeting, and it clearly means the world to him that he’s finally getting to bond with Archie and Lili.

‘But the fact that Harry and William are still openly feuding is very bothersome, it weighs His Majesty down tremendously and that stress is the last thing he needs whilst he’s still fighting cancer.’

Of course, when it comes to Harry’s potential return to royal life, it’s not simply a case of getting the family around the dinner table and hoping everyone can kiss and make up.

As anyone familiar with the Sussex saga will know, there’s another powerful group with a serious say in what happens next – the Palace’s famously tight-knit team of advisers.

Harry has never been shy about his feelings towards the so-called ‘men in grey suits’, famously handing some of them his own less-than-flattering nicknames, including the ‘bee’, the ‘wasp’ and the ‘fly’.

And there was fresh evidence of just how much influence these behind-the-scenes figures can have in July, when reports of a divided Palace emerged after it was announced that Charles’ personal secretary, Sir Clive Alderton, is due to leave his role next year.

A key figure in the King’s household, Sir Clive was famously labelled ‘the wasp’ by Harry, 41, and has long been reported to oppose the Duke’s return to the royal fold. His impending departure was branded ‘good news’ for Team Harry.

But while one of Harry’s reportedly most notorious Palace adversaries may soon be heading for the exit, we’re told William, 44, still has plenty of support behind Palace walls.

The insider says, ‘Right now, the Firm has never been more divided, there are increasing numbers of aides who are slowly migrating to the King’s viewpoint but still a majority who stand with William who say this reunion with the Sussexes is total madness that will surely blow up in everyone’s face.

‘Charles is at the centre of all this, attending strategy meetings galore and trying to rally the likes of Princess Anne and Prince Edward into his way of thinking, whilst tiptoeing around William out of fear that he’ll erupt at any time. It’s a constant source of worry for the King, and Camilla hates seeing him on edge like this. All he wants is peace, but at this point in time, his eldest son won’t give that to him.’

However, at the heart of this bitter feud remains a father and a grandfather who continues to receive treatment for cancer. The 77-year-old monarch appears well and strong in himself following his happy news earlier this year that he is now receiving a reduced regimen of treatment, but the reality that he will likely continue to be treated for the disease for the rest of his life cannot be ignored.

The source adds, ‘People forget that Charles is still in a fragile state. He’s making great strides in his recovery, and obviously, everyone is encouraged by that, but it’s still an ongoing process, and his energy levels aren’t what they used to be.

‘Everyone in his world, and not just his doctors, has impressed on him how important it is to eliminate stress as much as possible, but unfortunately, that’s easier said than done given everything he’s dealing with right now.’

There’s little doubt that Charles has presided over more than his fair share of royal drama since taking the throne, with the family enduring some truly annus horribilis-worthy years.

Harry and Meghan’s departure in 2020 was followed by the death of Prince Philip in 2021, before the loss of the much-loved Queen Elizabeth II the following year.

And, running alongside the grief, came the continuing storm surrounding Prince Andrew, who is currently under investigation after being arrested on suspicion of misconduct in public office. He denies any wrongdoing.

For Charles, it has meant years of family upheaval playing out alongside the enormous responsibility of being King in an increasingly unstable world. And our source says the continued turmoil weighs heavily on him.

And with sources warning that William could ‘erupt at any time’, Charles may soon discover that bringing one son home could prove rather more complicated than he ever imagined.

‘It’s not only the situation with his sons. The Andrew business has been horrendous and continues to cause him a ton of stress because there’s still the police investigation hanging over everything and no telling what bomb could go off next,’ the source says.

‘And then you have the sheer rigours of being King and everything that comes with ruling the Commonwealth. He works incredibly long hours, he’s got all sorts of travel, there’s an enormous amount of responsibility on him at all times - especially with how difficult world politics are right now. There’s war on the doorstep and all this uncertainty surrounding the U.S. and Trump.’

With all of this in mind, Camilla, 79, appears to have stepped up in a huge way this year – acting as Queen, wife and reportedly, a ‘gatekeeper’ to Charles in order to soften any blows she is able to in order to protect his health.

And now we’re told she’s demanding that the family ‘grow up and deal with it’, and demanding that they prioritise Charles first and foremost.

‘Camilla looks at everything he’s carrying and thinks what he’s doing in the midst of battling cancer is really quite heroic. That’s why she’s so aggravated that the people closest to him can’t make more of an effort to lighten his load,’ the source says.

‘As far as she’s concerned, the least his family can do is grow up and stop creating additional problems for him to deal with. Camilla has always been incredibly protective of Charles, but since he got sick, she fusses over him almost non-stop.

‘Her instinct is to shield him from as much unnecessary stress as she possibly can, so she has no patience for anyone making things harder on him. At this stage in his life, and particularly while he’s still going through treatment and recovery, she feels it’s her duty to look out for him, and she does that with a vengeance.’

Savannah gives birth at 47: 'It's the most surprising twist'

More than two decades after becoming a mum for the first time, Savannah Miller has given birth to her fourth child, aged 47.

The fashion designer – who is the sister of actress Sienna – announced the news on Instagram, sharing a photo of her cradling her newborn alongside the caption, ‘Tiny boy arrived safe and well on Thursday evening. I have no words for the deep and profound ecstasy of this time.’

Ahead of her latest arrival, Savannah – who is already mum to Moses, 21, Lyra, 18, and Bali, 14, with first husband Nick Skinner – admitted, ‘Having a baby in your forties is fundamentally different, in both the most superficial and the most profound ways. My life has taken a lot of turns over the years… but being pregnant at 47 is still the most surprising twist by far.’

Savannah and Nick split just before her 40th birthday back in 2018, after 15 years of marriage, prompting her to realise that she ‘needed to be taking on less’.

‘With my youngest out of the early years phase, I could see a light at the end of the tunnel, and I began to dream about what I’d do with my freedom,’ Savannah recalled. But that was until she fell in love with aristocrat James Whewell, 45, who she married in 2022.

‘Jim had become not just my partner, but a vital part of our family, taking to stepfatherhood like a natural. He’d always dreamt of having children of his own, but for various reasons, it had never happened, and the longer I spent with him, the more that seemed unfair,’ she said.

Savannah went on to explain that her younger sister Sienna, 44 – who welcomed her own third child in April – helped her realise she could handle having another baby. The mum-of-four – who has said she wants to keep her ‘fertility path’ private, but admitted it was ‘complicated’ – also recalled how her mindset switched from the ‘motherhood journey starting all over again’, to ‘starting from a place of much deeper wisdom about parenting and with a different partner by my side’.

Georgina adopts Ronaldo's kids in the early days of their marriage

Just one week into married life, Cristiano Ronaldo and Georgina Rodríguez are already marking another milestone. According to reports circulating in the Portuguese press, Georgina, 32, has adopted her husband’s three children and is now being formally recognised as their mum. The proceedings have been described as ‘secret adoptions’, with the newlyweds said to be completing the necessary paperwork away from the public eye.

The world-famous footballer, 41, is father to Cristiano Ronaldo Jr, 16, whose biological mother remains a secret, as well as nine-year-old twins Eva Maria and Mateo, who were welcomed via surrogacy. Meanwhile, he and Georgina share Alana, eight, and Bella, four – whose twin brother Ángel tragically died during childbirth.

It is understood that model and influencer Georgina has long considered herself mum to all six kids, as her Instagram bio reads, ‘Mamá de 6 bendiciones,’ which translates to ‘mother of six blessings’.

Cristiano and Georgina have been together for almost a decade, after the Portuguese sports star met her during her time working as a sales assistant at a Gucci store in Madrid.

They tied the knot on 11 August – a year after Cristiano popped the question – at their summer home in Cascais, Portugal. ‘We've chosen to do it in the living room of our house here. Where we have breakfast, lunch, and dinner, and where we live the reality of our lives,’ Georgina said. ‘In 30 years’ time, I want the children to think, “Something wonderful happened at this table – the wedding vows of our parents”.’

‘I know that she’s the love of my life,’ Cristiano added.

The new series of Strictly hasn’t even kicked off yet, but the drama has already begun, with this year’s celebrity line-up coming under fire for being more than a little underwhelming. And while insiders tell heat the backlash has left judge Craig Revel Horwood worried, new host Emma Willis is determined to prove the doubters wrong.

‘Emma knows the line-up isn’t the greatest they’ve ever had and is well aware that all eyes will be on her. But she is absolutely determined to make it a success,’ says a source. ‘Some of the others are more worried about the line-up. Craig had to Google some of the names because he didn’t know who they were. He can’t believe a hairstylist [Chris Appleton] is on there. He’s a little head-in-his-hands about it all.’

As well as EastEnders star Lacey Turner, TV personality Dani Dyer and former England footballer Shaun Wright-Phillips, the latest batch of celebrities includes Kim Kardashian’s hairstylist Chris, Love Island winner Cach Mercer and TV dog trainer Graeme Hall. The names have caused a stir online, with some commenters branding it the ‘worst’ line-up in the show’s two-decade history. ‘It does seem to be very Z-list,’ one wrote, while another added, ‘I won’t be watching.’

Anticipation is understandably building ahead of the new series, following Tess Daly and Claudia Winkleman’s shock departure last year after 11 years as Strictly’s much-loved presenting duo. Now, Emma, 50, will take the reins alongside comedian Josh Widdicombe and former pro dancer Johannes Radebe. Judges Shirley Ballas, Motsi Mabuse and Anton Du Beke will be all returning alongside Craig.

‘Emma has been in the game a long time,’ our source says. ‘She tries not to let the criticism get to her. She’s the ultimate pro, and it’s one of the reasons she landed the job. She’s got big shoes to fill, and she doesn’t think Strictly needs to rely on the celeb names – she’s going to bring her own flavour.’

BBC bosses also faced a fresh dilemma last week, with former pro Giovanni Pernice’s new memoir reigniting the 2023 bullying and harassment scandal involving his former partner, Amanda Abbington. Giovanni claimed that the fallout – which saw him quit the show – left him wanting to ‘end it all’, adding that while there were ‘moments of tension’ between him and Amanda, his behaviour was supportive and encouraging.

Actress Amanda, 54, has since hit back, saying, ‘It’s sad, though not surprising, that Giovanni is continuing down this route. He took part in the BBC investigation that made findings against him and is grossly mischaracterising what happened to suit his own narrative.’

This all comes after a BBC investigation upheld some of Amanda’s complaints, including allegations of verbal bullying and harassment, while finding no evidence of physical aggression. Amanda received a five-figure settlement, plus a contribution to her legal fees. And with the new series just weeks away, the resurfacing of one of Strictly’s most damaging controversies couldn’t have come at a worse time for bosses, who’ve been in crisis talks.

‘The shadow cast by the Giovanni situation has meant that producers are now terrified of any sort of scandal,’ we’re told. ‘It’s no coincidence that Giovanni’s memoir was timed to come out a few weeks before the new series. He hasn’t held back about how badly he feels he was treated.’

The source adds, ‘The current judges and presenters are trying to stay well out of it. It’s obviously not the start the producers wanted. They just want good vibes – they can’t risk this show being cancelled.’

There are mixed feelings over Meghan and Harry’s return to Britain, to put it mildly. Family, friends and the general public all have opinions on the shock move, not all of them favourable.

But there is one man who is, we hear, absolutely seething that the pair are seemingly being welcomed home from America without any repercussions for all the scathing verbal missiles they’ve fired at the Royal family since 2020.

And that man is the disgraced former prince, Andrew Mountbatten-Windsor, who is said to be enraged that they can seemingly waltz their way back into King Charles’s good graces, while he’s being left to rot for what he still considers to be a whole lot less.

An insider tells us, 'As usual, Andrew is throwing a fit and saying he’s being treated terribly by his brother Charles. Never mind that His Majesty has helped him financially; somehow, it’s still not enough. For Andrew, though this is about more than money, it’s also the respect, or total lack of respect, he feels his brother and the rest of the family is showing him. The fact that he’s been punished and banished, while the red carpet is being rolled out for Harry and Meghan, has left him feeling very hard done by.'

Among the criticism levelled at his father and the royals, Harry has stated that his family colluded against Meghan and leaked stories in the press. In his book Spare, he alleged that William once physically attacked.

Andrew currently resides at Marsh Farm at the Sandringham Estate, after being ousted from Royal Lodge, Windsor, in February, where he’d lived largely rent-free for 20 years. Charles, who owns Sandringham, paid for renovations before Andrew moved into the 5-bed property. Andrew’s downfall followed years of controversy over his friendship with the late paedophile and sex trafficker Jeffrey Epstein and allegations made by Virginia Giuffre, which he has always denied. In October 2025, Giuffre’s posthumous autobiography alleged that Andrew had sexually abused her on three occasions when she was 17. Tragically, she died by suicide in April 2025, aged 41. The memoir intensified the pressure on the Royal Family, and Charles began the process of stripping his brother of his titles. Andrew has since faced further scrutiny over allegations concerning his conduct during his time as a UK trade envoy.

Despite all of this, it appears Andrew believes that Harry is the one who has really damaged the royal family. Our source explains, 'He says he’s never put the family down the way Harry and Meghan have. He doesn’t understand how they can be forgiven for saying these terrible things about the family so publicly, and yet here he is, excluded and blocked when he’s never once set out to harm the family the way they’ve done. He accepts that he made mistakes in terms of his choice of his friendships, but he doesn’t feel it’s fair that he’s banished for the rest of his life while these two get to waltz back in.'

It must be dizzying for Andrew to experience how quickly favour can come and go. One minute, the Royals seemingly banded together in outrage at Harry and Meghan’s public onslaught; the next, they’re back in the fold, and he’s still out in the cold.

'Andrew was right in the thick of it when Harry and Meghan were at the most treacherous. It really wasn’t all that long ago that everyone, including the King, was adamant that they'd never get another chance, and now here they are suddenly waltzing back in as though all is forgiven. Andrew is appalled, and not simply because he’s now found himself on the outside looking in. But he insists it’s the stress and suffering they caused his late mother and father in the final years of their lives that he just can’t forgive,' says our source.

Queen Elizabeth never spoke out against her grandson Harry and his wife, but Andrew remained committed to her: 'Andrew has always been incredibly protective of his mother. She may not have condemned Harry and Meghan for the things they said and did, and in Andrew’s view, she should have. But he’s still so furious on her behalf, and he says he can’t believe his brother Charles would blight her memory by allowing his traitorous son and daughter-in-law to slither back in.'

Not only is Andrew smarting that Harry is ‘allowed’ back, but it must also rankle that Harry holds him in such poor regard.

'Harry has not said anything outright, but it's well known that he has zero respect for his uncle,' our insider confides. 'If he and Meghan had shown Andrew even a shred of support, he’d probably be singing a different tune, but they’ve been very pointedly icing him out for years now. The disrespect really gets under Andrew’s skin, and to add insult to injury, they’re closer than ever to his daughters. Andrew doesn’t doubt that they’re encouraging Eugenie and Beatrice to avoid him too, which only adds to his fury.'

But has Andrew found a way to inveigle himself back into William’s good – well, better – books, and therefore a vehicle out of banishment? We hear it’s not beyond credibility that Andrew might propose they launch a double-pronged attack on Charles to make him see sense. After all, Andrew - like the rest of the world - is aware that William is not in a forgiving mood when it comes to Harry.

The source says, 'This is probably the one and only thing that Andrew would side with William on right now. He’s said he’d be willing to speak to his Majesty alongside William to appeal to him, which says a lot considering how unforgiving William has been to him.'

Andrew, we are told, ‘refuses to stay banished after this’ and might see this as the alliance that opens the door a crack.

Whether this is something William would ever consider is another matter. A family friend told the BBC, 'William is very stubborn. To feel cheated by your own brother has been painful. He can't just put it behind him.'

In contrast, last year Harry told the BBC, 'I would love reconciliation with my family. There's no point in continuing to fight any more.'

For now, Elizabeth’s sons and grandsons appear firmly at odds, with little common ground between them. And with such notoriously stubborn men involved, it will be interesting to see who is prepared to budge, and who stays firmly in their corner.

She’s spent the past two decades living her life under a constant microscope – but Ariana Grande’s recent decision to take a ‘much-deserved break’ from public appearances, following an intense period of public scrutiny and worldwide worry over her welfare, has signalled to the world that her fuel tank really has run out.

Yet the obvious concern would be that – as much as she recognises the need to slow down – she’s also a workhorse who knows that she’s got people relying on her to slap on a brave face and promote big work projects before she’s ready to do so, potentially causing her further anxiety or feelings of guilt. But thankfully, we’re told Ariana’s got some very VIP co-workers in her corner, reassuring her that her only concern is looking after herself, regardless of the work she might have to miss along the way.

Step forward Ben Stiller and Robert de Niro – the 33-year-olds' co-stars in the highly anticipated film Focker-In-Law, the fourth instalment in the Meet The Parents series. Until now, Ariana had been spotlighted as the pair’s shiny new co-star and the focal point of the film’s big release in November. But now that she’s taking a break, insiders tell us that Ben and Robert are stepping in and insisting that they’re willing to pick up the slack. As far as they’re concerned, she’s already done the hard work. Her only job now is getting herself better.

‘Ariana’s situation has created some chaos around how Focker-In-Law will actually be promoted and marketed because she has a leading role in the film and, of course, is very much the focus of the trailer that’s already playing in cinemas,’ says an insider behind the scenes of what’s set to be one of the biggest movies of the year.

‘Virtually all of her scenes are either with Ben or Robert, and they loved working with her. But if she isn’t able to help them promote the movie when it’s released in November, they’re happy to pick up the slack – especially Robert. He wants Ariana to be as happy and healthy as she can be, and he’s going to do everything he can to get the word out about how funny she is in this movie.

‘As for Ben, he’s very focused on turning this whole project into a win for everybody – especially Ariana. They’re both just so thrilled with what they got on film, and they’re ready to share it with Ariana’s fans over the world.’

By all accounts, speculation over Ariana’s health and welfare had been stirring for years, with heightened concern over her physical appearance and general demeanour in the public eye. But the scrutiny hit boiling point earlier this month following the release of her music video for the song Petal. Seemingly taking to task the constant scrutiny, Ariana is seen in the video auditioning for a panel of men, who consistently reject her for not being ‘good enough’ – until she eventually attacks them with a chainsaw.

The satire is evident, but – after the video was released – it was Ariana’s physical appearance that sparked the most concern, with fans taking to the internet to comment on her apparent weight loss. Despite the furore, the songstress soldiered on with her Eternal Sunshine tour and is currently on the last leg of her ten-date residency at the 02 arena, which concludes the tour. Then, as her spokesperson revealed earlier this month, this will be her final appearance for a while.

‘She looks forward to finishing the tour and ending it on a high note, both healthily and happily, and then taking a much-deserved break from public-facing work and appearances, which has led to endless, ongoing public scrutiny,’ said her representative. ‘This tour has been a beautiful experience for her. She loves her fans and has loved every minute of this tour so much.’

A further announcement subsequently revealed Ariana would no longer be starring in Sunday in the Park with George – the musical she’d been due to join in London in Summer 2027.

As for her promo commitments for the upcoming Focker film, no official comment has been made, but as our insider explains, the message coming loud and clear from the higher-ups is that she really need not worry. And it’s Hollywood legend Robert who’s toeing that party line.

‘Ariana and Robert have a very special bond,’ our insider explains. ‘He’s almost like a surrogate grandfather to her. He’s been checking in on her and making sure she is OK since she made this announcement about needing time off. He’s one of the lead producers on this movie so he was able to assure her that she can have as much leeway as she needs when it comes to promoting this movie.

‘If she doesn’t feel up to as much as they had planned, or she needs to go so far as to bow out, they will manage. The most important thing to him is that she’s not overworked because he has seen how hard she pushes herself. He knows she thought long and hard about taking this sabbatical; she wouldn’t be doing this if she didn’t need to because she has such a solid work ethic.’

For Ariana’s part, we’re told she’s still hopeful she’ll be able to join the cast and crew when they hit the promo trail. After all, she’s been excitedly waiting for the film’s release ever since they all worked together last year. Taking to Instagram last October, Ariana shared snapshots from the set, telling her fans, ‘These past few months have been so, so unimaginably special…I will miss this bunch terribly’.

And, as our insider explains, she really does have every hope of seeing it through to its big release. With Ben and Robert reuniting as the warring son-in-law and father-in-law, it’s Ariana who’s now taking prized billing as Olivia, a former FBI hostage negotiator, who’s potentially set to marry into the Focker clan as Ben’s new daughter-in-law.

Whether she’s able to join her co-stars when the film gets its big release remains to be seen. But either way, it’s clear that her cast members plan to give her all her flowers, regardless of whether she’s standing beside them or not.

‘If she needs to scale back her commitments, then that is what will happen,’ we’re told. ‘Her health and well-being are more important than any movie.’

Kate and Rio Ferdinand are dipping their toes in the waters of reality TV, with the couple jetting off to Canada later this month to film I'm A Celebrity: Wild Frontier, a spin-off of the ITV show. And we could be seeing even more of the pair on our screens, as insiders say they're in talks for their own fly-on-the-wall family show.

'Kate and Rio have offers come their way all the time, many of which they turn down. But after signing up to Wild Frontier, they're open to doing more TV, and they have been approached by a few of the streaming services about doing their own reality show. There have been a few offers over £1million, and Kate and Rio both think they'd be stupid not to explore those. She feels there's a lot more of their life they could show, especially as Rio's kids get older.'

However, we're told it's the children that have become a sticking point. Kate, 35, and Rio, 47, are parents to Cree, five and Shae, three, while Kate is a stepmum to Rio's older children, Lorenz, 20, Tate, 18, and Tia, 15, from his marriage to the late Rebecca Ellison. And our source says the couple are clashing over whether to show their faces on camera. Currently, only Lorenz and Tate’s faces have been visible on socials.

‘Kate is debating whether or not to show more of the kids,’ says the insider. ‘She wouldn’t want them to be on screen all the time, but she also knows viewers will be more invested if they can see the kids. Tia will be 16 next year, so Kate and Rio will start to show her face, and Kate feels that will be a good time to introduce Cree and Shae to followers, too. Rio is less keen, and there has been some tension over it. He understands what Kate is saying, but he doesn’t want their faces everywhere.’

The Ferdinands are no strangers to sharing insights into their blended family life. Since moving to Dubai last summer, former TOWIE star Kate has been documenting the highs and lows of the relocation, and recently her Instagram grid has been flooded with holiday content. Followers are familiar with the backs of the kids’ heads, including a trip to Ibiza with Rio, and while the children are regularly featured, the youngest three’s faces have never been shown.

In 2022, Kate shared the reasoning behind it, saying, ‘We think it’s important, especially given everything they have been through, that they can grow up without the added pressure of social media and everyone’s opinions.’ However, she did add, ‘Saying all of this, when they are a certain age, it’s as much as their decision as it is ours. I’m sure you will be seeing them all at some stage.’

Brighton Under-21s goalkeeper Lorenz is now in the public eye thanks to his budding football career, while fellow pro footballer Tate has appeared on Kate’s podcast Blended, where it’s also been debated whether Tia should wait until she’s 16 to show her face. Now, we’re told that, after Kate and Rio spoke about their family dynamic in their 2020 BBC documentary Becoming A Stepfamily, they would like to take a different approach this time around.

The source says, ‘They’d like to focus more on their careers, their relationship and the craziness that goes on in their family with five kids and lots of work commitments. Rio feels his brand should be bigger – he wants to be at the same level as David Beckham. Kate is used to having cameras follow her thanks to TOWIE, and she wants to give more of a glimpse into their everyday life.

‘They have so much going on, and they know it will be TV gold.

The images conjure up one of those Italian vacation movies starring a glamorous-yet-hedonistic friendship group living out their summer dreams and dramas. Crossed with a wild pop video drenched with booze, bronzed bods… and bums.

There are speedboats on a glistening lake, dancing and games, posing on stone villa steps and in high-ceilinged bedrooms – with fashion fits for miles.

And at the centre of this envy-inducing Instagram photo dump is the pop princess du jour. The 34-year-old superstar – one of the most successful singer-songwriters in the world right now – is no sugary-sweet Ariana or basic blonde Sabrina. The pics are glam but not slick and glossy. It’s imperfect perfection.

After all, she’s made a career out of being ‘real’, which can mean messy, chaotic and with a party-girl attitude reminiscent of the 90s. And that’s what captured the imagination of her fans – there’s 9.2 million of them following her Instagram page –  with the message: Be you – all of you, the good, the bad and the ugly.

Captioned ‘a girl on a lake with her friends and her husbands’, the pics feature her real-life husband plus three other guys, one of whom is photographer and director Aidan Zamiri, and two other gal pals. The group play games, drink cocktails and whiz along the unnamed Italian lake.

The ‘husbands’ quip is a nod to a long-running joke about her marriage being polyamorous, based on silly and untrue internet rumours, somethingshe clearly doesn’t shy away from or take too seriously.

In 2024 we were all talking about our ‘brat summers’ and she certainly brought that trashy-but-cool bratty energy on holiday with her ‘husbands’ and pals. Yep, it’s the poster girl for flawed self-acceptance herself, Charli xcx.

In the 19-strong photo dump, Charli poses in a string bikini with ‘Gus Van Sant’ printed on the triangle top and string bottoms. Van Sant is the photographer who recently shot her for a Rolling Stone mag feature. Typically for her image, the bikini is mismatched in gold, blue and white, her hair just-out-of-the-sea tousled and sleazy-chic hot pink heels on her tanned feet.

Then she turns around to reveal a toned bum in the thong bottoms and, though fans are used to seeing her on stage in undies, bralettes and micro shorts, this cheeky shot is more surprisingly playful than usual.

In other pics, she holds an Aperol Spritz in a speedboat wearing an LBD; she high-kicks in the Gus Van Sant two-piece, this time sensibly holding the pink heels rather than wearing them. Even wild pop divas need to take care of their ankles.

Then there’s husband George Daniel, 36, walking down the villa steps, orange towel draped over one shoulder as he makes his way down to the sea.

It’s only been a year since Charli and George got hitched and they are still clearly in the honeymoon period – even if they do bring all their cool friends along.  George is the drummer for Matty Healy’s band The 1975 and they met through industry events back in 2019.

The pair had a low-key ceremony at achingly hip Hackney Town Hall last July, she in a Vivienne Westwood ivory mini dress that she’d only bought five days previously. The £3,300 price tag won’t have made much of a dent in her rumoured £10m fortune, even when you add the £700 Jimmy Choo Amita slingback heels and the evening dress, a Saint Laurent ruffled mini, retailing at £2,000. Though she did rack up the wedding costs at their bigger do in Sicily last September, opting for custom-made Danielle Frankel in sheer silk chiffon for around £30,000.

Money aside, Charli’s said of their union, ‘We just want to be together forever’ and said George is the first person who really understands her and boosts her confidence. He’s helped her slow down her writing and recording process, too. Because Charli is nothing if not prolific. She’s released albums in 2019 (Charli), 2020 (How I’m Feeling Now), 2022 (Crash), 2024 (Brat) and Music, Fashion, Film this July. She’s also written and performed on soundtracks such as 2024’s Barbie and this year’s Wuthering Heights as well as penning hits for Selena Gomez, Camila Cabello and Blondie, to name a few big-name artists.

Like many Millennial musicians, Charli started out posting her music on MySpace, from her Essex bedroom when she was just plain Charlotte Aitchison. She was signed to a record label in 2010 with lukewarm results until she co-wrote and featured on Iggy Azalea’s mammoth hit Fancy in 2014. Later that year Charli released Boom Clap from movie The Fault in Our Stars. She also co-wrote and sang on everyone’s favourite shouty anthem I Love It by Icona Pop.

Charli, who now lives between London and LA, has openly and bravely talked about suffering with anxiety and panic attacks, asl well as being bullied as a mixed-race child (her mother is Indian, her father Scottish) and just this June told Rolling Stone she her mental health was the worst it’s ever been. Underneath the wild holiday photo dump is a regular human going through the same struggles many other people do and being refreshingly honest. Keeping it real – as always.

Now Prince Harry and Meghan Markle have landed in the UK – flying in by private jet, naturally – we’re all desperately awaiting the first pictures of the couple in their new environment.

And if recent reports are anything to go by, Meghan, 45, could be set for a seriously English makeover to go with her new life. Think a vast country estate of roaming stags; a wardrobe of eye-wateringly stylish leather and lace, and the potential of a dalliance with none other than swoon-worthy Eddie Halstead, AKA The Duke.

We are, of course, talking about the speculation that Suits alum Meghan could be set to join Guy Ritchie’s uber-stylish action-comedy sensation, Netflix’s The Gentleman – and we couldn’t agree more that the Duchess could be the perfect fit. Not only is she already high-ranking when it comes to peerage, but on a practical note, Meghan and Prince Harry are reported to be actively house hunting in the Cotswolds, where the first two series were largely filmed.

However, just hours after the alleged deal hit headlines, former Vanity Fair editor Tina Brown took to social media to claim that the offer of a role had been revoked following ‘intense’ backlash from the UK public that made going forward with filming ‘untenable’.

Roll on a week, and there are new reports that the offer IS still on the table. Either way, we’re told that Meghan still hasn’t given up on her dream of relaunching her acting career back in the UK.

An insider says, ‘Harry and Meghan are both framing this as an exciting opportunity on all fronts. Meghan is ready to jump back into acting full-time; she says she really missed it, and the fact that she can do it from the UK is quite appealing as well.

'It not only gives her a reason to be there while Harry focuses on mending things with his family, but also because she’ll be a big fish in a small pond, so there will be more opportunities for her. Her goal is to score something high profile that will allow her to really showcase her talent and maybe even start winning awards.’

That being said, Meghan – who also filmed a cameo for Amazon rom-com Close Personal Friends last year – has not been referred to as the Royal Family’s Comeback Queen for nothing, and we’re told the determined Duchess is planning on adding more than one string to her bow to keep her busy in the UK.

After launching and relaunching her lifestyle brand As Ever two years ago, for the past few months, Meghan has made it clear that her brand’s global expansion will remain one of her main focuses for the year ahead. And we’re told that she knows landing the support of her father-in-law, King Charles, would really set the wheels in motion for success and open a lot of doors for her.

The insider says, ‘She’s not limiting herself to acting, though her brand is still going to be a huge focus. She’s very eager to prove there’s a market for her products across the pond, so her plan is to make a big push towards that as well.

‘There certainly won’t be any shortage of chat shows she can go on to promote herself and everything she’s selling. If things go well with the King, the hope is that he will publicly show her and her brand some support. A photo of them together that’s shared to social media, or even just a positive comment on one of her posts, would mean the world.’

However, here comes a twist nobody had expected – a battle of the jams between Meghan and the King, whose charitable fund still benefits from the proceeds of the Duchy Organic brand he founded back in 1990.

But we’re told that instead of competing with her father-in-law, Meghan’s ‘ideal’ scenario is that they collaborate – an offer King Charles is very unlikely to agree to, given that the profit from Duchy directly benefits charities, whereas Meghan’s brand operates as a private commercial business.

‘In an ideal world, she would have her jam on the shelf beside the Duchy’s jam, and she doesn’t see why that’s not possible,’ the source says.

Meghan also hinted that she could be set to celebrate her return to the UK by releasing a new wine after a picture posted to As Ever’s social media showed a cork with the caption, ‘Something sparkling is on its way next month’.

And Meghan isn’t just set to mark her UK return with a bottle of fizz, as the source says that following recent polls that suggested her popularity in the US was declining, the Duchess of Sussex now hopes that her wider range will appeal to the ‘English sensibility’ –  by this we think she means more Downton Abbey vibes over a builder’s tea and a pack of hobnobs.

We’re told, ‘Not that her jam is the only focus; she’s been on a big push with her wine lately and believes there is big market potential for it in Britain. There’s already a proven demand for premium California wines over there, and the price point on hers is very reasonable compared to a lot of the other ones on offer, especially her Napa rosé.

‘For all her complaints about England, there is still a lot that she loves about it. It’s an environment where people do an awful lot of entertaining, there’s a real passion about doing things to a high standard, and she resonates with that in a big way, and she feels like if people gave her a chance, they would see that her products fit in very well with the English sensibility.

‘She’s always quick to point out that decorating cakes and other desserts with edible flowers goes all the way back to the Victorian era and even further, which has her convinced her edible flower confetti could be a real hit with the Brits if they only had the chance to try it.’

Yet not everything can be sprinkled with edible flowers, and it’s been widely reported that the Sussexes remain under immense pressure when it comes to how they maintain their lifestyle as non-working royals.

Harry, 41, is reported to be hoping for a new security arrangement, which could potentially save the couple millions, but it is believed that the Sussexes will keep their Montecito home, alongside their exclusive villa in Portugal and a new UK base with a reported budget of £8 million.

Now the source adds, ‘For all her positivity, there’s no doubt the pressure is on. The UK is a potential gold mine, so if she doesn’t take a stab at it, what does that say about her confidence in her products?

‘But if she tries and flops, the financial hit will be massive, not to mention how humiliating another failure would be. She’s not thinking that way though; she is tackling this with a growth mindset and refusing to let her past experience dictate how this time around will go.’

Meanwhile, Harry is expected to continue to promote the Invictus Games, alongside supporting the charities he champions in the UK. And with Meghan also expected to fly between the UK and Montecito, it’s believed he will spend the majority of his time at home with the couple’s children, Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five.

There’s no doubt that Harry remains Meghan’s biggest champion, but the source says he is also aware that his wife was all but forced to give up on acting following all of the attention she received when they began dating in 2016, and is glad that she’s been offered this new opportunity.

‘Harry is cheering her on in a big way. He’s happy that she’s going to go back to acting because he can see how much just talking about it invigorates her,’ the source says.

‘He wants to see her thrive and still feels quite badly that she had to give up her job on Suits to marry him. He knows that was a big sacrifice and it’s something he actually regrets going along with, so he’d love to see that put right.'

They add, ‘He’s also still convinced that she can win over the British people under the right circumstances. He and Meghan are both hoping there will be some public efforts from the King - they know that will go a long way.’

Following their shock marriage split earlier this year, Vernon Kay is finally set to leave the family home he shares with Tess Daly. But while his move appears to mark the end of a chapter for the couple, sources tell heat Tess is hoping they could find their way back to each other.

‘Tess still isn’t ready to believe it’s over for good,’ says an insider. ‘They were married for 22 years, so she can’t give up on Vernon just yet. She knows he feels this is something he needs to do, so she’s letting him do it. She’s not going to beg him to stay or make things difficult. But there is still a part of her that thinks that once he’s out there in his own place and living the single life, he might realise he misses what he had at home.’

The source continues, ‘She’s not sitting there expecting him to walk back through the door. She knows he might not. But they’ve had more than 20 years together, and you can’t just turn all of that off. She still loves him. However much she tries to be realistic about it, she hasn’t completely given up on him.’

Keen to stay close to his daughters, Phoebe, 21, and Amber, 17, Vernon, 52, has reportedly purchased a £3 million home, which is currently under renovation, around 15 minutes away from the family home in Buckinghamshire. He and Tess, 56, had remained living together despite going their separate ways, and have even continued socialising, having been spotted at events and interacting on social media in recent months.

And while it’ll be a major adjustment not having Vernon at home, insiders say Tess knows he needs to do his own thing. We’re told, ‘Tess feels Vernon needs to go off, have this time on his own and let off some steam. Maybe he needs to experience what life without her is like. At the moment, having his own place and doing his own thing probably feels exciting and new, but she wonders how he’ll feel a year down the line.’

While they were considered to be one of showbiz’s strongest couples, TV presenter Tess and radio DJ Vernon – who wed in 2003 – faced some rocky times over the years. In 2010, it was revealed that Vernon had been sexting Page 3 model Rhian Sugden, as well as other women, but he and Tess managed to weather the storm and come out the other side. But fast-forward to May 2026, and the couple announced the end of their relationship, although they insisted no other parties were involved in their decision to split.

Tess has been navigating a change in her career, too. After quitting Strictly Come Dancing last year after more than two decades as host, she’s been focusing on her swimwear brand NAIA Beach, and recently teased an upcoming project with her eldest daughter, Phoebe.

But while she’s trying to look to the future, we’re told it’s been a tough time. Our insider explains, ‘Tess loved the idea of her and Vernon becoming a TV double act. She saw them doing something together and becoming a modern-day Richard and Judy, but he just couldn’t see himself as one half of that kind of TV couple. The project with Phoebe is exciting for Tess because she loves the idea of working with her daughter, but it’s very early days, and nothing is set in stone. She went from having Strictly as this huge constant in her life to suddenly not knowing exactly what her next big job is going to be.’

However, the source adds that Tess is determined to keep moving forward, whatever that looks like. ‘Tess knows she has to carry on with her own life,’ the insider says. ‘But she’s still got that hope in the back of her mind that this might not be the end for them after all.’

She’s said to be in talks to join the next series of The Voice UK as a coach, marking her return to TV after six years. But heat has been told that Cheryl is having doubts about her big comeback, and that while it is an exciting opportunity, she fears it could prove difficult following a tough few years, which saw her lose bandmate Sarah Harding and ex-partner Liam Payne.

‘It’s bittersweet for Cheryl,’ says an insider. ‘She got her start on TV talent shows – she met Sarah on Popstars: The Rivals and Liam when she was a judge on The X Factor, so it’s potentially quite a triggering environment for her. She knows what she’s letting herself in for, but it’s been a good while since she’s done it and so much has happened in that time.’

The source continues, ‘She’s going to be seeing so many young female singers, who will no doubt remind her of when she was starting out with Girls Aloud. Cheryl knows there will be moments where she will have to make sure she doesn’t let her emotions get the better of her.’

According to reports, Cheryl, 43 – who is also said to be in talks to make a tell-all documentary – is being lined up as a new judge on The Voice UK. Filming for the new series begins later this month, and will see Cheryl reunite with close pal Will.i.am, who has been a judge on the show since its inception in 2012.

It’ll mark her big return to showbiz, with the singer having kept a low profile in recent years. Once known as the ‘nation’s sweetheart’, Cheryl first found fame on Popstars: The Rivals, as part of Girls Aloud, before joining The X Factor as a judge in 2008, which saw her popularity skyrocket. Having first met Liam as a 14-year-old auditionee on her first series of The X Factor, Cheryl later witnessed the start of his career in One Direction in the 2010 series.

She and Liam got together in 2015 after she left The X Factor, and Cheryl went on to star as a judge on BBC’s The Greatest Dancer in 2019, but the show was axed a year later.

Now, having spent so much time away from the limelight, our insider says the stakes are extremely high for Cheryl, and she’s feeling the pressure to deliver another hit. We’re told, ‘There is an expectation that she will need to pull out all the stops to boost viewing figures. The Voice producers remember what a bump the X Factor ratings got when she famously cried during one audition, but Cheryl doesn’t want to be as vulnerable as she was then – she wants to be strong and show the world that she’s back. Cheryl is certain there will be some strong emotions as these type of shows always brings them out, but she doesn’t want to break down on TV. She’s vowed to hold her head high.’

It’s certainly been a challenging time for Cheryl. Her close friend Sarah passed away in 2021, aged 39, following a battle with breast cancer. And in late 2024, ex-boyfriend Liam – the father of her eight-year-old son Bear – died suddenly at the age of 31 after falling from a hotel balcony in Argentina. She has also had to deal with a stalker, Daniel Bannister, who was jailed for 12 months last September, after breaching his restraining order for a fourth time by turning up at Cheryl’s house. He has since been moved to a psychiatric hospital.

With all this weighing heavy on Cheryl, a TV comeback is no doubt nerve-wracking. But our source says she’s ready to start a new chapter – and has vowed to do it for son Bear. ‘She’s going to do her best to do a good job and make Bear proud,’ the insider says. ‘She wants the show to be exciting, but she also doesn’t want to bring up any of her feelings from the past, especially when it comes to those she has lost. She wants this to be a fresh start.'

Holly Willoughby has been ruffling feathers after she interviewed controversial adult content creator Lily Phillips for her new YouTube lifestyle show, Together.

Lily, 25, has made a fortune on adult subscription site Only Fans, with eyebrow-raising antics such as having sex with 101 ‘fans’ in a day – a stunt estimated to have earned her more than £1 million.

Holly’s decision to give her a platform sparked immense backlash, with one follower writing, ‘So shocked at you doing this. This is so degrading for your career.’ Another voiced, ‘I am genuinely shocked to see this kind of behaviour being treated as normal or acceptable, particularly by someone I once regarded as one of the most respectable figures on television. You used to represent a certain standard of dignity and credibility.’

But heat has learned that the presenter, 45, believes shaking things up is the way forward – and she won’t be told otherwise. ‘Together is Holly’s baby – she doesn’t have to answer to ITV any more,’ says an insider. 'She wants to prove all the doubters wrong. ’

Many fans seemed particularly annoyed by how friendly Holly was to Lily, believing it normalised what she does. And our insider says this was a deliberate move. We’re told, ‘On This Morning, Holly would have to take a more moral stance for a guest like Lily. But this is exactly the content Holly thinks she needs to bring an edge to her show.’

Holly’s chat with Lily – who also claims she broke an unofficial record by sleeping with 1,113 men in 12 hours – covered a range of topics, including the creator’s sex marathons, the ‘designer vagina’ surgery she got when she was 19, and earning up to £800,000 a month from her content. Holly also challenged her on some aspects of the industry.

The chat pulled in more than 65,000 views – a dramatic improvement on the episode where Holly cooked her mum’s chicken Caesar salad, which netted less than 10,000 views. Celeb content, such as her chat with close friends Emma Bunton (aka Baby Spice) and All Saints singer Natalie Appleton, did slightly better with 35,000 views. And we’re told this has given Holly a clear picture of where the show’s direction lies.

‘She wants to showcase her cheekier side, like on Celebrity Juice, as well as having conversations about sex and relationships, as she knows it will get people talking,’ says the insider. ‘Holly doesn’t want to shy away from racy topics – she wants to speak to more stars from the adult industry.’

Together marks Holly’s comeback following a testing few years, which saw a series of hosting gigs – including Dancing On Ice – axed. On top of that, she faced a horrific kidnap, rape and murder plot against her, which prompted her to step away from This Morning in 2023.

Now, with husband Dan Baldwin’s production company Hungry Bear behind the new show, we’re told that Holly feels secure in her plans, although others have warned her about doing anything too contentious.

‘She’s been speaking to [her friend and host of Celebrity Juice] Leigh Francis about how to bring a bit more shock value to the show. Dan thinks shaking things up is a great idea, but some friends worry that it could spoil her girl-next-door image,’ says our source. ‘Holly doesn’t see it like that. For the first time, she’s her own boss, and she’s calling the shots – she won’t have anyone telling her what to do. She is tired of people thinking she’s boring and safe.’

The insider adds, ‘She really wants to shake things up to prove that there is life after This Morning, especially after how that period ended. But friends are worried that if it goes too far, she could end up getting cancelled.’

In a U-turn that would have been considered unthinkable when they left the monarchy behind in 2020, Prince Harry and Meghan Markle are back on UK soil, just days after their shock move was announced. But heat has learned that the Duchess of Sussex has warned her husband that she will not hesitate to return to the US if she feels miserable in Britain – and she’s already got an escape plan.

‘In Meghan’s mind, she hasn’t given up on America. She’s agreed to give Britain a proper chance, but she will always see the US as her home,’ an insider tells heat. ‘That was the biggest obstacle Harry had to overcome to get her to agree to the move. Keeping their American home was also hugely important because she wasn’t prepared to burn her bridges. Harry had to convince her that they could build a very different life in Britain to the one they had before. She’s agreed to try it, but she’s not prepared to commit to it long-term just yet. Harry knows she needs an escape plan, because otherwise she would feel as though she was surrendering everything she has built in the States.’

Harry, 41, Meghan, 45, and their children Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five, landed at Birmingham Airport last Wednesday after travelling by private jet from the Duchess’s native state of California, where they have lived for the past six years. While it remains unclear exactly how long the Sussexes plan on staying in the UK, a source said it will be for an ‘extended period’, and Harry and Meghan have enrolled their children in a British school for the start of the September term.

The relocation has left many confused, considering the lengths Harry and Meghan went to publicise their unfavourable experiences in the royal family. First came their bombshell interview with Oprah Winfrey in 2021, where Meghan opened up about the extent to which royal life had impacted her mental health. She admitted that she grappled with ‘very scary’ thoughts of suicide, going on to say, ‘I just didn’t want to be alive anymore. And that was very clear and real and frightening.’

The Sussexes’ 2022 Netflix docuseries offered viewers a look into their new lives in Montecito, and the couple also used it to make further unflattering allegations about their time as working royals. Harry – whose 2023 memoir Spare was also littered with damning allegations about his family – claimed that there is a ‘huge level of unconscious bias’ within the royals and stressed that he was ‘generally concerned for the safety of my family’.

And now, with their complicated history, our source says that the pressure is on for Harry. We’re told, ‘Meghan’s message to Harry has basically been, “If you want me to do this, then you have to make it work for me, too.” She won’t sacrifice her happiness just because Harry misses Britain. He’s the one who wanted the move, so she expects him to make sure she doesn’t end up feeling miserable and isolated again. Harry has spent months laying the groundwork to make it possible – agreeing to Meghan’s demands and promising her that she will never again feel trapped or controlled. He’s promised her there will be boundaries, and that they can have a relationship with his family without the Palace taking over their lives.’

Reconciliation with the royals has been looking more likely of late, and building bridges is something Harry has publicly voiced hopes for, particularly in the wake of King Charles’ cancer diagnosis in February 2024. Only last month, Harry and Meghan travelled to the UK with the children – their first visit as a family in more than four years – and were hosted by the King and Queen Camilla at Highgrove. The Prince and Princess of Wales, however, are said to currently have no intention of meeting with the Sussexes, with Prince William ‘apoplectic’ about his brother’s return.

With the road to reconciliation looking rocky, our source says that should Meghan want to return to her homeland, she is not afraid to leave Harry behind in the UK if he wants to stay. ‘If Meghan becomes unhappy and it doesn’t work, she’ll go back to America and take the kids. And if Harry doesn’t want to come with them, it’ll mean doing long-distance, which could spell trouble for their marriage,’ the source continues. ‘He desperately wants Archie and Lilibet to feel settled, so if Meghan eventually turns around and says she can’t stay, they could be facing an incredibly difficult decision that risks pulling the family apart.’

Prior to their return and following a lengthy legal battle, Harry was deemed ineligible for state-funded security in the UK since he’s no longer a working royal. However, members of the Royal and VIP Executive Committee were reportedly unaware he was considering a longer-term move back home when the decision was made. We’re told, ‘Harry’s team have been in constant contact with the Home Office over the past year and received assurances that the family will be adequately protected. Meghan needed to feel safe. That was nonnegotiable. Harry has had to reassure her repeatedly about security and how protected their day-to-day lives will be. He knew that without getting those things in place, she simply wasn’t coming.’

The source adds, ‘Harry has promised her returning isn’t going backwards and that this time the Palace won’t be telling her what she can and can’t do. He’s taken an enormous gamble – he desperately wants this to work, but Meghan has made no promises that she’ll stay.’

Prince Harry and Meghan Markle touched down in the UK this week more than six years after stepping away from royal duties – a move that has sent shockwaves through the royal family.

Now sources can reveal that the unexpected decision came after Harry issued his wife with a stark ultimatum, leaving Meghan with little option but to agree to a move back to his home country.

‘Harry basically told Meghan, “Move back with me, or it’s over.” He’d become desperately unhappy living in America and was determined to spend far more time in Britain,’ our source says. ‘Meghan knew Harry was serious. He’d reached the point where he told her that either he was going to start spending a significant amount of time in the UK on his own, or they needed to make the move together as a family.’

The source adds, ‘Harry has always wanted his children to have a British education and it became one of the driving forces behind the decision to move.’

The couple and their children, Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five, have reportedly settled in now to a non-royal residence. The property is believed to be in the countryside rather than in London, while the children have reportedly been enrolled at a school where they are due to begin next week.

Their move comes after years of difficult relations between the Duke and Duchess of Sussex and the rest of the royal family. Following their decision to start a new life in California in 2020, Harry and Meghan quickly began speaking publicly about their experiences inside The Firm, most notably during their bombshell interview with Oprah Winfrey, Harry’s memoir Spare – which was particularly scathing about the Prince of Wales, 44 – and their Netflix docuseries Harry & Meghan.

Their allegations included claims surrounding racism, Palace leaks and the loss of security, while Meghan also said she had been ‘silenced’ after becoming a member of the royal family.

Just days before the shock announcement of their return, an insider had revealed that Meghan was feeling uneasy about Harry spending time with members of the royal family without her. She was concerned she would not be present to defend herself if anything was said, especially by the Princess of Wales, 44.

‘For Meghan, going with Harry became the better option,’ the source says. ‘She felt she would have far more control over the situation if they did this together, rather than Harry flying back and forth alone and potentially rebuilding those relationships with his family without her.

‘But Meghan’s fear is that she’ll come back and somehow end up in the same situation she was in before. Harry has promised her that this time is completely different. They aren’t working royals. They intend to control their own lives and their own narrative.’

Meghan, 45, has continued working to grow her lifestyle brand, As Ever, in the US, but she and Prince Harry, 41, have also endured a series of setbacks with their post-royal projects.

The couple struck a deal with Spotify in 2020, only for the audio giant to part ways with them in 2023, with one executive famously branding them ‘grifters’. This was followed by the cancellation of the duchess’ Netflix series With Love, Meghan, after just two series – part of the $100million Netflix deal the Sussexes signed with the streaming platform in 2020.

The insider continues, ‘Meghan recognises the potential opportunity presented by being physically closer to the royals. They’ve had successes in America, but there have probably been more disappointments than they would have liked. They need to recentre their brand and rebuild some of those royal connections.

‘Harry can also see there are now far more pros than cons to rebuilding his reputation in the UK.’

In a poignant development, Harry, who has appeared increasingly keen to repair fractured relationships in recent months, Meghan and their children travelled to the UK together for the first time in more than four years last month.

They were welcomed by King Charles, 77, who continues to undergo treatment for an undisclosed form of cancer, and Queen Camilla, 79, at Highgrove House. The family also visited Althorp, the childhood home of the late Princess Diana.

‘Their visit last month also helped enormously,’ the source now says. ‘Meghan came away feeling far more at ease about what a return could actually look like for them. Seeing his father with the children affected Harry greatly. The King is still unwell, and he’s getting older. Harry wants to repair their relationship, and he wants Archie and Lilibet to have a proper relationship with their grandfather.’

The source continues, ‘Harry and Meghan love each other, but they both know the next year is crucial. If they can build a life in Britain that works for both of them, it could give their marriage a completely new chapter. Harry’s stubborn, but he’s told her that if this move doesn’t work, then he’ll accept that his life in the UK is over. If they can’t make it work here, they still have Montecito. But if that happens, they may have to ask themselves whether the problem was Britain, America, or whether they simply want different lives.’

It may have only been days since we first heard the news of Prince Harry and Meghan Markle’s sensational UK return, but sources tell us that Prince William will have to absorb what will have come as an epic blow – and fast.

As the royal calendar moves forward, there is no doubt that William will be forced to come face-to-face with Harry sooner rather than later after having carefully avoided the Sussexes for four years – a feat much easier to maintain when they lived thousands of miles away in the US.

The Heir to the British throne has long been reported to remain ‘furious’ with his younger brother for the years he has spent publicly lambasting not just the institution, but their family, too. And now we’re told that, even with his brother set to land on his doorstep in the coming weeks, there remains too much hurt for William to forgive and forget.

Given the extreme PDA (public display of awkwardness) that we saw when Andrew Mountbatten-Windsor last attempted to sidle up to his stony-faced nephew at the Duchess of Kent’s funeral last September, William has made it crystal clear that he is not a man to be turned.

So it comes as little surprise that our source reveals how William is blankly refusing to ‘make nice’ with Harry and Meghan now that they've landed in the UK to start their new life and is ‘stunned’ that any other members of the family are even entertaining their return.

An insider says, ‘William is still very angry. The fact that his brother is back and getting all sorts of special attention has left him completely stunned; he feels like everyone suddenly has amnesia.

‘He’s vowing that he won’t be taken in by Harry and Meghan’s manipulations and says he plans to stay as far away from them as possible. He says he’s tried forcing himself to make nice before and it was unbearable. He always goes back to that terribly painful walkabout the four of them had to do together after the Queen’s death. He hated every second of it and was thunder-faced the entire time, and that was before Harry released his memoir and everything deteriorated even further.’

Indeed, the last public outing between William, 44, and Harry, 41, was for their late grandmother Queen Elizabeth II’s funeral in September 2022. Harry later revealed that they had barely exchanged a word, with relations between the once Fab Four (Harry and Meghan, William and Kate Middleton) appearing so frosty that images of the foursome dominated headlines for weeks.

Last month’s secret summit at Highgrove House with King Charles, 77, and Queen Camilla may have strongly suggested that the monarch is ready to welcome his son and daughter-in-law back into the fold, but it is widely reported that William remains resolute.

Reportedly, when he first heard the news of Harry and Meghan’s visit to the UK last month, shortly ahead of Trooping the Colour at Buckingham Palace, he is said to have been so shocked and enraged that he ‘threatened to boycott’ all family events at Sandringham for the foreseeable future.

Of course, with the British weather already turning blustery, all royal observers will know that the royal calendar will now lean towards one main event – Christmas at Sandringham.

So much so that The Telegraph has already begun to wade in on the question on everyone’s lips: Will Meghan and Harry receive a personal invite from the King? According to sources, Harry, Meghan and their children Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five, will ‘not automatically be included’ on the guest list for gatherings of the Royal Family.

And while Charles may want to include all of his grandchildren at such a family-oriented and magical time of year, we’re told the sentimental monarch could sadly see his family divided as the source says that William will pull out of the special family event to avoid Meghan and Harry.

‘The Christmas guest list is not going to be an easy task because Charles wants the Sussexes included in family functions and that’s going to make things mighty uncomfortable for William,’ the source says.

‘It’s assumed that Harry and Meghan will be invited to all the Christmas functions, even though they’re not working royals; they are still family, and the King wants them to have a place at the table. But William can’t accept that; he feels like they lost that privilege with all their despicable behaviour, and he’s saying he will opt out of attending anything they are invited to, rather than have to put on some phoney act.

‘People are telling him that he needs to swallow his pride and give this a chance, but he’s adamant that he’d rather spend Christmas alone than face those two across the table. There are still plenty of people hoping that William will be persuaded to turn the other cheek for his father’s sake, but at the moment he isn’t budging.’

Since Harry and Meghan’s brief UK trip last month, it has been widely reported that relations between William and Charles are strained. However, following speculation over whether William and Kate would boycott Balmoral – the Royal Family’s Scottish retreat, where the family spends time every summer – the Waleses were photographed leaving a church together with Charles and their children last weekend.

The truth of the matter remains that Charles continues to undergo treatment for cancer, and there is no doubt that William must feel torn between his loyalty and love for his father and his hurt over his brother’s actions.

With this in mind, the source says that behind palace walls, there is still hope that William may be attempting to ‘exert some control’ over their Christmas plans, but that he will not avoid celebrating Christmas with his ill father altogether.

The insider says, ‘There’s a huge debate raging behind the scenes over what Christmas is actually going to look like. Sandringham is such an established tradition that it would be absolutely unprecedented for William to deliberately skip the festivities, particularly given everything Charles is going through with his health. A lot of people are in disbelief that he would really take it that far.

‘The hope is that this is just William’s way of trying to exert some control and potentially put a block on Harry and Meghan’s invitation before anything is finalised.’

Meanwhile, from William’s perspective, we’re told that he has made himself very clear in his Christmas ultimatum – ‘It’s me or Harry’.

‘He swears he’s deadly serious. As far as William is concerned, there’s far more bad blood now, not less, so the idea that he should suddenly be able to sit around a Christmas table and pretend everything is fine is totally unrealistic,’ the source says.

‘He says he’s entitled to decide whether he wants to participate, and, at this point, he’s still adamant that he’s not willing to sit there making nice with Harry when the relationship has become so damaged. He doesn’t want a load of tension overshadowing Christmas.’

Now, only time will tell, but William and Kate arguably do have a viable excuse for avoiding Christmas at Sandringham that would enable them to avoid any family dramas. Given that they last celebrated Christmas with Kate’s family a decade ago in 2016, William could viably argue that sharing the festivities with his in-laws is called for after a decade. There are also rumours that Harry and Meghan may choose to fly back to the US to spend the holiday period with Meghan’s mum, Doria.

And the source says William will do what it takes to keep this feud out of the public eye and to avoid any ‘showdown’ with his father over the Christmas guest list.

We’re told, ‘He insists this isn’t a case of him issuing an ultimatum to his father. He says he’s trying to keep his side of the street clean and quietly make a contingency plan rather than have some enormous showdown over who the King invites to Christmas. In his view, staying away is actually preferable to forcing everyone to sit through an incredibly uncomfortable family gathering.’

Their wedding was expected to be a multi-million-pound spectacle – but Cristiano Ronaldo and Georgina Rodríguez opted for the complete opposite.

The footballer, 41, and Georgina, 32, tied the knot in a low-key ceremony held at their coastal home in Portugal, attended only by their children and witnesses.

Prior to marrying, the couple had been together for 10 years and are parents to Alana, eight, and Bella Esmeralda, four, while the footballer is also father to Cristiano Junior, 16, whose mother has not been named and whom Cristiano has full custody of, as well as twins Eva Maria and Mateo, nine, who were born via surrogate.

And with Georgina having been acting as Cristiano Jnr, Eva Maria and Mateo’s stepmother for several years, she’s now taken on the role officially – and it’s reported that she’s taken the next step, even formally adopting the three youngsters.

A week after the Ronaldos’ nuptials, Portuguese outlets reported that Georgina had adopted the eldest three children, with the process having been carried out in secret to ensure the proceedings remained private.

While Georgina has long referred to Cristiano Jnr, Eva Maria and Mateo as her own and called herself their ‘mom’, the official adoption will grant her the same parental rights as Cristiano and allow her to be legally recognised as their caregiver.

It marks a major step for the couple, who married on the 10th anniversary of the day they first met.

Cristiano first met Georgina in 2016 when he entered a Gucci store on the Calle Serrano in Madrid with his then six-year-old son Cristiano Jnr. Georgina – who was born in Argentina but grew up in Spain – had been working at the high-end retail store as a shop assistant after returning from the UK, where she’d worked as an au pair.

She previously described their initial meeting as 'destiny', as she wasn’t supposed to be on shift that day but had agreed to cover a friend.

Romance quickly blossomed between Georgina and Cristiano, and they were soon snapped heading on date nights and even jetting to Disneyland together.

Fast-forward to August 2025, and Georgina confirmed via Instagram that her footballer beau had finally popped the question.

Her oval-cut engagement ring – believed to be worth at least $2million – was as striking as expected, and she shared a snap of it to Instagram along with the caption, 'Yes, I do. In this and in all my lives.'

Despite publicly announcing their engagement, no wedding plans were ever confirmed, yet rumours had continued to swirl during the summer of 2026 that Cristiano and Georgina had plans to exchange vows.

The rumours were ultimately confirmed on 11 August, when a photograph was shared to Instagram of the bride and groom’s wedding bands, along with a simple caption containing their first initials and a heart emoji.

Photographs from the special day then appeared in Vogue – but the Ronaldos’ big day was a far cry from the extravagant wedding that had been teased in the press.

An intimate ceremony was held in the couple’s living room at their home in Cascais, Portugal, with just their children and witnesses in attendance.

As well as the date matching the anniversary of their first meeting, Georgina and Cristiano wore custom Gucci on their big day, with their children also dressed head-to-toe in the luxury brand.

The bride’s outfit consisted of a tailored pencil skirt, matching blazer and a sheer white shirt, paired with neutral make-up and her brunette hair in a side-parting. Adding glamour to her understated look, Georgina sported several statement jewellery pieces by Chopard - including the Garden of Kalahari necklace – which are said to add up to over $50million.

Elsewhere, the groom wore a cream suit with a casual white t-shirt, with his sons sporting a similar get up paired with suede loafers.

Eva Maria, Alana and Bella Esmeralda all wore simple white smock dresses and pale pink slip-on shoes.

The decision to have a low-key wedding was down to the lack of small, intimate moments the Ronaldos get as a family, with Georgina telling Vogue, 'Because castles, houses, islands, horses, cars... we have all of that within reach every day. But something intimate – that’s more unusual for us.'

She also noted that the goal is for the children to remember the nuptials as a special family-centred day, adding, 'In 30 years’ time I want the children to think, "Something wonderful happened at this table – the wedding vows of our parents".'

However, Cristiano and Georgina do plan to have a larger celebration in the future to mark their commitment to one another.

The model and influencer said a 'big wedding' is being planned to ensure they can 'celebrate with family and friends', but 2026 had shaped up to be a 'crazy' year, due to work commitments, Cristiano’s football career and their kids’ busy schedules, though they didn’t want to let their one-year anniversary pass by unmarked.

There was also no time for a honeymoon. The day after their wedding, the family had to leave Portugal to jet to Riyadh, as Cristiano now plays for Saudi Arabia Pro League club Al-Nassr, and the season was starting on 15 August.

But the footballer – who is also the captain of the Portugal national team – took the quick turnaround in his stride and has admitted that he sees 'every day' as a honeymoon with his new wife.

Cristiano marked his new era as a husband by switching up his hairstyle, as he debuted a new blonde look while watching football in Saudi Arabia with his family days after flying out.

True love lasts forever, not a phrase you hear too much when discussing Hollywood marriages. ‘Second time lucky’, a phrase you also don’t hear too much about the all-powerful celebrity union, but that doesn’t mean that it’s not EVER true.

When this pair of A-list stars exchanged vows in 1996, it was obvious to everyone that they were head over heels and utterly devoted to one another. But, alas, it was not a happily ever after, or was it?

Even after they parted ways in 2015, not a single unkind word passed between them. In a joint statement, they stressed that the split was mutual, that nobody else was involved, and that they were going their separate ways in a 'loving and friendly manner'.

Now, Antonio Banderas, currently at work filming Tony about the life of Anthony Bourdain, describes Melanie Griffiths as his 'best friend' and says they have 'a lot of fun together'. This April, in fact, the two were photographed arm in arm, all smiles and laughter, as they set off for dinner in LA alongside their daughter Stella, 29, and her husband Alex Gruszynski.

It's just the newest in a string of affectionate remarks he's made about his ex, and she's paid him the same courtesy, posting that she'll 'always love him' and calling him handsome in an Instagram birthday tribute.

Curiously, while Mask of Zorro star Antonio, 66, has been coupled up with businesswoman and model Nicole Kimpel for a decade since 2016, Melanie, 69, hasn't been publicly linked to anyone since the divorce.

According to a source, that's because no other man has come anywhere near to matching Antonio, and she'll forever regard him as the great love of her life—even with him happily settled alongside Nicole.

The insider says, "It speaks volumes that Melanie hasn't had a single serious relationship since their divorce. She's been on dates, but nothing has ever developed into anything significant because there just isn't room in her heart for anyone but Antonio. If she were asked to describe her perfect man, it would essentially still be him. She insists that they can't be together, that she knows they are better off as good friends."

And these aren't merely casual pals, either—by all accounts, they lean on and advise one another through every high and low, whether or not Stella is involved.

The source tells us, "The fact is, they are still very close, he's still a big part of her day-to-day life. When she has a problem, Antonio is still the person she calls, and he's always happy to be there for her. In many ways, they are still very codependent, and there's almost this sense that she'd rather have this dynamic than cut him off so she can find someone else. Antonio is loyal to Nicole, but there's no doubt he's very protective of his bond with Melanie, so this is by no means a one-sided situation."

Antonio went through a terrifying health ordeal eight years ago when he had a heart attack while based in the UK. He was raced to hospital, where emergency surgery saw three stents fitted into his arteries.

Though he played the episode down, describing it as no more than a 'startle', he's since admitted that the near-death experience prompted a period of soul-searching and meaningful change. Just last week he said the episode was the 'best thing that ever happened to me', in that he finally gave up smoking and resolved to return to his native Malaga in Spain.

Our insider says, "Antonio is the first to admit that his heart attack in 2017 totally changed him; he became so much more open, and his priorities completely shifted. It was too late to go backwards with Melanie at that point, getting back together just wasn't on the table but he did make a huge effort to make amends for a lot of the hurt he put her through and it worked, she totally forgave him and they were able to create this new chapter. What they have now is a deep and very genuine friendship, and everyone in their lives has come to accept that."

Exactly how Antonio 'hurt' Melanie remains something of a mystery. Rumours of infidelity certainly dogged him during their marriage, though both of them denied them. And their separation was about as friendly as they come—at least in the public eye.

The two first set eyes on each other while each was married to someone else—Melanie to Miami Vice star Don Johnson, with whom she shares daughter and actress Dakota, and Antonio to Spanish actress Ana Leza. The occasion was the 1989 Academy Awards. The Spaniard enquired about the identity of the blonde beauty in the white silk gown and learned she was the leading lady of 80s cultural touchstone Working Girl.

But it wasn't until they shot the romcom Too Much in 1995 that 'sparks flew', according to those who saw the crackling chemistry between the pair. Both marriages unravelled fairly swiftly and conveniently—amid denials of any physical affair—and the two became an item, marrying a year later.

You might be curious how Antonio's long-term partner regards his tight bond with Melanie, particularly since she's never moved on romantically. Our insider says Nicole, 45, feels secure.

They tell us, "Nicole has clearly accepted it, everyone says what an incredibly secure woman she is to be so comfortable with this, because a lot of partners could not handle this. But she doesn't seem to be at all threatened. The fact that Antonio feels comfortable giving interviews about how close he is to Melanie shows just how par for the course this is. He says all the time that Melanie is his best friend and doesn't seem to be concerned about upsetting Nicole."

Whether a new man in Melanie's life would show the same understanding is another matter entirely: "If Melanie was in a relationship herself, it might be a different story. It's hard to imagine too many men being okay with the level of closeness she and Antonio share. That's yet to be an issue though.

She gets asked out plenty, and her friends are always offering to set her up. Kris Jenner has certainly tried a number of times, but no one can get Melanie to crack. Having been wed to three men—Don, Antonio, and her first husband Steven Bauer, with whom she has a son, Alexander, 40—perhaps Melanie has simply abandoned the search for Mr Right.

Yet those closest to her suspect it has more to do with the way she idolises Antonio. "A lot of her friends think she's doing herself no favours with this arrangement with Antonio, but there's really no convincing her of that. She insists that she doesn't feel any great desire to be in another relationship, but most people say that's because she doesn't believe it can get any better than what she had with Antonio."

Should they ever reignite their love, Antonio and Melanie would be adding their names to a long and intriguing list of Hollywood couples who divorced only to marry each other again. Elizabeth Taylor and Richard Burton, Natalie Wood and Robert Wagner, and Pamela Anderson and Rick Salamon all took a second run at it.

Tragically, those second marriages crumbled as well. Oh, and there's one more couple worth mentioning—Melanie Griffith and Don Johnson. That's right, she has previous when it comes to remarrying the same man, clinging to the belief that a former love can be reignited. Only Melanie herself knows whether she's quietly hoping that she and Antonio will one day reunite to see out their later years together.

Brooklyn and Nicola Peltz-Beckham have enjoyed a bougie summer in Europe – notably narrowly avoiding a run-in with Brooklyn’s estranged family, who were also holidaying in the South of France earlier this month. But despite their determination to swerve any contact with the Beckhams, insiders tell heat the couple are keen to build bridges with one member of the family – Brooklyn’s 15-year-old sister Harper.

‘Both Brooklyn and Nicola have been doing a lot of soul-searching this summer and speaking to his godfather, Elton John, who they stayed with in France. And while he’s still not ready to speak to his brothers or parents, he does feel a lot of guilt about Harper,’ says a source.

‘Nicola has always said it’s up to Brooklyn how he handles his family situation, and she will support him whatever he chooses to do, but she can see how him not seeing his little sister is starting to eat him up. She also misses Harper and feels bad they no longer see her.’

Before the feud, which escalated spectacularly earlier this year after Brooklyn posted a bombshell Instagram statement slamming his family, Harper was close to Brooklyn and Nicola. Speaking about the teen, Nicola has said, ‘If I could create the perfect dream little sister, it’s her.’

Brooklyn, 27, and Nicola, 31, stayed at Elton John and David Furnish’s summer villa on the French Riviera, spending time with the couple and their two sons. ‘So lovely having you both to stay with us. Such a lovely time we all spent together,’ David posted on Instagram, with Nicola replying, ‘We had the most amazing time. Thank you, David. I love you so much!’

There was a near miss when Brooklyn’s parents stopped off in St Tropez while cruising around the South of France. David and Victoria were seen at a restaurant just a five-minute walk away from an ice-cream parlour. Brooklyn and Nicola were hanging out at around the same time.

Now, our source says Brooklyn and Nicola want to orchestrate a meet-up with Harper, without her parents there. We’re told, ‘They have extended an invitation via family members who Brooklyn is still in contact with for Harper to come and stay with them in LA. But at the moment, David and Vic don’t want that to happen. They would want to be involved in any reunion – their biggest fear is things being organised behind their back.’

Since the feud started, Brooklyn’s brothers Romeo, 23, and Cruz, 21, have both appeared to hit out at their elder sibling on social media – and our insider says the relationships are unlikely to be healed any time soon.

In contrast, Harper was pictured attempting to deliver a letter to Brooklyn and Nicola’s LA home, only to be left disappointed as the couple were in New York at the time. A spokesperson for Brooklyn and Nicola criticised the move as a ‘choreographed’ photo opportunity, which the Beckhams in turn said was ‘clearly nonsense’.

Now, the insider says Brooklyn just wants to ‘protect’ his baby sister. We’re told, ‘Brooklyn has made it clear he doesn’t want a reunion with his parents, but he feels Harper shouldn’t be punished for something she has nothing to do with. Brooklyn also knows how much Harper is missing him and Nicola, and thinks she would jump at the chance to see him. Brooklyn feels there is definitely a way around this – he wants to put things right with his little sister, who he has always adored.’

The source continues, ‘He just wants to see her. He would never want to turn Harper against her parents, but he wants to be in her life. Nicola loves Harper and Harper really looks up to Nicola, and they both feel that the relationship can be saved.'

The nation was shocked last week by the bombshell announcement that Prince Harry and Meghan Markle are returning to live in Britain. Despite leaving the royal family and heading to the US in 2020, it was revealed the couple will be leaving their £11m mansion in Montecito and uprooting children Archie, seven, and five-year-old Lilibet, to enrol them in school back here.

Though it’s not yet clear where they’ll be setting up home, it’s been reported the Sussexes will keep their status as non-working members of the royal family, and haven’t been offered the ‘half-in-half-out’ deal they wanted. And though the King, 77 – who was only made aware of the move four days before it was made public – is understood to be pleased, Harry and Meghan will no doubt soon come face-to-face with Prince William and Kate Middleton, who were blindsided by the news.

Now, insiders say the Princess, 44, is anxious over what her estranged in-laws’ return will look like. The source says, ‘This is Kate’s worst nightmare and a massive shock, but her initial instinct was to think about the stability of the family and the monarchy, rather than her personal emotions.

‘Harry and Meghan’s return brings unresolved issues back to the surface, as she remembers how painful and destabilising those years were. Kate fears seeing the family dragged back into another cycle of accusations, briefings and public fallout. She can’t see how it’s all going to work, and it has left her reeling.’

Things have been sour between Meghan, Harry and the rest of the royals since they stepped back from their official duties after 2020’s ‘Megxit’. In their bombshell interview with Oprah a year later, Meghan, 45, claimed she was ‘silenced’ by the royals, who ‘were willing to lie to protect other members of the family’.

Shockingly, Meghan also admitted she ‘didn’t want to be alive anymore’ at the time, but when she asked the Palace for help, she was allegedly told ‘it wouldn’t be good for the institution’ for her to check into an inpatient facility.

And Meghan also made an allegation of racism – stating that an unidentified member of the monarchy had raised ‘concerns and conversations about how dark Prince Archie’s skin might be when he’s born’. Unsurprisingly, the damning claims sent shockwaves around the globe and threatened to derail the monarchy.

The source says, ‘Kate’s worried about the Sussexes’ return. So much has happened, and trust has been lost. How do you rebuild a relationship when you’re no longer confident that what happens privately will remain private?

‘Meghan also has freedoms that Kate doesn’t. Kate has protocol and a royal diary, whereas Meghan can give interviews, use social media and choose her own public appearances. Meghan can also speak out in a way Kate and William simply cannot respond to. There have already been serious allegations, which caused enormous damage and scrutiny, and Kate knows just how quickly another revelation could reopen all of that.’

Aside from the claims about the wider royal family, the Sussexes have been particularly scathing about the Waleses, with tensions apparently bubbling since their ‘jarring’ first meeting. Despite reports that the Duchess made her sister-in-law cry, Meghan confirmed it was actually Kate who reduced her to tears over a disagreement about flower-girl dresses for her 2018 wedding to Harry, 41.

Then, in his 2023 autobiography Spare, Harry said he and William, 44, had a physical altercation, after he branded Meghan ‘difficult’, ‘rude’ and ‘abrasive’. Elsewhere in the memoir, Harry recalled an argument between Meghan and Kate, where the Princess of Wales didn’t react well to her sister-in-law saying she had ‘baby brain’, allegedly saying, ‘We’re not close enough for you to talk about my hormones.’

Harry also wrote about ‘an awkward moment backstage’ at the inaugural Royal Foundation Forum in February 2018, when Meghan asked to borrow Kate’s lip gloss and she ‘grimaced’. ‘Something we should have been able to laugh about soon after,’ he noted. ‘But it left a little mark.’

Alongside Charles, the Princess was also named in the Dutch edition of Omid Scobie’s controversial royal book Endgame as the family member to ask about Archie’s skin colour. It was withdrawn from sale after publishers blamed a translation error, and the author confirmed he had not named the pair in the original English text. And our insider says that, given the betrayal, Kate will no doubt struggle being around Meghan, who is rumoured to have been offered an acting role in the UK.

‘Kate’s been hurt by what Meghan’s done, and knows she doesn’t need to be best friends with her sister-in-law. But forgiving someone and trusting them are separate things. She’ll be extremely careful about what she discusses in her presence,’ we’re told.

Once dubbed ‘The Fab Four’, the Sussexes and the Waleses at first appeared to be a close unit in public. Kate and her sister-in-law attended Wimbledon together in both 2018 and 2019, and William was Harry’s best man at his wedding. And William was initially said to be devastated by the fallout, snapping at a reporter days after Harry and Meghan’s Oprah interview in March 2021, ‘We’re very much not a racist family.’

Now, according to former BBC royal correspondent Peter Hunt, Harry’s return is likely to have left his brother ‘apoplectic’, and our insider continues that Kate is worried for her husband of 15 years. The source says, ‘Kate’s anxious about how deeply it’ll affect William. She’s encouraged him to be strong, and not necessarily to slam the door. Kate knows some sort of reconciliation would ultimately bring William a sense of peace.’

Visiting the UK last month, Buckingham Palace confirmed that the Sussexes met with Charles and Queen Camilla at Highgrove House on 10 July ‘for an hour or so’. Reports confirmed the trip was a resounding success, and as Harry had plans to fly across the pond again in September for the WellChild Awards, rumours began swirling that Charles had also invited the family to spend time at Balmoral.

Harry also spoke of his wish for a reconciliation with his family last year, speaking of his sadness about not ‘showing my children my homeland’ and his desire to patch things up with his father, who is living with cancer, explaining, ‘Life is precious.’

Now that they’re back in the UK, it’s likely the Sussex children will also have a relationship with their cousins, Princes George, 13, and Louis, eight, and Princess Charlotte, 11.

The insider says, ‘Kate’s reluctant to make the innocent children part of an adult feud, but she’s protective of her family’s privacy. She won’t sit the children down and tell them not to trust their cousins, but she’ll remind them not to repeat things said inside the family.

‘Kate will protect William, their children and the monarchy. She doesn’t need to create another battle with Meghan, but expecting her to forgive and forget would be unrealistic.’

The source adds, ‘The best possible outcome would be a quiet relationship with clear boundaries and no public attacks. If Harry and Meghan genuinely want a new chapter in Britain, that may be the only way Kate and William can feel safe enough to turn the page, too.’

The countdown has begun for the Sussexes' grand homecoming to the UK, with Prince Harry and Meghan Markle reported to be touching down at London’s Heathrow airport in a matter of days – perhaps by the end of the week. Their children, Prince Archie, seven, and Princess Lilibet, five, are reported to be starting at British schools, most of which start back next week, so it’s not hard to imagine that this very minute, their UK home is being prepared and their life in the US packed into suitcases.

Speculation has also been rife that the couple have their sights set on the idyllic Cotswolds – Britain’s own version of the exclusive Californian enclave of Montecito, where the couple have been based for the past six years. Harry, who turns 42 next month, is said to have spent a lot of time there as a teenager and is familiar with the area's rustic country pubs, its muddy trails and the best spots to take in the outstanding beauty of the rolling hills.

And a source tells us that after becoming ‘claustrophobic’ in Montecito – as much as you can become in a sprawling $29million mansion, of course – Harry is ready for the fresh air of the English countryside and the bright lights of London, which we’re told he is adamant will also give his eight-year marriage a boost, too.

A source tells us, ‘Harry is so energised by this move. He’s saying it’s exactly what they need as a family and as a couple. It’s no secret he’s felt increasingly isolated and claustrophobic in Montecito, which for all its beauty and comfort is a pretty sleepy and stuffy environment for younger couples who have so many interests further afield.

‘Harry misses the energy and buzz of London and can’t wait to enjoy date nights in the city as well as romantic trips with Meghan around the UK. He’s been complaining for a while that things have gotten stale in Southern California; quite frankly, he’s felt bored and out of his comfort zone, and that’s caused a lot of tension and resentment that’s bled into the marriage.’

Revisiting the location of their first date ten years ago at London’s Soho House will no doubt be a romantic evening for the couple. But following years of reported reluctance from Meghan to ever set foot on UK soil again, it’s hard to believe that a little soft lighting and a few cocktails are going to usher her apprehension under the designer carpet.

And the source confirms that this move – unexpected by everyone – has been a ‘sacrifice’ for Meghan, who leaves her family, friends, and home behind in Montecito to once again walk right back into the heart of 'the lion’s den’.

‘She’s going along with it but with something of a heavy heart and a lot of anxiety about what’s ahead of them,’ the insider says.

‘There’s no question Meghan will miss her friends and loved ones terribly, especially her mother. It’s a sacrifice to be basing herself 6,000 miles outside of her comfort zone and back in the lion’s den, where she believes she’s going to be scrutinised and dissected at every turn.’

So naturally, we’re told that ahead of their return, Meghan, 45, has sat down with Harry to discuss certain rules that must be adhered to for not just their move to work out – but their marriage, too.

An insider says, ‘They know a lot of people believe this will break them, so that’s a huge motivator for them to prove everyone wrong. They both insist that their marriage can withstand anything because they have such a deep bond, but that doesn’t mean they don’t put in work to keep it that way.

‘They are very aware that this is going to be challenging, it’s an enormous upheaval and will put them under a huge amount of pressure, so they’re being proactive and talking about what can be done ahead of time to make sure the stress of this all doesn’t tear them apart.’

Alongside regular date nights, we’re told Meghan is adamant that when it comes to Harry’s friends, and certainly his family, she expects to continue as his number one priority.

The source says, ‘They’ve agreed that they need to schedule date nights so that they will have private time to reconnect. They’re both going to be extremely busy, so it really does need to go in the calendar, or it simply won’t happen.

‘She needs Harry to keep protecting and sticking up for her, and if he doesn’t do that to Meghan’s satisfaction, then the marriage could go downhill fast.’

Top of Meghan’s ‘How to survive your marriage in the UK’ manifesto, however, is that the family continue to remain together, which means that when it comes to her travelling for new projects or shooting anything on location, the source says she has made it clear to Harry that she wants him and the children by her side.

‘They want to avoid being apart for extended stretches, so if Meghan goes on location at all for acting work, Harry and the kids will go with her. No matter how hectic things get, protecting their marriage and making sure it survives this test is key,’ the insider says.

But the couple may have already found themselves deep in a quagmire, as just 72 hours after the news of their move was announced, it was alleged that Meghan had already lost the big acting role she was speculated to have been offered back in the UK.

It was reported last week that Meghan had been cast for the third series of Guy Ritchie’s Netflix sensation, The Gentleman, which was largely filmed in the Cotswolds, just miles from Highgrove House, where the Sussexes met with King Charles last month.

Yet days later, it was alleged by former Vanity Fair editor Tina Brown that ‘the backlash in the UK’ had been ‘so intense’ following the reports that Meghan had landed the role, that it had made the job offer ‘untenable’ going forward.

Though not officially confirmed, if true, this will no doubt have come as a huge blow to Meghan, with royal author Tom Sykes speculating on his substack, The Royalist, that the determined Duchess could now be set to spend large swathes of time in the US, promoting her lifestyle brand, As Ever.

‘Harry and the kids are moving back to Britain. Meghan is going to come and go. Mainly, go,’ he summarised.

But our source warns there could still be rising tensions ahead between her and Harry, as we’re told of Harry’s hopes that Meghan will cut back on her work schedule and that their family will remain firmly on UK ground – at least while they settle in and ingratiate themselves with his friends and family again.

‘Harry’s promised to do that, but he also wants to see Meghan make a big effort when she’s in the UK – especially with his friends and family. The last thing he needs is for her to be hiding away or glued to her work 24/7 instead of embracing this new environment in a positive and proactive fashion,’ the insider says.

‘He understands that she’ll want to make occasional trips back to the States, but that can’t become a habit – she needs to throw herself into this and help them revert to the same couple they were when they fell in love all those years ago. Unless that happens, it’ll be an uphill struggle, and deep down they both know that, whether they admit it or not.’

Desperate Ruben begs Maya: ‘I want you back’

The couple were seemingly going from strength to strength, even reportedly thinking of buying a luxe £4million house together at the end of last year. But three months ago, Love Island host Maya Jama and footballer Rúben Dias announced it was all over, amid allegations that the Portuguese footballer had been unfaithful, which he denied.

But now, heat has been told that Rúben is making a bid to win Maya back. ‘Rúben has been desperate to reconcile with Maya – he’s been reaching out and trying to build bridges. He’s insisted he never cheated on her,’ an insider tells heat.

‘Maya is trying to be really strong; she’s not giving Rúben an easy ride. He’s tried to explain himself, but he’s got his work cut out. Maya’s playing it very cool – she doesn’t want to just fall back into his arms and pretend everything is fine.’

Following news of the couple’s split after 18 months together, Man City player Rúben, 29, hit back at cheating claims. ‘Maya and I have always had a relationship built on mutual respect,’ he wrote. ‘No line was ever crossed in that regard.’

In the months since their shock split, speculation has already been mounting over whether Maya has found someone new, as she was recently spotted enjoying an evening out with chef James Freeman in London. A mystery bouquet delivered for her 32nd birthday also fuelled rumours of a secret admirer.

And our source says that, while Maya still cares for Rúben, she’s torn over revisiting anything. We’re told, ‘If Maya felt absolutely nothing for Rúben, it would probably be much easier, but there’s still love there, and that’s what makes it complicated.

‘They do still communicate from time to time. That doesn’t mean they’re back together, because they absolutely aren’t. But the fact they can still talk to each other means that door hasn’t been completely slammed shut.’

The source adds, ‘A small part of her is tempted, but she doesn’t want to put herself in a position where she could end up getting her heart broken again. She also isn’t somebody who wants a half-hearted relationship. If she were ever to let Rúben back into her life, she’d need to believe they were both completely committed.’

Gorka: ‘Sometimes I can’t be bothered to have sex’

When it comes to candid confessions, Gorka Márquez certainly knows how to keep us laughing. The professional dancer and his wife, Gemma Atkinson, are no strangers to sharing tales from both their showbiz and personal lives, but they recently took things up a notch when the conversation turned to their sex life.

Speaking on their Lost In Translation podcast, 35-year-old Gorka admitted, ‘Sometimes when Gemma says, 'Do you want a cheeky one?” I just think, “I can’t be bothered. For f**k’s sake, Gemma!”’ He quickly followed up the funny revelation by adding, ‘But I bet she thinks that about me, too.’

Gorka and Gemma, 41, first met on Strictly Come Dancing back in 2017, when the former Hollyoaks actress appeared as a contestant. Their romance initially blossomed away from the cameras, with the pair eventually confirming they were in a relationship the following year.

The couple, who got engaged in 2021, have since built a family together, welcoming two children – daughter Mia, six, and son Thiago, two. Despite their busy careers, the pair have often spoken candidly about balancing family life with their relationship.

Opening up even more on their bedroom antics, the former Strictly star – who announced his departure from the BBC show in April after 10 years – cheekily revealed, ‘It’s like going for a run. You never feel like doing it, but you always feel better for it afterwards.’

Gemma also weighed in on her fiancé’s candid remarks, admitting that the tougher moments are all part and parcel of a relationship. ‘You have to have those days where you think, “For eff’s sake”, because then you appreciate the other days,’ she said.

Status updates

Divorce: Shane Ritchie

The EastEnders actor, 62, and his wife Christie Goddard, 47, secretly divorced last month, after 19 years of marriage. The former couple share three children: Mackenzie Blue, 20, Lolita Bell, 18, and Romani-Skye, 15.

Ready to date: Jessie J

The singer, 38, is back on celebrity dating app Raya after splitting from Chanan Colman in July. The basketball star – who she met on the same app – is dad to her son, Sky, three.

Matching tattoos: Ariana Grande & Ricky Álvarez

She’s currently on her Eternal Sunshine tour, but Ariana, 33, has seemingly made her rekindled romance official, debuting an ‘I do love you’ tattoo – matching boyfriend Ricky’s identical inking in the same spot. The couple first dated in 2015.

He’s rhumba-ed his way into the nation’s hearts through his partnerships with Fleur East, Ellie Leach, Sarah Hadland and, most recently, Ellie Goldstein – and behind the scenes, Vito Coppola has made a lasting impression on the Strictly crew in the most generous way.

‘Food is my love language. It’s also the way I show gratitude,’ the Italian professional dancer and keen chef tells heat. ‘What I’ve done from the start of the series is to cook food for everyone. Right from the launch show and through the whole series, I brought tiramisu for all the departments and the people who work behind the scenes – the runners, production, lighting, sound check, wardrobe, and hair and make-up. The singers wanted pasta with tomato sauce, so I made them that. I bring everything I’ve prepared in little thermal bags with tissues, napkins and cutlery, and tidy up the next day.’

Vito, who won Celebrity MasterChef in 2024, doesn’t forget the presenters, either. ‘I brought Claudia a big tray of aubergine Parmigiana [breaded and fried aubergine covered in tomato sauce and mozzarella] with 12 layers,’ he reveals. ‘My family was like, “What are you doing?” They thought I would have baked her a little muffin or cupcake.’

Luckily for Vito, Claudia was all too happy to return the favour and satisfy his sweet fix during filming. ‘She used to give me chocolate pretzels she had hidden. We had secret signals – I would blink my eyes in a certain way, so Claudia knew. Then she would pass me chocolate from behind the little sofa,’ he explains. ‘I cannot last the entire series without having a little piece of chocolate every now and then.’

This year’s series sees the show undergoing a huge shake-up with Emma Willis, Johannes ‘JoJo’ Radebe and Josh Widdicombe taking over from Claudia Winkleman and Tess Daly. This leaves the 33-year-old dancer and choreographer having to find a new partner in crime.

‘I don’t know who it’s going to be,’ Vito says. ‘JoJo is very professional. Here is my plan: when we start the series, I’m going to bring them food, I’m going to cook for them. I’m going to try to lure them to me with my cooking skills, and the one that is most impressed will be the person who is going to feed me during the show.’

Vito, who joined Strictly in 2022 and danced his way to victory the following year with soap star Ellie Leach, is thrilled about the new line-up.

‘I’m really excited. I’m really looking forward to it. I cannot wait to see the new three hosts,’ he says. ‘My lovely JoJo, I’m so proud of him. I met Josh when he was on the Strictly Christmas Special [in 2024], dressed as a penguin. I think we’re going to laugh a lot. Of course, we love Tess and Claudia, and we are going to miss them, but I am grateful that I got the pleasure and the honour to work and spend time with them.’

While dancing remains his passion, Vito’s first love is food – aside from his celebrity crush Jessica Alba. He has shared his memories and some of his favourite recipes in his autobiography Love, Vito. ‘I love food, as if food is a person. Food is my best friend, it’s part of my family,’ he says. ‘Food is in every moment of my life. When I feel deflated, I feel better after I eat. If I want to celebrate and I’m happy, I eat.’ He explains, ‘Food is the only essential glue that connects all my family with friends and other people. All the people who are very close to me, like Fleur, Ellie and Ellie – they all love their food.’

While they share a love of food, etiquette forbids them from sharing each other’s plates. ‘We had the rule when we were starting to dance together – we share everything, but not the food. I love them to the moon and back, but my food is my food. I don’t share!’

‘Love, Vito’ (Sphere, £25) by Vito Coppola is out on 27 August

In what was arguably the celebrity wedding of the decade, songstress Taylor Swift found her happily ever after when she walked down the aisle with Kansas City Chiefs star Travis Kelce at Madison Square Garden.

Nearly two months on, the pair’s nuptials have been shrouded in secrecy, leaving Swifties to pore over every tiny detail and wonder when Taylor might finally lift the lid on her biggest personal milestone yet.

But while fans wait for their first proper look inside the celebrations, Travis is already learning that being married to one of the biggest stars on the planet comes with an unexpected downside.

Because Taylor’s influence has created a rather unusual problem for the NFL, and that's because 36-year-old Taylor’s relationship with Chiefs tight end Travis has transformed her appearances at NFL games into a phenomenon of their own.

Whenever Taylor turns up in the stands, the cameras inevitably find her. Headlines follow, social media explodes, and millions of fans who may not ordinarily tune into football suddenly have another reason to watch.

Her presence has effectively turned a regular Chiefs game into a major entertainment event. And now, that has created a strange dilemma for the league.

‘The 'Swift effect' on NFL viewership has been one of the biggest unplanned marketing wins in the league's history,’ digital PR expert Euan Jones said. But that success comes with a catch.

‘It's created a strange problem, broadcasters and the Chiefs now have a genuine commercial interest in her attendance, not just a personal one.’

In other words, whether Taylor shows up has become a story in itself. If she attends, fans want to know what she is wearing, who she is sitting with and how often the cameras will cut to her. If she doesn't, her absence can become just as intriguing.

‘Every game she's confirmed for gets treated as a bigger event, so any suggestion she might miss one becomes its own news story,’ Jones said.

For the NFL, the problem is that Taylor’s presence is impossible to control.

Speaking out about the criticism she received for TV broadcasts spending too much time focusing on the singer, Taylor said, ‘There’s a camera a half-mile away, and you have no idea when the camera is putting you in the broadcast.’

She could attend fewer games in the future, particularly as her career continues to demand more of her time. And, of course, there is no guarantee that the public’s fascination with seeing her cheer on Travis will last forever.

That leaves the league in the unusual position of benefiting enormously from something it never planned for – while potentially becoming dependent on it.

She has long supported her partner from the stands over the years. Since the pair first started dating in 2023, Taylor was a frequent face at Chiefs games alongside her former friend Blake Lively – who she's since cut out of her life after being dragged into the actress' disastrous legal battle with director Justin Baldoni.

And with Taylor and Travis now married, fans are watching their every move more closely than ever.

Recently, the sports star broke his silence on their star-studded wedding during a Kansas City Chiefs press conference, when he was asked about his time off. ‘Wedding was the best night of my life, and I appreciate everybody who came out and celebrated and had fun with us,’ he said, before quickly redirecting the interview back to football.

Almost two months on from the big day, Taylor has still not publicly unveiled the wedding snaps fans are clamouring to see.

Given the scale of the celebrations, anticipation is understandably reaching fever pitch.

Swifties are no strangers to waiting for Taylor to reveal something on her own terms, but this time the stakes feel particularly high.

And fans are already wondering whether she could have something else up her sleeve.

Taylor has built an entire career around turning major moments into carefully orchestrated reveals, so some fans are questioning whether the long-awaited wedding pictures could arrive alongside a new project.

There is no confirmation that this is the case, but that has done little to stop the speculation.

The singer has once again sent fans into detective mode after a green logo featuring the initials ‘TS’ appeared online, prompting theories that she could be preparing to release new music.

And if she were to pair her wedding reveal with a major announcement, the reaction would undoubtedly be enormous.

Taylor and Travis have, for now, managed to keep one of the biggest days of their lives remarkably private – but with every passing week, the appetite to finally see what happened behind those closed doors is only growing.

And as her game-day appearances continue to attract mounting media attention, insiders tell heat that the pressures of WAG life are beginning to take their toll on Taylor.

‘Game days take a lot out of her,’ the source says. ‘Because the cameras are on her from the second she walks into the stadium until the moment she leaves, and everything she does gets dissected online a million times over. She can’t just relax and watch the game the way everyone else does – she has to constantly be on and doing everything perfectly. Even for someone as used to the spotlight as Taylor is, it’s daunting.’

And as the most famous WAG in the circle, sources say Taylor is struggling to find her feet in the spotlight.

'Taylor picked things up very quickly, but there’s no doubt she still gets anxiety about it all,' says the insider. 'She’s very much the queen of the WAGs. It’s obvious that any of these women would kill to be in her inner circle, so of course, there’s a lot of jealousy, because there’s simply no way that she can have a close relationship with everyone. It might sound ridiculous that Taylor would even care about how she’s perceived among these women, but she absolutely does because she knows it reflects on Travis.'

The source adds, ‘Travis keeps telling her not to overthink things because all that matters is that she’s there. But Taylor’s a people pleaser by nature, and she always wants everyone around her to be happy.’

Strictly Come Dancing fans are buzzing, what with the new series approaching and this year’s full line-up of celebrities now confirmed. But insiders say Tess Daly – who stepped back from the BBC show last year after 21 years – is feeling emotional over its return.

‘Tess is quite scared about how she’s going to cope when Strictly’s back on,’ an insider tells heat. ‘It was part of her life for so long, she doesn’t really know what she’s going to do with herself. She often wonders whether she made the right decision, and it’s been so strange seeing all the new contestants being announced without being part of it. Deep down, she knows it was the right time to quit, but it’s still going to be very hard for her to watch someone else doing the job that she loved.’

Tess, 57, and co-host Claudia Winkleman announced they were both leaving Strictly midway through last year’s series, after fronting it for 14 years together. And, following months of speculation, the BBC confirmed in May that Emma Willis, Johannes Radebe and Josh Widdicombe would be the new hosts. As they prepare to make their debut, insiders say Tess – who has been focusing on her beachwear range NAIA Beach, rather than TV recently –is feeling torn over watching the programme that was such a significant part of her career.

Our source says, ‘The producers have said Tess is welcome to come and be in the audience any time. There is part of her that wants to do that, but those close to her are saying she needs to stay away and let the new hosts get established into a routine, then maybe she can go and watch it later. She has offered Emma, Josh and Johannes advice if they want it. She knows they’re going to be great, but she also accepts that it's going to be a tough watch for her. ’

The source adds, ‘It’s different for Claudia because she has The Traitors and other TV work, whereas Tess hasn’t got big shows like that lined up.’

It’s been a year of intense change for Tess as she also announced her split from Vernon Kay, her husband of 22 years, with whom she shares daughters Phoebe, 21, and Amber, 17. Our insider says, ‘It’s tough, as so much has changed in the last year. Her marriage ended, Phoebe moved out, and Amber is almost an adult, so it’s a lot for Tess at the moment.’

The source adds, ‘She’s excited about all the free time she’ll have now she’s not working every weekend until Christmas. She’s trying to embrace all of that and make sure she has fun and no regrets.’

It’s been a difficult time for Jesy Nelson recently, so fans were happy to see the singer has found love again after she was spotted looking cosy with new boyfriend Ben Davies out in London.

But, despite the new couple’s loved- up appearance, Jesy, 35, who is mum to 15-month-old twins Ocean Jade and Story Monroe, and landscape gardener Ben, hit headlines days later when it was claimed they’d been involved in a ‘heated’ altercation at a rooftop bar, with reports claiming security kicked out the couple and a group of their friends.

And now, heat has been told that, while those close to Jesy are delighted to see her happy after everything she’s been through, they have some concerns over this new romance.

‘Jesy’s family and friends are glad she’s smiling again, but there’s definitely some anxiety about how quickly things are moving with Ben – and that unnecessary drama with the rooftop bar incident hasn’t helped,’ says an insider.

‘Jesy’s got two babies who require an enormous amount of care, and everyone just wants her life to be calm, safe and uncomplicated. It’s already an incredibly intense living situation, and adding a new relationship to that risks making things more complicated. People would rather she took things slowly.’

The former Little Mix star went official with Ben weeks after they first sparked dating rumours, when she shared a snap of his tattooed arm to Instagram. The new relationship comes seven months after she split from fiancé Zion Foster, the father of her daughters.

The twins were sadly diagnosed with spinal muscular atrophy (SMA) Type 1, a rare muscle-wasting condition, with Jesy revealing that doctors have told her they are unlikely to ever walk. Jesy has since led a high-profile campaign for a national roll-out of SMA screening for newborns.

‘You’ll never get used to it,’ Jesy said of dealing with the news of their diagnosis. ‘And [the girls] don’t know any different, which I think is sad as well.’

Now, our insider says that while Jesy’s loved ones want her to start enjoying life again, they’re wary. We’re told, ‘People around her completely understand why she wants some fun again. She’s spent months living around appointments and treatment and the anxiety that comes with that, so of course, she wants to go out and feel attractive. But people are worried she’s throwing herself into something new before she’s really had time to process everything. They don’t want her to get hurt again.’

Ben has been in the public eye before, having dated TOWIE’s Lydia Bright back in 2024. Recent reports have also claimed Lydia was ‘disappointed but not surprised’ to see Ben date another celebrity and was hoping Jesy would be wary of any ‘red flags’.

And after the drama of the bar brawl – with onlookers reportedly saying Ben was ‘getting in people’s faces’ and that the couple had a stand-off with security – friends are hoping Jesy doesn’t get her heart broken.

‘She’s always been someone who loves deeply and falls hard, and that is exactly what worries people,’ says the insider. ‘They don’t want her to get hurt again and worry this guy could be trouble. They just don’t want to see things come tumbling down. They want Jesy to focus on herself.’

The source adds, ‘Her family and friends are watching closely, because they know how much Jesy has been through. They couldn’t bear for it to go wrong again.’

They’ve been living their best summer lives holidaying in Turkey, but with September approaching, sources say Stacey Solomon is feeling wistful as Rose, her second-youngest child, is due to start school. Now, we’re told the star is thinking about homeschooling Rose, four, and little sister Belle, three, which hasn’t gone down well with husband, Joe Swash.

‘Stacey always gets the September blues when they come back from their summer holiday. She has so much fun with all the family, she really struggles when she has to go back home to reality. This time, it’s even harder with Rose off to school,’ says an insider. ‘Stacey isn’t ready for her to leave her side yet. There’s been a lot of tears, and Stacey’s not sure how she’s going to cope without her little BFF at home every day.’

The insider continues, ‘She’s been feeling so emotional about it, and that’s why she started to consider homeschooling, which Joe didn’t like at all – he told Stacey they should wait and see how Rose gets on, especially as they’re trying to sell the house. That’s a lot of upheaval, and Joe wants them to get the move done and then reassess the situation next year.’

It’s been a fraught time lately for Stacey and Joe, who celebrated their fourth wedding anniversary last month. The couple, who are also parents to Rex, seven, as well as Stacey’s sons Zachary and Leighton and Joe’s son Harry from different relationships, enjoyed a lavish holiday in Antalya with their extended family. As heat has reported, the Sort Your Life Out star, 36, has chosen to spend a lot of time with family rather than be alone with Joe.

The pair, who have been open about their relationship struggles in the past, have faced speculation about their marriage this year after Stacey was seen without her wedding ring, even joking about it on TV.

In May, Stacey addressed the rumours, saying, ‘Who cares if the whole world is like, “Oh, they’re on the brink of divorce?” Being in the public eye creates certain pressures. But if we know it’s not true, who cares?’ She added, ‘Sometimes I fancy the pants off [Joe] and can’t wait to come home to see him. Sometimes I’m like, “Get out of my stratosphere – stay away from me.” I think we’re just like any other couple.’

But her plans to homeschool their youngest two children – as she did her elder sons – has caused further tension. Stacey, who’s rumoured to be the new host of The Voice UK alongside Alesha Dixon next year, has admitted to getting emotional when Rex started school three years ago, saying her heart was ‘aching’.

We’re told, ‘Stacey is finding Rose going to school harder to accept than when Rex went, so she’s trying to do the best thing for the whole family. She homeschooled Zach and Leighton for a couple of years, as she felt it was best for them at the time, and they loved it. Stacey feels she is better equipped this time round, and it could be beneficial for their whole family. She can fit her work around it while teaching Rose other stuff that’s not in the curriculum.’

The insider adds, ‘Stacey didn’t like the way school had altered the boys’ personalities, so she took them out for a bit, and that’s what she’ll do this time – it would break her heart if Rose lost who she is once she’s at school. But she knows she could also thrive, so she’s agreed with Joe they’ll wait until she makes a decision.’

Brad Pitt has raised eyebrows recently with a series of candid confessions, which included sharing that he’s ‘back off the wagon’ after seven years of sobriety, as well as revealing he had thought about suicide in recent years.

Now, sources say his ex-wife Jennifer Aniston, 57, is determined to help, and even wants to bring in her current boyfriend, hypnotherapist and spiritual coach Jim Curtis, to assist Brad.

‘Jen still cares deeply for Brad. She knows him so well and can see that he’s really suffering, so she wants to help,’ an insider tells heat. ‘She’s deeply worried about him and wants to give him access to the tools that have helped her in her own life. So much of it comes down to trauma, dealing with the past and learning how to let things go, and that’s exactly the kind of work Jim specialises in.’

Jen has been happily loved-up with Jim, 50, for just over a year, after meeting through mutual friends, and she’s publicly praised Jim’s spiritual healing work, calling it ‘extraordinary’. She’ll even be appearing with him in New York in September for a live Q+A to promote his new book, The Book Of Possibility: Release, Align, Become.

According to insiders, the actress was left troubled by Brad’s latest revelations, which made global headlines earlier this month after he sat down for a revealing interview with Esquire. Brad, 62, spoke about drinking again after nearly a decade of quitting, before speaking about the ‘suicidal’ thoughts and ‘oppressive pain’ he felt during a ‘period of time’ – which fans presumed was his toxic divorce from Angelina Jolie in 2016, and his subsequent estrangement from his six children.

In the years since Brad’s split from Angelina, Jen has reportedly grown close to Brad again, with reports saying they have a ‘special and unique bond’. And our insider says Jen is passionate about helping her ex.

We’re told, ‘She believes Jim could really help Brad, so she wants to make it happen. Jen’s always raving about Jim’s work and the incredible healing she’s been able to do since diving into all the stuff he does. She wants to share that with everyone, especially with the people who she cares about.’

Brad – who has been dating jewellery designer Ines de Ramon, 33, for four years – and Jen were once Hollywood’s ‘It’ couple, and broke hearts across the globe when they announced their split in 2005. While there was animosity at first due to rumours of an overlap in Brad’s relationship with his Mr And Mrs Smith co-star Angelina, they have taken great strides to reconcile over the past two decades.

The couple delighted fans in 2020 when they shared a warm embrace at the Screen Actors Guild Awards, before reuniting again later that year for a virtual table reading of the film Fast Times At Ridgemont High. And our source adds that Jen’s hoping Brad will be open to the help Jim has to offer.

‘Jim, being the good guy he is, has absolutely no qualms about working with Jen’s ex-husband,’ says the insider. ‘Not just because it will make Jen happy, but also because his heart goes out to Brad. It’ll be more about Brad’s willingness to open up to Jim. Brad obviously isn’t opposed to baring his soul, but it’s always on his terms because he’s a very proud guy. Doing this kind of work with Jim would require him to totally surrender and that can be very difficult for someone like him.

‘But Jen is very tenacious. She wants to make this happen and won’t give up easily.’

It was revealed last week that Cheryl’s stalker Daniel Bannister has been moved from jail to a psychiatric hospital. The 51-year-old was jailed for 12 months last September after breaching his restraining order for a fourth time by turning up at the former Girls Aloud star’s house. He has since been moved again to a psychiatric hospital, meaning he is being treated as a patient rather than a prisoner.

Now, insiders tell heat the situation has become a never-ending nightmare for Cheryl, 43, who hasn’t been able to feel safe at the home she shares with nine-year-old Bear, her son with late One Direction star Liam Payne.

‘Cheryl had hoped that this year might be a turning point, as she’d finally started to think about herself and her career again. But she’s now back to worrying about Bear, and how she can give him stability and privacy. She doesn’t want to disappear forever, but being visible suddenly feels daunting again. It’s difficult, because she doesn’t want somebody else’s behaviour to determine how she lives her life.’

Since Bannister – who was also convicted of manslaughter in 2012 – began his terrifying stalking campaign in 2024, Cheryl has largely stayed out of the public eye. At his sentencing last year, she spoke of her fear in her victim impact statement, saying, ‘Each time he returns, the worry of his intentions intensifies. I’m worried, nervous and on edge every time I open my gate. No person should have to feel this way. Daniel has made my young child scared.’

As heat reported earlier this month, Cheryl is in talks to make a new tell-all documentary about her life and career. But the project could be delayed as she is fearful about news of her stalker. ‘Cheryl is facing a horrible dilemma, because she really wants to work again,’ says the insider. ‘The timing is particularly frustrating, because she’d begun planning what could be her most significant return to entertainment in years. But then this happens, and all the old fears return – it feels like she can never escape him.’

The source adds that Cheryl feels like she’s at a crossroads. We’re told, ‘She’s torn. Does she dig her heels in and refuse to allow this to dictate her life or does she retreat again, because that’s where she feels safest? Knowing Daniel is locked up gives her some reassurance for now, but what happens when he’s eventually released from hospital?’

The insider continues, ‘Cheryl can either face her demons or hide away. She doesn’t want to lose out on opportunities because she’s frightened – but when somebody has repeatedly turned up at your home, it’s not something you can simply put out of your mind.’

They’ve been loved-up since meeting on Celebrity Island With Bear Grylls nine years ago, going on to get engaged and have two children together. But Ryan Thomas recently shocked fans by revealing he and fiancée Lucy Mecklenburgh sleep in separate beds.

Speaking on his podcast, At Home With The Thomas Bros – which he hosts with his siblings, twins Adam and Scott, both 38 – Ryan spoke about their living arrangements, saying, ‘We stay in separate beds, and we have separate living rooms.’Waterloo Road star Adam hit back at the unconventional arrangement, calling it ‘f**ked up’, adding, ‘You need to stay in the same bed!’

Ryan, 42 – who found fame on Coronation Street back in 2000 – said that he and Lucy split their time between the family home in Manchester and a bolthole in the capital, admitting they ‘haven’t got enough rooms in London’ for separate lives. But speaking of their main home, he shared, ‘[We have] two living rooms. We watch telly separately.’ He also joked, ‘We don’t really like each other… She likes to watch these American TV series and I like to watch crime.’

This isn’t the first time the couple has opened up about their sleeping habits. Last year, Lucy, 34 – who shares son Roman, six, and daughter Lilah, four, with Ryan, as well as being stepmum to Ryan’s 17-year-old daughter Scarlett, from his relationship with former Corrie co-star Tina O’Brien – confessed her fiancé was a ‘nightmare’ to share a bed with.

Speaking on his podcast, she said, ‘Ryan snores, he sleep talks, and he whacks me in his sleep.’ Ryan then quipped, ‘I wasn’t asleep, darling.’

The conversation sparked debate among fans. Some lauded the arrangement, with one saying, ‘I agree with this. In my marriage, we’ve had separate beds since we married 60 years ago and five kids later. Might be the key to our long life together.’ But others disagreed. One said, ‘Sounds like they don’t like each other’, while another warned, ‘Ryan, make more time for Lucy, as one day you could turn around and she will be gone.

Forget packing a suitcase for another flying visit – following the shock new reports, Prince Harry and Meghan Markle could soon be packing up their entire life in Montecito and heading back to Britain.

The bombshell news that the Sussexes are preparing to return to the UK with Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five, has completely changed the game for Harry and his family.

After six years of living thousands of miles away from the Royal Family, the prospect of having the Sussexes back on British soil on a permanent basis is one thing – but what happens when Harry inevitably wants to get back inside the royal circle?

Until now, his reunion with King Charles at Highgrove House last month could easily have been viewed as a tentative first step towards reconciliation. The pair have said very little publicly since their secret summit, with Harry, 41, and Meghan, 45, reportedly sworn to secrecy about what was discussed.

But now, with the couple reportedly planning to make Britain their home again, that meeting suddenly takes on a whole new significance. Harry is already believed to be hoping to persuade his father to attend the Invictus Games in Birmingham next year, with the possibility of the pair making a joint appearance.

And while photographs of father and son standing shoulder-to-shoulder would undoubtedly send a huge message that the ice is finally thawing, the Sussexes’ reported move back could make that reconciliation much harder for some members of the Firm to swallow.

While Charles may be willing to open the door, Prince William is another matter entirely. The brothers are believed not to have spoken for four years, and William is reportedly furious over the way Harry’s latest return has unfolded.

There are also said to be senior Palace figures who remain deeply distrustful of the Sussexes after years of accusations, interviews and public revelations.

And then there’s Camilla. The Queen may have been prepared to ‘play nice’ when Harry, Meghan and their children visited Britain, but we’re told that behind the smiles, she remains ‘deeply resentful’ of the couple.

An insider says, ‘Just because she was courteous and made nice the last time Harry was there doesn’t mean the bad blood has gone away. She’s still deeply resentful over what he said in Spare, and by all accounts there’s been no apology from Harry. And there’s not likely to be any apology because Harry is still just as resentful of her.

‘Harry admitted [in Spare] that he and William both begged their father not to marry her. Camilla always suspected they were being vicious behind her back but Harry finally confirmed it and she won’t soon forget it. She doesn’t trust him one bit, and even less now that he’s with Meghan.

‘Camilla is convinced they have ulterior motives and need to be kept at arms’ length, but she has to act as though she’s being open minded about this, since she promised the King she would be.’

Since ascending to the throne at his coronation in 2023, Charles, 77, has made it very clear just where Camilla, 79, stands. Immediately dropping the ‘Consort’ from her new title of ‘Queen Consort’, he added in his first speech as King, 'I count on the loving help of my darling wife Camilla.'

Following his 2024 cancer diagnosis, Charles is now rarely anywhere without Camilla by his side – both at public-facing events and in private, including Harry’s meeting with his father. And with Camilla as the ‘gatekeeper’ of his ‘pa’, we’re told Harry is already bracing himself to walk back into the ‘lion’s den’.

‘For Harry, it’s especially difficult because he’s coming back into the lion’s den knowing Camilla will be watching his every move and that if he trips up, she will seize on it,’ the source says.

‘Camilla is very much the gatekeeper and she’s let it be known that she will be front and centre anytime Harry sees his father, whether Meghan is there or not. If Meghan does come, there’s no doubt she will be even more hawkeyed,

‘He suspects she’s still stirring up trouble behind the scenes, particularly with the press and inside the Palace, but with his father too. So there’s a lot of hostility between them that’s running just below the surface. He can’t say a thing about it to his father without creating another huge problem.’

However, all hope for Harry’s homecoming is not lost. Sources previously told us how Camilla had urged Charles to ‘stop being naïve and see them [Harry and Meghan] for the threat that they are’ and has been against the Sussexes return to the UK.

But increasingly over recent months, as we saw with the King’s overriding of William’s reported wishes for Harry and Meghan to be kept at arm’s length, Charles appears to have fully stepped into his power as monarch, and the source says Camilla has reluctantly agreed to ‘get on board’ with Harry and Meghan’s plans to appease him.

The insider says, ‘Camilla is used to having her way on most things but Charles is very strong on this. She’s had to agree because she wants to keep him happy, but also because there’s a sense that nobody can really stand in his way. He can be incredibly stubborn and this is one of those times where the only option is to get on board with what he wants.’

Now, Camilla can do little but stand back and ensure she remains by Charles’ side, but the source says there is no doubt that Camilla is ready to pounce on any ‘missteps’ Harry makes.

The insider says, It’s guaranteed that anyone that tries to block him [Charles] will find themselves in his bad books and Camilla knows that so she’s opting to stand by his side. That way she can do what he deems best while also keeping a close eye on the situation.

‘She will still give her opinion; no doubt she will be quick to point out anything that doesn’t sit right with her and she will be looking for any missteps. The King may be ready to forgive and forget, but Camilla is not.

Meanwhile, speculation is growing that Harry could also be set to approach his father about the potential of a ‘half-in, half-out’ role within the Royal Family for himself and Meghan – the same proposal that had been rejected by Queen Elizabeth II in 2020.

Yet the source makes clear that Harry is all too aware of the tight rope he’s walking. So much so, that he could be set to kill his stepmother with kindness by extending his invitation to the Invictus Games to include her.

We’re told, ‘Harry is under no illusions, he knows she’s an enemy, but he needs her on side in order to push things forward with his father. He’s desperate for his dad to make an appearance at Invictus and if Camilla were to agree it would make things much easier so of course he’s extended the offer to Camilla as well.

‘He would love to have them both there. He doesn’t have to like her to respect the fact that she holds enormous influence with his father and also with the British public. She’s worked her way into a pretty popular place, so he can’t afford to alienate her.’

They’ve each totted up another marriage and divorce since their infamous break-up, but – despite not seeing each other for a whopping 25 years – there’s always been unfinished business between Tom Cruise and Nicole Kidman. How could there not be? Having been the golden couple of the 1990s, their happy ever after was torn to shreds in 2001 after 11 years of marriage – amid reports that she’d finally freed herself from the clutches of Tom’s beloved Church of Scientology.

Pictured beaming in the sun after their divorce was finalised that year, Nicole was the image of a woman liberated, reinforced by the fact that her career only went from strength to strength thereafter. Yet, behind the scenes, there was pain and heartache, as it emerged that their adopted children, Bella, now 33, and Connor, 31, had stayed with Tom to be raised under the tenets of his pseudo-religion. As Nicole was duly labelled a ‘suppressive person’ – or ‘SP’ – by the church, and was also slapped with an NDA banning her from discussing their marriage, she gradually found herself to be persona non grata.

Then, as the years went by, and Tom seemingly repeated the pattern with his next wife, Katie Holmes, who was also labelled an SP after they split (although she left the Church with their daughter, Suri, now 20, in tow), it seemed as if Nicole and Tom would never make amends. The mythology surrounding them was just too dark, too mysterious and too safeguarded under NDAs.

But, according to insiders, the Mission: Impossible might just be about to happen – the former exes might soon be ready to meet…and it’s all thanks to a wind change coming from both directions.

After years of keeping schtum on their relationship, Nicole, 59, has certainly seemed to feel more comfortable discussing their marriage in public. To be clear, she’s been careful, never mentioning Tom, 64, by name and, while alluding to him favourably, specifically speaking about herself in relation to their marriage. But, we’re told, her nod to their days together has got him thinking. Firstly, we’re told he feels as if she must be seeking closure and thinks the only way she’ll get it is if they speak. And secondly, he apparently can’t help but think of all the positive outcomes that could come from them reconciling – not just for their family, but for their respective careers.

‘Not so long ago, it really irritated Tom that Nicole would talk about him in interviews, but he’s now saying she clearly has some unresolved issues, and – if it’s cathartic for her, then he can accept it,’ says an insider close to the movie star, who has won favour in the public eye over the past few years after toning down his formerly evangelical attempts to convert his A-list friends to Scientology. ‘In fairness to Nicole, it’s not like she’s ripping him to pieces. She’s talking more about her own journey and who she was at the time, and she’s careful not to put him down, which he appreciates. That being said, he would prefer she get over this need to reference him, and he feels like the best way to get there is to sit down and hash things out.’

Earlier this month, Nicole set tongues wagging after sitting down with Vogue for a wide-ranging interview. As well as speaking candidly about her recent divorce from country singer Keith Urban – saying it hadn’t been easy and adding that the future is now ‘completely unknown’ – she also spoke about her first marriage to Tom, which took place a year after they first met on the set of Days of Thunder in 1989. She told the magazine, ‘I got married so young. Suddenly, I was 22, 23, and I had this huge movie-star husband. But it just seemed completely natural. We just fell madly in love, and it was that simple.’

Reflecting on how marrying an A-list actor had first affected her as a fledgling actress, she said, “I remember people saying to me, ‘OK, well this is going to really going to affect your career.” I’m like, “I don’t care. I’m in love. I want to be married.” And then I was his “wife”, and they were like, “See, we told you.” I’m like, “So what? I wasn’t meant to marry the man I love? Of course, I’ll throw my career away. I don’t care.”’

Nicole’s comments may not have been intended to shade Tom – and as our source explains, he hasn’t taken them as such. But they’re also not the first time Nicole’s got philosophical about him. Speaking to New York Magazine in 2019, she said she’d married Tom very young for love, in turn gaining ‘protection’.

She explained, ‘Being married to an extremely powerful man kept me from being sexually harassed. I would work, but I was still very much cocooned. So when I came out of it at 32, 33, it’s almost like I had to grow up.’ Then, in 2024, she gave a further nod to him, saying that the filmmaker Stanley Kubrick had ‘mined’ their dynamics as a married couple while directing them in the erotic thriller Eyes Wide Shut.

All this, we’re told, has left Tom feeling like it’s time to say the things that have been left unsaid for 25 years. The fact that Nicole’s now divorced is no coincidence. During her 19-year marriage to Keith – during which time they welcomed two daughters, Sunday Rose, 18, and Faith Margaret, 15 – Nicole lived a very distant life in Nashville, far removed from her older children and ex-husband.

But now that she’s single and clearly feeling nostalgic, the stage looks set for a détente. What’s more, she’s reportedly now closer than ever with Bella and Connor, with Bella in particular no longer living so proscriptively under the edicts of Scientology.

As our source explains, time heals all wounds and – as far as Tom is concerned – a friendly meet-up could lead to a very fruitful friendship.

‘Tom would love to find a way to create a new chapter in their relationship,’ we’re told. ‘He doesn’t want to get back together, but he would love to team up on-screen again - they were so good. The fact that she’s speaking well of him in the press after so many years is very significant. It’s taken a lot for her to start to admit that there were some good times before things fell apart. She clearly respects him now, and that respect goes both ways.

‘What’s more, he is very impressed with her body of work. He thinks she is immensely talented, and if he gets his way, she will agree to work with him again for a new ‘Days of Thunder’ project he’s producing. It’s hard to say whether Nicole will want that - it may very well be a little too close for comfort, but she has promised that she wants to find a way to sit down with him. It’s just a matter of coordinating their schedules.’

She’s spent years focusing on her wellbeing, having been through some dark times in her life. And after recently opening up about how she is injecting more ‘fun’ into her life, sources have told heat how Fearne Cotton has really been feeling behind closed doors.

‘Fearne prides herself on being able to talk about mental health, which she’s been doing for years on her podcast Happy Place. But the truth is, Fearne still struggles privately and has been on a real roller coaster. She firmly believes you have to keep working on your wellbeing every day and there’s no easy fix,’ an insider says.

In a recent interview, Fearne, 44, spoke about making a conscious effort to ensure her life is fun, as she feels she’d previously neglected this. She said, ‘I realised if I go out and have fun, and I have a couple of drinks, I might feel a little ropey the next day, but worrying too much about this stuff is all bonkers.’

The TV star – who recently let her hair down with Emily Atack – went on to say, ‘I’m not going to look back and go, “I’m so glad I had eight hours of sleep every night for 90 years”.’

Mum-of-two Fearne – who has been candid about her struggles with anxiety – has endured a turbulent few years. She separated from her husband, musician Jesse Wood, in late 2024, with the pair – who share son Rex, 13, and daughter Honey, 10 – splitting after 15 years as a couple. Around the same time, Fearne found out she had two benign tumours on her jaw, resulting in surgery to remove them.

But in a positive turn, Fearne has found love again with film and TV director Elliot Hegarty, after the pair were first linked last year. And while her relationship is thriving, so is Fearne’s career. Before venturing into the wellness space in recent years with her brand Happy Place, Fearne had taken a step back from television, having previously fronted shows like T_op Of The Pops_ and The One Show. But she’s now making a major comeback on Landscape Artist Of The Year for Sky Arts – and sources say there’s plenty more to come.

We’re told, ‘She’s now got to a place where she wants to speak her truth and not put herself in situations that don’t serve her or make her happy. When it comes to her TV career, she’s been feeling quite anxious about returning to it, but her pals have all rallied around her to remind her what incredible skills and experience she has.’

And as she sets her sights on new challenges, Fearne is said to be keen to distance herself from her past projects, like Celebrity Juice. The raunchy ITV2 show – fronted by Leigh Francis’ alter ego Keith Lemon – was once a major hit, with Fearne and former close pal Holly Willoughby acting as team captains. But the show only brings up bad memories for Fearne. Revealing where the land lies between her and Holly, the source explains, ‘It’s hard for Fearne to look back on things like Celebrity Juice, because she was going through a secret hell for a lot of that time. She felt a pressure to be liked, and it left her feeling drained and unwell. It’s part of the reason why she finds it hard to stay in close contact with Holly. It’s been a tricky friendship for them both. They keep their distance as friends these days, which is sad.

‘Fearne will always be just a text or a phone call away if Holly did want to talk, but it’s hard, as they have a shared history that is triggering for Fearne.’

For a family that has spent months desperately trying to stay out of the royal drama, the Yorks have suddenly found themselves right back in the middle of it - and this time, it’s all playing out around the arrival of a brand-new baby.

Just two months ago, there appeared to be signs of a thaw between Princess Beatrice, Princess Eugenie and the wider Royal Family, when Prince William was photographed warmly kissing Beatrice on the cheek as the sisters made a rare return to the public eye at the Cotswolds wedding of Peter Phillips and Harriet Sperling.

For royal watchers, the affectionate moment spoke volumes. Beatrice and Eugenie were clearly still being welcomed into the fold, even if their parents, Andrew Mountbatten-Windsor and Sarah Ferguson, remained firmly on the outside.

Sarah had retreated to the Austrian mountains, while Andrew was living an increasingly low-key existence on the fringes of the Sandringham Estate in Norfolk. But then Eugenie welcomed her third child, daughter Adelaide Elizabeth, earlier this month - and suddenly the long-running family divide became impossible to ignore.

With a newborn to celebrate, Eugenie, 36, was faced with a difficult choice: continue keeping her distance from her parents, or find a way for the York family to put its differences aside, at least for the sake of her growing family. And it seems she chose the latter.

Just days after Adelaide’s arrival, Sarah, 66, reportedly flew to Portugal, where Eugenie spends part of the year with her husband Jack Brooksbank and their sons August, five, and Ernest, three, at their uber-exclusive villa.

For Eugenie, it was seemingly a chance to put family tensions to one side and allow her mum some precious time with her newest granddaughter. But we’re told the decision has had a very different effect on Andrew.

According to our source, he has been left feeling ‘betrayed’ by his daughters, with his fury threatening to plunge the already-fractured York family into yet more chaos – just when they should be celebrating their newest little arrival.

An insider says, ‘The last thing Eugenie needs right now is more stress caused by her father, but that’s exactly what he’s heaping on her. The last couple of years have been absolutely horrendous thanks to him and now he’s trying to guilt trip her because she wants to have her mother around to help her with her new baby.

‘He’s complaining that she and her sisters have betrayed him and are abandoning him which is not true, they are very careful not to speak badly of him and they do still maintain contact. That being said, it is the bare minimum, they are not rushing to invite him over and they’re both much closer to Sarah.’

Royal biographer Andrew Lownie further claimed that Andrew, 66, is not likely to meet his new grandchild face-to-face, adding, ‘Relations with their father are particularly fractured and complex as daughters take on board each new disturbing disclosure about Andrew. It is unlikely Andrew will see his new grandchild except through Facetime.'

But rather than giving his daughters space and time to make their own decisions, we’re told that Andrew – who appears to be isolated with just a small handful of staff and his dogs for company at Marsh Farm – has continued ‘raging’ over what he is reported to see as a grave injustice.

‘He won’t simply accept this is how they feel now and they need some time and space and instead he’s calling up raging at them, it’s egregious behavior and so selfish but that’s Andrew for you,’ the source says.

‘He’s irate and complaining to anyone that will listen about how ungrateful his daughters are. He’s calling up Sarah and accusing her of poisoning them against him which doesn’t help matters. But still, he has not been invited over and it’s likely he will not be invited to visit for a very long time, if ever.’

Given the close bond Eugenie and Beatrice have always maintained with their mother, it was most likely only a matter of time before the sisters found their way back to Sarah.

For months, the former Duchess of York has found herself at the centre of the Jeffrey Epstein scandal after emails allegedly exchanged between her and the convicted paedophile – in which she describes the late financier as her ‘supreme friend’ and asks, ‘Just marry me!’ – were released last year. Being in the Epstein Files, however, does not indicate any guilt or wrongdoing.

It also emerged that Sarah had taken her daughters, 19 and 20 at the time, to visit Epstein at his home in Miami in 2009, just two days after he had been released from prison following his conviction of procuring a minor for prostitution.

There’s no doubt the family’s situation is still a very delicate one, but for now Sarah appears to be taking tentative steps toward being a part of her daughters’ lives again.

So much so, that last week a source told us that the doting grandmother has become so enamoured with the town of Melides – which locals say she has visited several times over the years – that she’s keen to put down some temporary roots there and sees Eugenie and Jack’s beach front mansion within the luxe and private Costa Terra Golf and Ocean Club, as the perfect base to reinvent herself.

Eugenie and Jack only live there part of the year, splitting their time between Portugal and London, where they keep Ivy Cottage in the grounds of Kensington Palace.

Recent reports have suggested that Jack follows a ‘code of honour’ which means that, as his mother-in-law, he can’t ostracise Sarah completely, but our source says he is ‘sick of the disruption’ the scandal has brought and is adamant that he must put his foot down to protect his wife and children.

They tell us, ‘Jack is furious that his wife is being put through this during what should be the happiest time of their lives and he’s not nearly as willing as she is to let Sarah off the hook. He’s sick of the disruption and shame that his wife’s parents have heaped on them.

‘Jack is in a very tough spot right now because he needs to be supportive to his wife first and foremost, and right now that means opening up his home to Sarah. But he’s put his foot down over having her move in long term, he’s got to think of the impact on the family unit and having his mother-in-law living with them is not going to be healthy, especially when you consider the message it sends to the public.’

There also remains no doubt that the girls’ own standing within the Royal Family could again be pulled into doubt if Eugenie is seen to be communicating with her parents.

Prince William, for one, is said to have been in the camp that strongly believed Andrew should have been stripped of his titles years ago and is reported to be undecided over whether Eugenie and Beatrice should have a place within the new streamlined monarchy. And we’re told Jack is all too aware of the potential repercussions of this.

‘The girls’ approval rating is already so low and he knows that is going to impact how the King and William proceed, he doesn’t want to give them more ammunition,’ the insider says.

‘It’s a delicate balance to manage. Edo [Mapelli Mozzi, Princess Beatrice’s husband] has to walk this same fine line as well because Beatrice does want her mother in her life and yet at the same time it can’t be denied that her decisions have landed them all in hot water.’

The absence of Andrew in their lives, however, is likely to continue for the foreseeable future as the source says that no matter how much vitriol he allegedly spews or how much he pleads his innocence, his words are falling on deaf ears – at least for now.

The source says, ‘Andrew is a non-negotiable. Certainly they will want to see his name fully cleared before they resume their close relationship with him. They are hurt and angry and of course they have Sarah and their husbands in their ear telling them not to allow him back in.

‘He says he can’t believe after all the things that he’s done for them, they’ve now totally turned their backs, and in his hour of need as well. His pity party isn’t having any effect though, if anything it’s only driving a wedge even further between him and his daughters.’

She’s been wowing theatre-goers since she made her debut in Midsummer! at the Edinburgh Fringe Festival earlier this month, with everyone saying she looks just like her famous dad. And after Suri’s first foray into acting, insiders tell us Tom Cruise – who’s thought to have not seen his daughter for more than a decade – has mixed feelings about her following in his footsteps without his help.

‘The fact that she’s pursuing a career in his industry and he’s not able to help guide her is incredibly painful,’ we’re told. ‘Tom is a wonderful mentor to many young people in the business. He’s always willing to give advice and a helping hand to someone he sees potential in, yet he can’t share that wisdom with his own daughter. It’s got to make him feel pretty guilty.’

The insider continues, ‘Even when Suri was just a toddler, he’d tell friends he could see she had a natural gift for performing, so seeing her choose that path is bittersweet. Mostly, it fills him with pride because he always believed she had that spark.’

Suri has been widely praised for her stage debut, with critics saying she ‘stole the show.’ The young actress stars as four different characters in the ‘bold, new adaptation’ of William Shakespeare’s A Midsummer Night’s Dream, alongside fellow students from Carnegie Mellon University in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, where she is studying Musical Theatre.

The 20-year-old is performing under the name Suri Noelle – mum Katie Holmes’ middle name – after dropping her dad’s surname.

Tom and Katie married in 2006, a few months after Suri was born, and divorced in 2012. Katie, 47 – who was granted residential custody – had left Scientology by the time of their split and allegedly didn’t want Suri involved with the church.

The Mission: Impossible star, 64, and Suri were last photographed together in July 2012, and although he sued a publication when they reported that he had ‘abandoned’ his daughter, they don’t appear to have had any meaningful relationship since 2013, despite Tom reportedly funding her college fees as part of his divorce agreement.

But insiders say Tom – who remains close to his two older children, Connor, 31, and Bella, 33, who he adopted with ex-wife Nicole Kidman – would love to help his daughter succeed if she’d let him.

We’re told, ‘Tom doesn’t talk openly about Suri, it’s too painful, but it’s obvious he’s proud of her, regardless of the state of their relationship right now. He would be willing to do anything to help her, should she ask. Even if she doesn’t, it’s very hard to imagine he won’t be putting in a good word for her with all his connections when the time comes.’

The source adds that Tom has regrets over his lost relationship with Suri. ‘He has mellowed a lot in recent years and there’s no doubt that, if he could take it all back and do things differently, he would. But when he and Katie split, everything was so explosive and painful, he felt like the only choice he had was to give in to her demands, which meant pretty much letting her have total custody,’ we’re told.

‘At the time, everyone was advising him it was the best course of action, but no one ever imagined it would result in him having no contact with his daughter for this long. He’s always maintained his goal was to spare her a horrendous custody battle, so naturally the people close to him feel he made an incredibly selfless decision for her benefit and sadly, the reward has been total alienation.’

They add, ‘He’d love nothing more than to be able to share this journey with her, and he hasn’t given up hope that one day that will happen.

He’s the football legend who played for England at the 1998, 2002 and 2006 FIFA World Cups.

And now, Michael Owen has joined forces with his Love Island star daughter Gemma for new reality show Meet the Owens.

Joined by the rest of the family – including his wife of 21 years Louise, daughters Emily, 19, and Jessica, 16, and 20-year-old son James – the show follows the Owens’ thriving horse-racing business.

And while it’s clear the family get on like a house on fire, Michael – who is sixth in the list of all-time top scorers for the England team – jokingly points to his eldest daughter when heat asks if anyone had a diva-like attitude during filming.

Rolling her eyes, Gemma, 23 – who embarks upon a journey to transition from a dressage rider to a Magnolia Cup jockey in the series – admits, ‘There was a lot I had to learn and get my head around, it was a really big challenge. But part of our humour as a family is taking the mick out of and teasing each other – so hopefully that comes across in a playful, lighthearted way.’

Michael, 46, reiterates, ‘If a visitor spends time with us, they’re like, “Oh my word!” It’s a very different dynamic to a lot of people. When we’re getting on well, we’re having a go at each other.’

In the docuseries, Michael speaks about being ‘shoved in front of the camera’ for a string of advertising deals soon after he began his professional career in May 1997, aged just 17.

But the ex-Liverpool star doesn’t feel overly protective of his children being on camera – and though he initially branded Gemma’s decision to become a Love Island contestant in 2022 as ‘a father’s worst nightmare’, he went on to back his daughter when she eventually finished in second place with now ex-boyfriend, Luca Bish.

‘Back in the day, you didn't have much of a choice in how people wanted to portray your image,’ Michael explains. ‘During the biggest game of football I’d ever played in, the darling of English football at the time – David Beckham – got a red card, and this new, fresh-faced kid scored a wonder goal. It was the perfect scenario for the press, to create him as a devil and me as an angel.

‘After that, I was always this whiter-than-white character, but that isn’t entirely accurate. Yes, I’m a family man, I have good values, but I was shoved in a corner and given a new image to play up to. This show will probably show a truer reflection of me.’

He adds, ‘Gemma’s her own person and can create her own image via one press of a button on her phone. So, I’m not so protective of the kids from that point of view. I think when you’ve had 18-plus years of trying to help these young people grow, that’s plenty of time to teach them all the things you need to. You have to let them be their own people.’

With Gemma having a whopping 1.6million Instagram followers to her dad’s 511k, who do they think is the most famous? ‘If it’s girls that like fashion and horses, probably me,’ laughs Gemma.

Michael confirms, ‘It depends. If they’re 30 or younger, definitely Gemma, but if they’re over 30, then it’s me. There’ve been plenty of occasions when someone’s said, “That’s Gemma Owen’s dad – he used to be a footballer!”’

And while Gemma’s not short of admirers, she’s well-aware that dad Michael was a footballing pin-up in his heyday. ‘People do come up to me and say, “I used to have your dad on my wall”, which is fine – if slightly embarrassing to hear,’ she smiles. ‘But my siblings and I are all extremely proud of what dad did. Although we were really young and didn’t witness too much of it, we’re obviously aware and he’s a great role model.’

Why Ola had to walk away from James

It appears that the famed Strictly ‘curse’ has struck again after Ola and James Jordan announced their split.

The professional ballroom dancers and choreographers, who have been together for 26 years, said they are ‘taking some time apart as we work through very difficult personal challenges’ two months before what would be their 23rd wedding anniversary.

‘This has been an incredibly painful and emotional journey for us both and it certainly wasn’t an easy decision,’ they wrote in a joint post shared on Instagram.

The pair – who said their ‘absolute priority’ remains their ‘beautiful’ six-year-old daughter Ella – revealed that James, 48, had moved out of their family home ‘some time ago’.

James explained, ‘My mental health hasn’t been in a good place for quite some time. I’ve been struggling more than I’ve let people see and I’m taking the time I need to focus on getting myself into a healthier place, both for myself and for Ella.’ He added, ‘Neither of us is in a good place right now. We’re both doing our best to navigate one of the hardest chapters of our lives. We don’t know exactly what the future holds.’

Over the years, James and Ola, 43, have had their ups and downs. They met in 1999, and began dating the following year when they became dance partners, before marrying in 2003. In 2006, they joined Strictly, quickly becoming household names. James, whose celebrity partners include Denise van Outen, Vanessa Feltz and Alex Jones, left the dance show in 2013 while Ola – who won the 2009 series with presenter Chris Hollins – quit two years later. They welcomed Ella in 2020 after undergoing IVF, following a widely publicised threeyear struggle with fertility issues.

In 2022, they embarked on a weight loss journey together, shedding a combined 6.5st after seeing the pounds pile on during lockdown, which affected their sex life.

In recent years, they have been open about their relationship struggles. ‘No one’s got a perfect marriage. It’s a work in progress,’ Ola said, while James, who went to a ‘dark place’ after his dad’s death in 2021, admitted ‘marriage and wives’ were the hardest things to deal with in life.

Olivia Attwood: 'I've got such a connection with Pete'

Olivia Attwood has spoken about her new relationship with Pete Wicks, describing it as ‘the easiest thing I’ve ever done’. The KISS Radio’s Sunday Roast hosts made their romance official last month following months of speculation.

‘It was unexpected, we went from platonic to non-platonic very quickly,’ she said. ‘He’s extremely intelligent and compassionate and patient, all the things I desperately needed, but didn’t know I needed. People are telling me to be single, to go on dates. But if I shut things down with Pete, I’d only be dating people to find the connection I have with him.’

Liv, 35, and Pete, 37, started dating after her marriage to her footballer Bradley Dack broke down and last month, the former TOWIE star hard-launched the relationship, sharing a series of loved-up snaps from Ibiza to Instagram. ‘I guess that someone has to go first,’ he wrote.

In another interview, Liv – who split from Bradley in January – couldn’t help gushing over her new relationship. ‘I’ve never had a straight man who can go toe-to-toe with me on banter – he is the only one who can keep up,’ she said. ‘It’s the easiest thing I’ve ever done. We’re both in this era where we just want peace and to enjoy life.’

The ex-Love Islander, 35, called her new boyfriend ‘a very rare person’ who’s ‘very emotionally intelligent’. ‘We tick a lot of the boxes that are really important in adult relationships. It’s remarkable,’ she added.

Pete, meanwhile, has admitted they discussed the social media hard-launch beforehand. He said, ‘We’d spoken about it and I thought, “Ah f**k it… Let’s do it.” All I really cared about was that I didn’t embarrass her. Now it’s out, it’s fine – we’re good.’

When it comes to celebrity ex interactions, we’ve seen the full spectrum – from the ones who can’t even be in the same country as each other post-split, to the ‘consciously uncoupled’ lovers-turned-besties a la Gwyneth Paltrow and Chris Martin.

But Jennifer Aniston might just be breaking new ground with her latest endeavour…which involves her ex-husband Brad Pitt, her current boyfriend Jim Curtis, and some very deep and vulnerable soul searching.

According to insiders, the actress has been left troubled by Brad’s latest revelations, which made global headlines last week after he sat down for a candid interview with Esquire. Speaking to the magazine, Brad confessed – in a surprisingly nonchalant manner – that he was ‘back on the wagon’ after seven years of sobriety. What’s more, he spoke for the first time about the ‘suicidal’ feelings he’d faced during one very dark period of his life, which he didn’t specifically mention by name – but his nod to ‘family stuff’ made it pretty clear he was referring to his contentious divorce from Angelina Jolie in 2016.

Now, we’re told, Jen is taking the matter into her own hands and putting the feelers out to have Brad meet with Jim – who is a renowned spiritual coach and hypnotherapist. The actress herself has waxed lyrical about Jim’s work, and is indeed so passionate about it that she’ll even be appearing with him in New York in September for a live Q+A to promote his new book, ‘The Book of Possibility: Release, Align, Become’. As far as she’s concerned, there’s no one more spiritually suited to help Brad in his time of need. So, she’s throwing two fingers at convention that says your ex and new beau shouldn’t meet – and is instead doing all she can to get them together.

‘Jen is always raving about the incredible healing she’s been able to do since diving into all the stuff Jim shares, and she wants to share that with everyone – but especially with the people she cares about,’ says an insider close to the 57 year old, who’s been dating Jim, 50, for just over a year. ‘She’s recommended his work and his books to so many people, but there aren’t very many she’d actually suggest he gives one-on-one sessions to because he’s so busy. But Jen still cares deeply for Brad. She knows him so well and, of course, she can see that he’s really suffering and wants to help him. Jim, being the good guy that he is, has absolutely no qualms about working with Jen’s ex-husband - not just because it will make Jen happy, but also because his heart goes out to Brad.’

Despite having seen his career and personal life go from strength to strength in recent years, Brad sounded the alarm bells last week after his Esquire tell-all. In it, Brad explained, ‘I was sober for seven years. And then I got back off the wagon,’ adding, ‘In a more restrained manner. I got overconfident a couple times, went, Yep, nope, not good for me. Not in big quantities.’

Obviously, Brad, 62, who has been dating jewellery designer Ines de Ramon, 33, for four years, is more than allowed to alter his relationship with alcohol – and, as insiders have argued, he’s still telling friends he’s now doing so in a moderate and healthy manner. But, knowing just how dark and destructive his behaviours became while under the influence, it’s no surprise that many loved ones are concerned.

As the movie star previously said himself, his drinking had a negative impact on his personal life, ostensibly leading to the breakdown of his family unit in 2016. He’s never fully detailed what happened that fateful day in September, but – as court documents later alleged – a drunken Brad had turned abusive towards Angelina and their kids while on a private plane. He was later cleared of all allegations, but the fact that he got sober soon after attests to the negative impact alcohol had on him. So, news that he's drinking now is bound to be leaving people rattled – and Jen, who was married to Brad from 2000 to 2005, will have inevitably witnessed some of his drinking dependencies during that time.

Meanwhile, it was Brad’s candour discussing his period of suicidal ideation that has also left Jen feeling uneasy. Referring to the darkest point in his life, he told the magazine, 'I just couldn’t - just didn’t see a way out. The pain was so oppressive that - I wasn’t going to act on this, but I could feel - I could feel the cold steel of the bullet in my head, and it felt like relief.’

As our source explains, all this is enough to have Jen reaching out and offering Jim’s services.

‘Whether he intended to or not, Brad has left a lot of people convinced that he’s got a ton of pain just beneath the surface that he’s not dealing with,’ our insider reveals. ‘Jen is deeply concerned for him and wants to give him access to the tools that have helped her in her own life. So much of it comes down to trauma, dealing with the past and learning how to let things go, and that’s exactly the kind of work Jim specialises in.’

It might be an unconventional introduction, but it’s no secret that Jen and Brad have taken great strides over the past two decades. When they first split, the animosity was evident – especially after Brad quickly moved on with Angelina (with rumours abounding there had been some overlap), and Jen said in a Vanity Fair interview that same year that her ex was missing a ‘sensitivity chip’. But they first delighted fans in 2020 when they shared a warm hug at the Screen Actors Guild Awards. They then reunited later that year for a virtual table reading of the film Fast Times at Ridgemont High. The pair have clearly put the past in the past and only want the best for each other moving forwards.

But, as our source stresses, it all comes down to Brad’s willingness to open up to Jim. After all, it’s one thing to be vulnerable for a glossy magazine – but to do so in front of your ex-wife’s spiritually enlightened new partner is a whole different ball game.

‘Brad obviously isn’t opposed to baring his soul, but it’s always on his terms because he’s a very proud guy,’ we’re told. ‘Doing this kind of work with Jim would require him to totally surrender and that can be very difficult for someone like him, who likes to be in control. There’s also the fact that he doesn’t seem to think there’s currently anything wrong in his life. He says he’s proud of the progress he’s made because he’s able to stay within the lines now, so getting him to admit he needs to work on himself may be an uphill battle. But Jen is very tenacious. She wants to make this happen and won’t give up easily.’

For years, Prince William has had one very effective way of dealing with his brother: keeping his distance. But with Prince Harry and Meghan Markle reportedly preparing to bring their family back to Britain, that strategy could be about to become impossible.

After four years without speaking, the once-inseparable brothers are suddenly facing the prospect of being back in the same country - and potentially having to come face-to-face, whether they like it or not.

The bombshell news that the Sussexes are reportedly planning to return to the UK with Archie, eight, and Lilibet, six, will have sent shockwaves through the Royal Family, particularly given the apparent depth of the rift between the brothers. And with Harry now believed to be edging closer to his father, King Charles, after their Highgrove reunion last month, William is said to be feeling increasingly angry and betrayed.

He reportedly only found out about Harry’s latest return shortly before it happened, while the brothers themselves remain firmly estranged.

Yet the timing makes the situation even more painful. Next year marks the 30th anniversary of their mother, Princess Diana’s, tragic death, while their father continues to receive treatment for cancer. For a family already facing huge personal challenges, the continuing feud between her two sons is an especially heartbreaking one.

Now, we’re told one senior royal has decided enough is enough. Princess Anne, famed for her no-nonsense attitude and legendary straight-talking, is said to be urging her nephews to grow up, put the past behind them and finally make peace. And if anyone is capable of telling William and Harry a few home truths, it’s surely their famously formidable aunt.

‘Anne says everybody in this situation shares some of the blame, not just the Sussexes and not just the Waleses, and in her view they all need to be brought into line and told that this nonsense has gone on far too long,’ the insider says.

‘The reputational fallout the entire family is suffering because of this immaturity is simply unacceptable, especially when the King is still ill, and he’s repeatedly asked both of his sons to find a way through this.

‘In her view, for two grown men to be fighting, sulking and getting bent out of shape over every little thing when they should be treasuring every moment they have left with their father, and showing him proper respect is appalling.’

In June, the family joined together to celebrate the wedding of Anne’s son, Peter Phillips, to NHS nurse Harriet Sperling. Harry and Meghan Markle were not on the invite list, which undoubtedly gave Anne some precious time to catch up with William at the wedding reception, which was held at her home of Gatcombe Park.

And the source says Anne has been encouraging William to try and place his own feelings to one side and consider the repercussions of his row with Harry on his father, and how Charles’ reign will one day be remembered.

‘She’s been chipping away at William and trying to get him to see how bad this is for his father’s legacy,’ they tell us.

‘It’s fair to say things did go quite cold between her and Harry after his book came out, but she’s come around to the King’s way of thinking, and she’s ready to move forward and feels strongly it’s time William did too.

‘By all accounts, Harry has been a lot more open to fixing things, so in some ways she’s actually happier with his attitude at this point, though she’s in no way letting him off the hook.’

Anne, 76 – the only daughter of the late Queen Elizabeth II and Prince Philip – has always had to carve her own way within the family, which, at the time of her birth in 1950, prioritised younger sons over older siblings; meaning that by the time Andrew Mountbatten-Windsor and Prince Edward were born, she had already been pushed way down the line of succession.

Still, Anne has maintained her lifelong passion for competitive horse riding and breeding and has become known as being one of the most pragmatic and hard-working senior royals, also remaining loyally by her mother’s side until her death in 2022.

Anne has also spoken candidly about her mother’s decision to keep the boys at Balmoral Castle following their mother’s passing in 1997.

Opening up to ITV, she said, ‘I just don't know how you could think that that would have been a better thing to do…I don't think either of those two could, would have been able to cope they'd been anywhere else.

‘That was the only good thing that happened was that they were there, and they had that structure, they had people around them who could understand, give them the time, little time that they had, which was never going to be very much, to try and come - even in a fleeting sense - to terms with what had happened.’

Appearing on her son-in-law Mike Tindall’s podcast in 2023 alongside William, Anne also reminisced on how she would chase William and Harry along castle corridors, with William quipping, ‘You were quite quick. The look that you had on your face was quite terrifying.’

Even now, the source says both Harry, 41, and William, 44, see Anne as someone they can confide in. So much so that when Harry wrote his scathing 2023 memoir, his aunt was one of the only senior royals who was spared from his explosive bombshells.

We’re told, ‘Anne has always been very close to both boys; she’s someone they’ve gone to for advice over the years, especially during times when they’ve not been getting along with their father, and that is still the case to this day.

‘It’s telling that Harry didn’t have a bad word to say about Anne in his memoir and, in fact, went out of his way to let the world know that she was the one person from his family who greeted him when he flew to see his grandmother when she was dying.

‘Anne may not always have the warmest demeanour in public, but she has always been very loving with Harry and William as well; she cares deeply about them, and she genuinely hates to see them both suffering like this.’

What appears to be Anne’s recent U-turn, we’re told, stems from her attendance at the funeral of Dame Shân Legge-Bourke, alongside Prince William, in March.

Anne’s long-time lady-in-waiting was also the mother of William and Harry’s beloved nanny, Tiggy, who cared for them both before and following their mother’s death and whom Harry called their ‘favourite nanny’.

The source says, ‘They just attended the funeral a few months ago for her former lady-in-waiting, and Anne was very sad that Harry wasn’t there because she knows he would have liked to pay his respects since she was the mother of his and William’s dear nanny Tiggy.

‘The funeral was a big reminder for Anne of how quickly life goes by, and she didn’t miss the chance to hammer that home with William. He’s the one who is being the most hard-headed here, so he’s the one she’s really got to work on, but she and Harry are speaking as well.’

Anne has also remained incredibly loyal to her own siblings, appearing to share a close bond with them all. When Charles received his cancer diagnosis in 2024, Anne stepped up her duties. And, despite the furore surrounding Andrew and having strongly aligned herself with Charles, there have also been reports that Anne and Edward have questioned the monarch’s treatment of Andrew.

And we’re told she firmly believes that if William and Harry fail to reconcile, it would truly be a ‘tragedy’ for them both – especially as they will now essentially be living on each other’s doorsteps.

The insider says, ‘She absolutely believes they are missing each other and worse off because of this feud. She relies so much on her siblings to get through the hard things in life; it’s a tragedy in her view that the boys are forsaking that privilege, and she’s not going to sit back and let this go on.’

After it recently emerged Chris Hughes has been caught up in a terrifying stalking ordeal, the star admitted that he has been left constantly on high alert. But sources tell heat that, while girlfriend JoJo Siwa has been shaken by the situation, she has firmly been by his side – and it’s only brought the couple closer together.

‘JoJo has been incredibly protective of Chris through all of this, even though the whole ordeal has frightened her far more than she’s ever let on publicly,’ the source says. ‘She knows Chris tries to laugh things off and act like nothing fazes him, but behind closed doors, she’s seen how unsettling it is to feel like someone could be watching where you are or following what you’re doing.

‘Chris hates the idea of JoJo worrying about him, but she does anyway. The fact she can’t control what another person might do is probably the part she finds most frightening. She doesn’t want Chris feeling like he has to hide away.’

The unnamed woman has targeted Chris, 33, for more than six years, but the situation has turned darker in recent weeks, with the woman now taking aim at his romance with 23-year-old JoJo. The individual reportedly claims the couple, who met on Celebrity Big Brother last year, are in a fake, ‘contracted’relationship. She has also allegedly accused Chris, who rose to fame on Love Island in 2017, of extorting more than £700million from her.

No stranger to unwanted attention herself, American singer JoJo previously opened up about her own stalking ordeal when she was just 12. ‘He sent me a bomb, and that got him put in prison for five years,’ she told her Celebrity Big Brother housemates.

Now, sources say the couple – who split their time between the US and the UK – are determined to focus firmly on their future together.

‘Chris has already been very open about how seriously he sees JoJo, and people around them feel the last year has only accelerated that,’ the source says. ‘There’s more of a feeling now that whatever happens, they deal with it as a team, rather than one of them carrying it alone.

‘JoJo has gone from being someone Chris wanted to protect to someone who is fiercely protective of him, and that role reversal has made their relationship feel more equal. The ordeal has also made them think much more seriously about their future. When something frightening happens, it has a funny way of stripping everything back and making you realise who you actually want beside you.’

Tommy Fury hasn’t shied away from divulging details about his life on his podcast with his dad, John, opening up on everything from his fiancée Molly-Mae Hague’s diet to his thoughts on hiring nannies. And now, heat has learned Tommy’s comments have caused a bust-up between him and Molly-Mae, as she feels he’s being inconsiderate of not only her feelings, but also the brand they’ve fought hard to build.

‘She can’t stand Tommy spilling so much on his podcast. In fact, she’s furious. Molly-Mae feels she’s the one who takes the lead on their relationship, and when it comes to sharing personal information, she’s the one who knows how to put it out there. She knows it has to be handled properly and thinks the way Tommy does it shows he doesn't understand there can be consequences. Their family and friends think she’s overreacting, but she’s told him not to share personal information on the pod unless he’s cleared it with her first.’

The BBC Sounds podcast – titled What The Fury? – sees Tommy, 27, and John, 61, share their differing opinions on everything from boxing to fatherhood. In one episode, Tommy revealed how he and Molly-Mae, 27, don’t have a usual set-up at home, as they food shop separately due to differing diets. ‘She lives off toasties, crisps and sweets. I don’t live like that,’ Tommy bluntly told his father.

Other comments have caused controversy, especially after Tommy said he ‘doesn’t understand’ celebrities who ‘dump’ their children with nannies, while discussing a headline claiming that Kim Kardashian has a team of 10 nannies to help look after her four kids. He went on to double down on this, as he revealed he and Molly-Mae – who share Bambi, three, and Midas, two months – also have help.

Tommy said, ‘I’m all for having some help on board… We have help. But we’re with Bambi every day, all day. It’s only if I’ve got to go on a call or Molly’s on a call or we’ve got to shoot out. The baby’s looked after all the time.’

Criticism still came in thick and fast, with some branding Tommy a ‘hypocrite’, while others slammed him for ‘judging women’.

It marks a huge shift in Tommy’s usual content, as the boxer mostly leaves Molly to update fans on their family life, with the influencer having created an online platform through her lengthy YouTube vlogs. She has never shied away from sharing details of her life – including her relationship with Tommy – on the platform, though she is always careful to protect the picture-perfect image they have curated over the years. And now she fears Tommy could blow up the brand they’ve spent so long building with his unfiltered comments.

But sources claim Tommy doesn’t share the same concerns as his fiancée and is loving having control over his content for once. The insider adds, ‘Tommy’s not backing down. He loves that he now has a platform and thinks at least now he’s got something to say and people are listening.

‘Tommy’s asked Molly to be happy for him, as he’s already got a second season signed off. Molly is fiercely protective of their brand, comparing them to the likes of the Beckhams. She is like Victoria, holding it all together – it’s their empire, but she has built it. The last thing she wants is Tommy to go and undo all of her good work.’

It has been reported that the Ferdinands are in the final stages of signing up for a new I’m A Celebrity…Get Me Out Of Here! spin-off show in Canada. And after Kate slammed trolls who branded her a ‘gold digger’ for marrying footballer Rio, heat has been told she’s hoping the TV gig will silence the negativity.

An insider says, ‘The gold-digger claims have really affected Kate. That’s why she’s addressed it on her podcast, and is also now considering joining the I’m A Celeb spin-off with Rio. Going on a show like this is the perfect opportunity to silence her critics. She would hate to admit that this has got to her, but she knows she couldn’t be further from a gold digger, especially with everything that both she and Rio have been through in blending their family together. She’s now feeling the need to put herself out there and really show the world who she is.’

Kate and Rio are said to be among the famous faces appearing on I’m A Celebrity: Wild Frontier, which will begin filming next month. The news came shortly before Kate, 36, hit out at those who branded her a gold digger – a claim she vehemently denied on her podcast Blended. The mum-of-two said she’s been accused of marrying Rio, 45, for money, but went on to insist, ‘If I wanted to pick a rich man, I could have picked a lot easier one without all the kids.’ Addressing her husband directly, she added, ‘I’m here because I love you. There are great things and there are hard things.’

After meeting in late 2016, Kate and Rio went on to marry in 2019, and welcomed son Cree in 2020, followed by daughter Shae in 2023. They have become known for their blended family dynamic, with Kate becoming stepmum to Tate, 19, Lorenz, 18, and Tia, 15, from Rio’s marriage to late wife Rebecca Ellison.

Following their relocation to Dubai a year ago, Kate – who found fame on The Only Way Is Essex after joining as the ex-girlfriend of Dan Edgar in 2015 – has been sharing the ups and downs of moving abroad. While the Ferdinands have now settled in the United Arab Emirates, throwing in a TV project in Canada could prove difficult to navigate, but insiders say Kate and Rio are looking at taking the whole family along.

‘It’s a bit of a nightmare because of logistics with their life in Dubai and the kids, but it could end up being a massive late summer holiday for the family if they can make it work,’ a source says. ‘Rio is all for it if it makes Kate happy and they both feel like they could make some really fun memories out of the experience.’

However, above all else, Kate feels she’s finally done with being criticised. Our insider adds, ‘Kate has been so honest about everything she’s been through, and it just seems so cruel to her that people still try to tear her down. She’s not sure if it’s jealousy or just plain negativity that drives it, but she’s absolutely had enough of people slamming her.

‘Rio supports her and tells her not to worry about any of it, but it’s easier said than done.’

Four years after his split from wife Christine, Paddy McGuinness has moved on with BBC publicist and yoga instructor Emma Carey. But with Paddy and his ex-wife still living in the same house to co-parent their three children, twins Penelope and Leo, 13, and Felicity, nine, who are all autistic, sources say Christine is worried about how the new romance could impact their dynamic.

‘Christine doesn’t want a new relationship to come along and suddenly change everything at home. For her, the children and their stability have always come first,’ our insider shares. ‘There have been previous discussions between Christine and Paddy that they could have their flings on the side and then come home to the children. But when falling in love comes into the picture, it creates a very different reality.

‘Paddy has fallen head over heels for Emma, and he’s now talking about her being The One and wanting to move in together. It’s all happened rather quickly for Christine, and she’s not sure how to handle it.’

Paddy and Emma were spotted out in London recently, with the duo appearing loved-up as they ran errands, checked into hotels and headed for a couple’s massage. While neither have publicly addressed their romance, it’s been reported that Paddy, 53, is ‘smitten’ with his new girlfriend. It marks his first romance since he and Christine, 38, ended things in 2022 after 11 years of marriage. Now divorced, the famous couple still live together at their £6.5million mansion in Cheshire to ensure they can amicably co-parent their children.

While it has been reported they eventually plan to sell their family home and buy two smaller properties, Christine has revealed that their unusual set-up ‘really works’, as she and Paddy live on separate floors. Giving an insight into their relationship, she also revealed, ‘Patrick and I get on, and we always have done. We still have a relationship as co-parents – we respect each other and make it work.’

But this could be set to change, as insiders claim Paddy is considering getting himself a permanent residence in London, where a lot of his work is based. We’re told, ‘Paddy wants his own place and believes selling the family home would give them both the financial freedom to start the next chapter of their lives.

‘Paddy loves his children more than anything, and Christine knows that. That’s why this is difficult. Whenever the conversation turns to him getting his own place, it comes back to what is best for the children and maintaining their routine. Paddy understands that argument, but he also feels he has to be allowed to move forward.’

While Christine is currently single, she has been linked to stars like Nicola Adams and Chelcee Grimes since splitting from Paddy. The TV personality – who appeared on Celebs Go Dating – has admitted she’s not searching for another husband, saying, ‘I wouldn’t consider a relationship with a man. I only want to date women now.’

Despite both parties putting their marriage behind them, Christine doesn’t want anything to change for her children – and insiders say she’s reinforcing this to her ex-husband.

‘Christine wouldn’t want Paddy moving to London for most of the week. This is turning into a situation she feels she’s losing control of. Paddy doesn’t want a huge fallout, and he certainly doesn’t want the children caught in the middle. But he also knows he can’t live half in his old marriage, and half in a new relationship forever,’ the source says.

‘Christine sees the house as the centre of their family and worries that changing it could upset the children. Paddy believes they can still be a family and brilliant co-parents without living under the same roof.

‘If things with Emma become even more serious, the question of what happens to the family home is going to become much harder to avoid.’

They’ve been sunning it up in Turkey with all the family in recent weeks. But after what has reportedly been a tough year for Stacey Solomon and Joe Swash, heat has learned their pals feel Stacey needs to now prioritise quality time for her and Joe.

An insider reveals, ‘It’s no secret among Stacey’s family that she and Joe have been having marriage issues, and that it’s still not completely sorted. A lot of Stacey’s friends and family have been wondering why Stacey won’t devote some alone time with Joe, and try to escape somewhere on holiday just the two of them.

‘Their recent trip to Turkey was the usual family chaos, where everyone was spending time with each other, so there was little chance of Stacey and Joe having a moment together. Stacey loves the chaos and was obviously very emotional with Zachary being there, but she was also loving being with her sister Jemma and her dad David. She wants to plan more family trips away, but her pals worry she’s pushing Joe away.’

Stacey, 36, and Joe, 44, were joined on their getaway by Stacey’s sister, brother and dad, as well as pals including influencer Perrie Sian. The entire trip was documented on social media, with Stacey sharing numerous clips with Jemma, as well as photos of eldest son Zachary, 18, arriving at the holiday resort as a surprise after not initially being there.

The getaway came amid months of scrutiny for Stacey and Joe’s marriage. When they laid bare their everyday bickering in their BBC reality series last year – with scenes showing them at a couples’ therapy session, – speculation about their relationship began circulating. And when Stacey – who shares Rex, seven, Rose, four, and Belle, three, with Joe – was spotted without her wedding ring and it emerged that she and Joe never legally registered their marriage, the rumours escalated.

While they have continued to brush off concerns, with Stacey sharing loved-up snaps of her and Joe on Instagram and denying that she’d purposefully taken her ring off, sources say there are still question marks hanging over the pair’s marriage. Now, Stacey’s reluctance to factor in one-on-one time with her husband is only adding to the concerns.

We’re told, ‘Stacey feels she has a unique family arrangement where she and Joe can each let loose and not have to keep checking in like most couples. She has admitted to pals that, when the whole family are together and there are kids running around everywhere, it means there’s less time for her and Joe to bicker because they’re too distracted. Stacey doesn’t want to argue with Joe and doesn’t have the energy to be going over their issues constantly. She feels she’s got too much to focus on with the kids and her work as it is.

‘She’d much rather be on holiday with her family and mates than just her and Joe, and she doesn’t see the problem in that. But her pals are gently trying to persuade Stacey to have a think about it.’

There’s concern Stacey is burying her head in the sand, as insiders say Joe feels she hasn’t got time for him. The source continues, ‘Stacey says it’s putting family first, but there seems to be a real concern that she is brushing her problems under the carpet. As much as her family loves spending time with them, they also worry that Stacey could use a break just with Joe.

‘Everyone wants them to be happy, but there have been a few moments where it feels as though Stacey isn’t paying attention to what’s next for them both.

Following the Sussexes’ reunion with King Charles and Queen Camilla last month, there has been uncharacteristic silence from the former royals.

However, US baking powerhouse Martha Stewart, 85, appeared to drop Meghan Markle into some seriously hot water when the homemaking guru claimed she had gossiped about her reconciliation with King Charles at a recent Hollywood party.

Now, we’re told the reports have been incredibly frustrating for Prince Harry, as a source tells heat he worries the rumours will upset the royals and potentially add clout to the argument that they can’t be trusted.

An insider says, ‘This is the absolute worst thing that could be happening right now. Here they are trying so hard to build back trust – Harry’s giving his father and palace staff these assurances that he and Meghan will both be total vaults – and then this comes out. No doubt royal advisors will see the headlines about Meghan supposedly talking about her visit with His Majesty as a full-scale disaster and use it as proof that she can’t be trusted.’

Ever since Meghan, 45, landed her own now-defunct Netflix cooking show, With Love, Meghan, she has been widely pitted against Martha, even being depicted in the press as ‘Montecito’s version of Martha Stewart’.

Martha, meanwhile, appears to have done little to dampen the growing speculation of a feud and, last week, served up a low blow during an interview with People magazine.

Martha told them, ‘I had dinner with Meghan Markle the other night. We were both guests at a party in California. She had just gotten back from the palace. I didn’t talk to her really more than to say a couple of words, but I know she was talking about it.’

She then speculated why Meghan’s foray into cooking may not have chimed with viewers as much as she might have hoped. ‘If you’re an actress, it’s hard to then transition to a princess and then from a princess into a homemaking guru on a television show. It doesn’t sort of follow,’ she said.

It’s not clear what, if anything, Meghan did let slip, but the source warns that at such a vulnerable point in time, with the Sussexes on the precipice of a royal return, the damage may have already been done. ‘Meghan is adamant that she absolutely wasn’t sharing anything private, or anything at all for that matter, but unfortunately, that doesn’t really undo the damage,’ the source says. ‘Perception is everything, and now there are global headlines that make it seem as though Meghan was blabbing about the visit. It’s a terrible look and is not going to go down well with anyone at the palace.’

Meanwhile, until now, Harry, 41, had been riding on the crest of his homecoming, which included his much-anticipated appearance at the One Year To Go for Invictus Games. Now, the source says the headlines have made the largely estranged royal question how much trust to put in Meghan amid Harry’s efforts towards reconciliation with his family.

We’re told he doesn’t want the chance of that ruined, with a source saying, ‘It’s incredibly frustrating for Harry. His goal is to smooth things over with his family, and these are the things that make them wary. Harry’s taking the stance that the safest thing to do is avoid attending these Hollywood parties for the time being, just to make sure nothing like this happens. He feels they cannot afford any missteps.’

Weeks after Harry and Meghan’s meeting at Highgrove House with the King and Queen, the Duchess dropped a carefully curated selection of snapshots from the family’s European summer, even going as far as to share a picture of their children – Prince Archie, seven, and Princess Lilibet, five – on their way to lay flowers at Princess Diana’s grave at Althorp House. Then, Meghan shared a glimpse of her 45th birthday on Instagram, which included ice cream, a tiara and launching herself into a swimming pool while holding a bunch of birthday balloons. But even then, her celebrations were labelled ‘desperate’ by some of her critics – and we’re told the headlines she’s generated have led some to advise the King to take a step back.

‘Yes, it’s an authentic fun moment, but she’s gone and given the critics ammunition by dancing around in a tiara and essentially playing right into the hands of people urging the King to pull back,’ we’re told.

These latest pictures also only add fuel to the growing speculation that Harry and Meghan may have differing views over how much of their private lives they share on social media. Not only that, but it has also been widely reported by royal observers that Harry appears to have become increasingly disillusioned with the Hollywood scene – putting him at odds with Meghan’s goal to launch a global lifestyle brand that depends on her having a very public presence.

‘The root problem is that their goals are at odds. In order to please the royals, the best approach is to take a very low-key, very guarded approach to anything public-facing. But, to promote her brand, Meghan is required to do the total opposite,’ the insider explains.

‘The truth is, it’s just not possible for her to fit into the royals’ very narrow view of what is acceptable.’

She made a splash on Baywatch in the 90s, a role which she has reprised in the reboot, and now actress Erika Eleniak wants to make waves on OnlyFans. The 56-year-old actress, who’s best known for playing lifeguard Shauni McClain on the ‘90s show alongside Pamela Anderson and David Hasselhoff, has launched an account on the online subscription platform where she will offer fans a personal insight into her life, sharing photos, videos and beach content.

‘I basically grew up on the beach in a red swimsuit, so this feels like coming full circle – except now I’m calling the shots,’ she told US website TMZ. ‘Fans are getting my real life, my personal photos and videos, plenty of beach days, and yes, the feet everyone keeps asking about.’

And for fans who have been asking, there will also be lots of barefoot shots of her toes for them. Her feet are so famous amongst foot fetishists that there’s even a website dedicated to her famous soles.

She explained, ‘I’ve been Erika from Baywatch for decades, but OnlyFans gets a side of me people haven’t seen. It’s personal, playful and unfiltered – and if you came for the bare feet in the sand, I promise you won’t be disappointed.’

Erika, who’s a former Playboy Playmate, promises there will be a lot of ‘unfiltered’ content as she shows subscribers a different side to her than from the popular TV series. Three decades on from her famous TV role, she is charging fans $10 half price for a limited time to subscribe to her channel, usually known for its adult content, for access to never-seen-before photos and footage. ‘Come see what you’ve been missing,’ she teased.

‘At 56, I’m embracing exactly who I am today. From Baywatch to Playboy and beyond! You’ve been with me through so many chapters of my life and career. Now I’m opening up a brand-new one,’ she posted on Instagram.

Erika continued, ‘This is about having fun, being unfiltered, sharing exclusive photos and videos, and most importantly, connecting directly with YOU. If you’ve ever wanted to talk to me personally, now you can.’

When one fan asked, ‘How spicy are we talking?’, she cheekily replied, ‘Come see! You can chat with me there!’

Fans were full of praise for her latest pivot. ‘New chapter. Gorgeous,’ one supporter said, as another commented, ‘Your current version is the best one you ever had.’

The Californian-born actress played Shauni for two seasons between 1989 and 1992, a role she returned to for the Baywatch reboot, which airs next year. Her character is now a councilwoman who will help Hobie Buchannon (played by Stephen Amell) put on the first Beach Games, where the Baywatch lifeguards will compete against members of the Coast Guard in a series of physical challenges.

‘I’m so excited to be making a very small cameo as Shauni McClain in Episode 2 of the new Baywatch!’ she posted on Instagram. ‘A new generation of lifeguards, bigger rescues and a few familiar faces… and yes, Shauni has traded the lifeguard tower for a seat on the Santa Monica City Council.’

Erika added, ‘I hope you enjoy seeing her again, even if it’s only for a moment. Bringing Shauni to life all those years ago was one of the greatest experiences of my career, and stepping back into her shoes for the new Baywatch chapter has been such a special full-circle moment.’

The star, who has also appeared in E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial, The Blob, The Beverly Hillbillies and Under Siege, as well as John Stamos’ on-screen high school girlfriend in Full House, has a daughter, Indyanna, with her second husband, Roch Daigle. She was previously engaged to her Baywatch co-star Billy Warlock, who played her on-screen love interest Eddie Kramer, and married bodybuilder Philip Goglia in 1998 before they divorced six months later. She married key grip Roch in 2005, four years after they met while filming thriller Snowbound in Calgary, and they welcomed their daughter in 2006.

Erika joins a growing list of older Hollywood stars embracing OnlyFans. Knots Landing actress Donna Mills launched her OnlyFans account in July – at the age of 85. And she’s already been inundated with some bizarre requests, one involving her vineyard.

‘Somebody wants me to film or me film myself stomping the grapes. There are a lot of people out there who are turned on by toes, I guess,’ she said, adding that her response was, ‘You betcha’.

Donna – who played villainess Abby Cunningham in ‘80s soap Knots Landing – said she joined the platform to share ‘moments from my daily life’ and ‘behind the scenes glimpses’ while engaging with fans ‘in a more meaningful way’.

‘I’ve always appreciated the incredible support and encouragement I’ve received from my fans over the years. Social media has been a wonderful way to stay connected, but I’m excited to join OnlyFans because it offers the opportunity for a more personal and direct connection,’ she explained.

‘It’s simply another platform to spend quality time with the people who’ve supported me throughout my career, while staying true to who I am,’ she explained. She added that OnlyFans emphasised that she didn’t ‘have to do nakedness’ but to ‘do it the way you want to do it’. ‘I’m sincerely happy to be doing it. Happy to be interacting with the fans.’

Other stars who have recently joined OnlyFans include sexy American Pie actress Shannon Elizabeth, 52, Jaime Pressly, 49, and Denise Richards, 55.

Shannon, who ‘grossed seven figures’ in her first week on the platform, said she wanted to take more control of her career when she signed up in April. ‘I’ve spent my entire career working in Hollywood, where other people controlled the narrative and the outcome of my career. This new chapter is about changing that, showing off a more sexy side no one has seen, and being closer to my fans.’

For Jaime, who launched her account in May, explained, ‘I’ve always believed in evolving with the times. This is another way for me to connect directly with my audience, on my own terms, with creativity and intention.’ She added, ‘I’ve loved meeting fans at various Comic Cons and the excitement of having those real face-to-face moments made me want to seek options like OnlyFans.’

It’s now been over three years since Camilla took the title of ‘Queen’ following King Charles’ Coronation, and at such a vulnerable time for the monarchy, it continues to be a daunting task.

Not only has Camilla had to pave a new path for the monarchy after the late Queen’s incredible 70-year reign, but the popularity of Kate Middleton, the then newly appointed Princess of Wales, has continued to overshadow her new status within the family.

Now, with King Charles and Prince William reported to remain at loggerheads over Prince Harry and his shock move back to the UK, speculation of simmering tensions between Camilla and the Waleses has only intensified.

Kate and William’s official social media account made no point of wishing Camilla a Happy Birthday when she celebrated turning 79 last month, and the couple’s carousel of ‘summer round-up’ snaps didn’t include any photographs of either Charles or Camilla.

And a source tells Heat that behind palace walls, those tensions are now all but bubbling over as we’re told Camilla ‘can practically feel’ Kate and William ‘breathing down her neck’ as she fears they’ll ‘push her aside’ the moment they take the throne.

An insider says, ‘Camilla is incredibly protective of her position, and her ego is incredibly fragile, so she doesn’t react well to any sense that her power is at risk of getting usurped.

‘She sees threats at every turn, and she would argue that her vigilance is for good reason because William and Kate are so openly covetous of the throne. She says she can practically feel them breathing down her neck; she knows the moment they take over, she will be pushed as far to the side as possible.

‘She is convinced they are colluding against her. It’s no secret that she and William clash quite badly, and she’s had her spats with Kate as well, so they’re never going to be close.’

This growing distance has been noted by royal observers, and it’s been widely reported for months now that Kate, 44, and William, 44, are beginning to shape what will eventually result in the kind of monarchy they are happy to be at the helm of.

While together, they are no doubt a powerhouse for the Firm, the Crown has long been reported to be taking the approach of slimming down the monarchy – meaning that Kate and William will need to ensure that when they reach the top, they are surrounded by people they can trust implicitly.

And after we recently reported that Lady Louise Windsor – the daughter of Sophie Wessex and Prince Edward – was one of the couple’s favourites to have an increased presence within the royal fold, her parents now also appear to have taken centre stage at recent events.

Last week, the Duke and Duchess of Edinburgh were photographed on the front row at the European Athletics Championship in Birmingham, and earlier this week, a stunning new portrait of Sophie, 61, was released to celebrate a new charity patronage.

Sophie has long been a favourite within the monarchy and a close confidante of Kate’s. But we’re told that the increased attention on her has riled Camilla, who believes the Waleses are creating their own ‘clique’ – one she is very much on the outside of.

‘For obvious reasons, she’s very jealous of Kate, but she’s now got a major issue with Sophie as well. She says everywhere she turns, it seems like Sophie is being projected as this sort of patron saint of the monarchy,’ the insider says.

‘For some time now, the Waleses have been setting Sophie and Edward, and their children, up to be these shining lights of the future. Camilla isn’t arguing that she’s doing a perfectly good job, but she likely feels it’s all being a little overhyped, and she has no doubt Sophie’s bestie, Princess Kate, is behind it.

‘It’s clear that the Waleses intend to bring Sophie and Edward further into the monarchy and empower them more and more, and Camilla is obviously outside that clique, and being left out is extremely triggering for her.’

The U-turn for Camilla’s relationship with Prince William, in particular, is speculated to be when Camilla and Charles made their visit to the US in April.

At the time, it was reported that William had not wanted his father to undertake his trip to the US on the grounds that the schedule could prove gruelling for the monarch, who continues to undergo cancer treatment.

Royal broadcaster Ian Pelham Turner claimed that ahead of the King’s trip, William had been urging his father to reduce his royal commitments over concerns for his health; a fear he says was overruled by Camilla, who was reportedly adamant they must show strength at the helm of the monarchy.

‘King Charles and Queen Camilla have caused allegedly a row within the Royal Family after accepting a visit to America as part of the 250th centenary celebrations,’ he said.

Now we’re told that even away from joint official appearances – the last of which was the Trooping the Colour in June – Camilla feels Kate and William are ostracising her from any official decision-making, too.

The insider says, ‘She insists she’s tried to be harmonious with them, whereas they flagrantly go out of their way to have as little to do with her as possible. It’s not that they simply exclude her socially; there have been so many instances where she hasn’t been invited to the conversation at all, or only been briefed after the fact when it comes to crucial decisions.

‘The social aspect does upset her; she rarely gets much in the way of face time with Kate and William, and now that they’ve set their sights on the Wessexes, she's complaining that they’re snubbing her as well.’

Meanwhile, Sophie has been nicknamed the Royal Family’s ‘secret weapon’ and continues to be one of the most hardworking and dependable members of the family.

To make matters worse, Charles has also maintained a close relationship with Sophie, with the monarch reportedly sharing such a warm bond with his sister-in-law that she was pictured playfully shoulder-bumping him at a joint appearance just ahead of his coronation.

But the source says this hasn’t stopped Camilla’s ‘jealousy’ as she increasingly feels threatened by the moves Kate and William are making to ensure Sophie’s star shines even brighter – even if it leads to casting the Queen into the shadows.

‘It’s no wonder she feels threatened by Sophie, she is younger and very beautiful and well-liked by everyone within the Firm, even his majesty seems to give her special attention,’ the source says.

‘Sophie isn’t going out of her way to upset Camilla, but she’s also not shying away from the attention; she’s enjoying this, and she’s not going to be apologetic about the fact that she’s being rewarded. She hasn’t done anything to deserve Camilla’s resentment. But Camilla has a jealous streak, there’s no denying that, and right now Sophie is the subject of her wrath.’

Landing back on UK soil last month, Prince Harry's latest return appeared to be a world away from the frequent flyovers he made from the US during his bitter legal fight with a British newspaper.

This time around, the estranged royal appeared back at his best when he visited charities close to his heart, including The Invictus Games and Scotty's Little Soldiers.

In comparison to snaps of him looking out of place at Kris Jenner's birthday bash last year, and the reality that he appears to snub most Hollywood events, Harry seemed to be exactly where he belonged when he was photographed supporting veterans, dancing with children and larking around with baby goats.

Of course, his latest visit also marked his first reunion with King Charles since last September, when their fragile relationship was still overshadowed by the legal trial and his fight with the Home Office over his security when visiting the UK.

The summit at Highgrove House was also a family affair, with Harry joined by Meghan Markle and their children, Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five, who remained out of the spotlight.

However, his family's absence from British public life may not be for long, as we're told how Harry is now looking to make a secret deal with the Palace when he returns to the UK again next month – one which could see the Sussexes return to the royal fold in the near future.

An insider says, 'Harry is absolutely adamant that he and Meghan can still contribute to the monarchy, and he says he's had signals from his father that there's a possibility that things could change to allow them to do that.

'His vision is still this half-in, half-out arrangement that his grandmother said they couldn't have. He feels his father can revisit that and perhaps see more clearly why it might actually be a positive thing for the institution as a whole.

'There haven't been any promises made, but the fact that his father is open to a dialogue is a huge turnaround. It's got Harry feeling very hopeful that things could be on the way to being fully mended.'

Back in 2020, when he and Meghan first stepped down as senior working royals to begin a new life in the US, it was reported that Harry had proposed to the late Queen Elizabeth II that they maintain a half-in, half-out role within the Firm, which would see them reside abroad but continue to work for the Crown in some capacity. At the time, the request was firmly turned down by Harry's grandmother.

Now six years on, and there is certainly more water to be shooed under the bridge following Harry and Meghan's explosive exposés and allegations, which were so damning that they all but threatened to put the reputation of even the most senior members of the Royal Family at risk.

They included allegations of bullying and racism (which the Palace strongly denied), and an accusation by Harry in his 2023 memoir, Spare, that his brother Prince William had physically assaulted him. No stone was left unturned.

And while Harry appears to have landed back in the King’s good graces, the source says the energy and positivity Harry brought during his charity appearances has also not escaped the notice of the Palace – something that we’re told has only furthered Harry’s return bid.

‘It’s obviously way too soon to say if the King will actually reverse his late mother’s decision and allow Harry and Meghan to live abroad while serving the Crown, but he is certainly considering it,’ the source says.

‘In fairness, a lot has changed in the world, and within the Firm, in the last six years, so in some ways it’s understandable that the King would re-evaluate this whole situation.

‘There was quite a lot of chatter after Harry’s last public appearance – everyone was talking about how he was really back in his element and doing great things. That kind of positive PR is what the institution really needs as a whole right now.’

They add, ‘His Majesty is well aware that this fracture within the family is terrible for his legacy; he does not want to let this go on forever. And for Harry to represent the family again in an official capacity would signal to the world that things are improving.’

For Charles, the potential full-scale reconciliation would no doubt put an end to the past few painful years, in which not only was he diagnosed with cancer (in 2024), but at the same time, remained estranged from his youngest son and his grandchildren.

Meanwhile, Harry’s rift with William appears deeper than ever. Harry appears to have been completely frozen out of his brother’s life; a reality it’s been reported that some of his allies behind palace walls firmly agree is the right decision in order to protect the monarchy from any further reputational damage.

And we’re told that after asking his father about his plans for Harry, William has been left feeling ‘massively betrayed’ as the source claims he’s been left completely in the dark about Harry’s possible return.

An insider says, ‘William has been pressing for more details, but His Majesty’s stance is that it’s simply none of his business at this point. He feels William has been incredibly hot-headed and immature about the situation and wants to give Harry the chance to outline what he’s after.

‘The King can always say no, and he feels perfectly capable of making that decision without his eldest son’s interference, but he is willing to hear Harry out. There are no promises being made about what the King will or won’t agree to, but the fact that this is even on the table has William feeling massively betrayed.’

With just weeks to go until Harry is expected to fly to London to attend the annual WellChild Awards, it could only be a matter of time before Harry proposes his return in person.

But we’re told William could continue to try to stop Harry’s homecoming, as the source says he’s ‘upset’ and ‘outraged’ over what he believes to be the Sussexes' latest ‘cash grab’.

‘Harry swears money isn’t the motivation, but William isn’t buying that. He sees the whole thing as a cash grab and completely disrespectful of the ground rules their grandmother laid down,’ the source says.

‘What’s upsetting William more than anything, though, is that he’s completely in the dark about what his father is planning. He doesn’t even get briefed on what the King and Harry are discussing; he has to pump people for information to find out what’s being said, it’s outrageous.’

She’s the nepo baby who made her name in the modelling world when she was just 10 years old – and now this star has revealed she had an even more unusual childhood than we might have imagined.

Model-turned-actress Kaia Gerber, now 24, told a podcast last week that she was 'possessed' when she was a child and even underwent an exorcism to rid her of the spirit.

The 24-year-old made the crazy confession when discussing her role in the 10th season of American Horror Story, back in 2021, revealing that famous mum Cindy Crawford gave her an unorthodox gift while filming began for the spooky series.

‘My mom gave me holy water to go to set,’ Kaia told the Mitch Churi Chat Show. ‘She was like, “I don’t want you to get possessed.”’

But if that wasn’t bizarre enough, Kaia - whose father is businessman Rande Gerber - then casually dropped an even bigger bombshell.

‘I was told I was possessed as a child,’ she shrugged - claiming she was ‘haunted my whole life’.

‘I do feel I attract beings from other dimensions in a very casual and chill way,’ Kaia revealed.

And the Bottoms actress later alleged that she ‘actually did’ have an exorcism to ward off any evil spirits.

‘Do you know how they did the exorcism? They played a didgeridoo all over me!’ she said, referring to the ancient wind instrument used by Indigenous Australian cultures. ‘That’s how they did the exorcism. That actually did happen. I’ve never talked about it, but it actually did happen.’

Thankfully, Kaia doesn’t appear to be too scarred by the experience - and added, ‘I’m all healed.’ But she’s far from the first celeb to have had a ghostly encounter.

In 2012, Kesha alleged that she once slept with a ghost, but didn't give any further details.

‘I know it sounds like the most ridiculous story, but I went to my healer and she told me that because of my job, I exude energy,’ the pop star, 39, told Rolling Stone a year later - alleging that, like Kaia, she also had the healer perform an exorcism.

But almost nine years later, Kesha revealed that she wasn't actually intimate with a supernatural entity.

‘I was in Fort Worth, Texas, and I had something wake me up while I was in bed with my boyfriend at the time. It was a touch down the body,’ she said  in 2022. ‘I woke up and looked at the end of the bed and there was an apparition of a woman. So, full disclosure, I never actually slept with a ghost, but she did wake me up in a very sensual way.’

The late David Bowie also underwent an exorcism, after claiming to have encountered Satan in his indoor swimming pool.

The singer - who died in January 2016, aged 69 - opened up in 2012, ‘I really walked into other worlds. It was time to get out of this terrible lifestyle I'd put myself into, and get healthy. It was time to pull myself together."

Ariana Grande is another celebrity with a ghostly connection. In 2013, the Wicked star revealed, ‘I've had a ghost [or] demon experience. We were in Kansas City a few weeks ago and went to this haunted castle and were so excited. The next night, we wanted to go to Stull Cemetery, which is known as one of the seven gates to hell on Earth.

‘I felt this sick, overwhelming feeling of negativity over the whole car. We smelled sulfur, which is the sign of a demon - and there was a fly in the car randomly, which is another sign of a demon.’

But things got even weirder.

Ariana, 33, continued, ‘I was like, “This is scary, let's leave.” I rolled down the window before we left and said, “We apologise. We didn't mean to disrupt your peace.” Then I took a picture. There are three super distinct faces in the picture - they're faces of textbook demons.’

And lastly, Vanessa Hudgens detailed her own supernatural encounter - when she was just eight years old.

On an episode of The Kelly Clarkson Show, Vanessa explained, ‘You know, those ducks [toys] that you pull [with the string]? There was one of those on the dining room table, and I started walking - and it just started going alongside me.

‘I kind of shut it down for a while because it's scary. The unknown is scary. But recently, I was like, “No, this is a gift and something that I have the ability to do, so I'm going to lean into it.”’

Nowadays, Vanessa, 37, leans into her powers - and sometimes uses a spirit box, which ghost hunters use to analyse radio frequencies, to help her understand what the ghosts are saying.

What may have started out as Meghan Markle paying a sweet tribute to her late mother-in-law, Princess Diana, when she celebrated her birthday earlier this month, quickly descended into chaos when the Duchess was labelled 'weird' and her actions as ‘desperately contrived’.

Meghan marked her 45th birthday publicly by posting a black and white snap of herself to social media in which she is seen leaping into a swimming pool, clutching a bunch of birthday balloons – and sporting thousands in jewellery and designer specs, of course.

Hours later, one eagle-eyed member of the public took to social media to highlight the uncanny resemblance the photograph shared with a paparazzi picture taken of Diana leaping off a boat while holidaying in St. Tropez back in 1997 – just weeks before she tragically died in Paris.

In the image, Diana is seen in the exact pose that Meghan appears to have replicated, holding both hands in the air with one knee bent up as she jumps.

However, given that Meghan made no mention of Diana in her post, her birthday celebration turned sour when cruel trolls mocked her and accused her of deliberately trying to replicate her mother-in-law's look.

‘Naturally, any "similarities" were planned in advance by Meghan. That is absolutely no surprise and definitely no authentic "resemblance",’ one wrote, while another added, ‘Imitating your famous, loved late mother-in-law, who actually died long before you married her son, is weird.’

Her post also came just weeks after she and Prince Harry – alongside their children Prince Archie, seven, and Princess Lilibet, five – returned to the UK, with Meghan later sharing just one image from their trip, which showed the family making their way to lay flowers at Diana’s grave at Althorp House.

Days before, Meghan had also opted to wear her mother-in-law’s Cartier watch, worth $24,020, when promoting her lifestyle brand, As Ever. And last week, the former actress wore diamond and butterfly sapphire earrings that once belonged to Diana, while at an event with Harry.

But it doesn’t stop there, as we are now told that after hearing the news that Princess Kate, 44, is reportedly accompanying Prince William to India in November, where Mumbai will host his Earthshot Prize awards ceremony, Meghan is determined not to be outdone and has been ‘pushing’ for a trip there with Harry.

An insider says, ‘It’ll be a bit of a blow that she and Harry didn’t manage to make it happen ahead of William and Kate, particularly because India was a place where Diana had such a profound impact. And with the 30th anniversary of her death coming up next year, all eyes are going to be on anything they do that’s even remotely related to the late Princess.’

The country held a deep significance for Diana. During her trip there in 1992, the ‘people’s princess’ proved to be a powerhouse in her own right, bonding deeply with those she met there. The splendour of the Taj Mahal also provided the backdrop for the iconic image of the solo Princess that was later widely seen as the photograph that showed her marriage to the then Prince Charles was over.

It’s clear why Harry and Meghan would be keen to pay a visit to the country as part of their ongoing mission to keep celebrating the legacy of Princess Diana. But amidst the ongoing feud between the Sussexes and the Wales’, the source warns that any visits so close together are only bound to add fuel to the flames of their feud and could overshadow any celebrations of Diana's life next year.

An insider says, ‘Meghan and Kate both seem keen to recreate Diana’s legacy, which is lovely; no one would deprive them of celebrating her, but it does sometimes seem as though they’re trying to outdo each other in the process. Certainly, that’s the suspicion among some royals, who are whispering that Meghan is going overboard lately.

‘Of course, this India trip is bound to spark more competition because it’s no secret Meghan has been pushing to do a big trip there with Harry. The fact that William is visiting this fall to honour the Earthshot Prize winners and that there are reports that Kate is now planning to go with him is bound to touch a nerve with her.’

These latest claims come after reports that Meghan could be set to launch a fashion line inspired by the late Princess, after her visit to Switzerland in May sparked a flurry of reports comparing her own sartorial choices to those of Diana.

During her trip, Meghan stepped out of her usual neutral style when she opted for a calf-length lilac pencil dress that was almost identical to the one her late mother-in-law wore during a similar trip in the 90s.

Furthermore, Harry, 41, has also compared his wife to his late mother. During the couple’s 2022 Netflix series, Harry & Meghan, he said, ‘So much of what Meghan is, and how she is, is so similar to my mum. She has the same compassion, she has the same empathy, she has the same confidence. She has this warmth about her.’

Kate, too, has numerous times opted to pay homage to Diana, but has never worn anything of her mother-in-law for promotional purposes. And the source says Harry’s own insistence that Meghan and his mum are ‘so similar’ has only riled her critics.

‘Of course, it’s hard not to admit that Harry hasn’t done himself, or his wife, any favours by publicly comparing her to Diana. That’s the sort of thing that really bothers a lot of people because it's seen as bragging,’ the insider says.

‘Kate may get compared to Diana in the press, and no doubt many of her wonderful qualities are very reminiscent of the late Princess, but William has never come out and said that.’

Meanwhile, Kate, who famously wears Diana’s sapphire and diamond engagement ring, has maintained a surprising response to the furore by maintaining complete silence over anything to do with Meghan.

The reason, we’re told, is that she refuses to upset Prince William by becoming embroiled in what is in danger of becoming a blow-by-blow fashion war over who bears the most resemblance to his late mother.

The source explains, ‘Kate won’t have missed the skewering Meghan got for the photo of her jumping into the pool in her bathing suit. So many people were talking about it and saying that it was an obvious attempt to copy Diana, but Kate very wisely has kept totally out of the fray.

‘There's no doubt Kate does take inspiration from Diana’s timeless fashion choices, and there are times she clearly is dressing to recreate certain looks. She’s been given certain pieces of jewellery of hers by William, which she treasures.

‘But the last thing she will want to do is feed into any sort of catty narrative about Princess Diana; she has a huge amount of reverence for her and would only want to pay homage to her.’

Meanwhile, Meghan continues to face backlash; something we’re told she feels is unfair when, in her view, Kate escapes entirely unscathed, even when she emulates Diana’s looks, too.

‘Meghan would argue she’s only doing the same thing, but instead of getting held up on a pedestal for it, the way Kate always is, she’s attacked,’ the insider says.

‘All she did was share a fun photo of her celebrating her birthday by jumping into the pool, and she was torn apart for it and accused of only doing it for attention simply because Diana was once photographed jumping off a yacht in a bathing suit.’

However, as she continues to build her brand in Montecito, the source says Meghan refuses to ‘censor herself’ – even if that means placing Harry’s hopes for a full-scale royal reunion in jeopardy.

The source says, ‘She insists it had nothing to do with copying Diana, but it's very hard for most people within the Firm to believe that. It's not likely to change regardless of what anyone thinks though. Meghan isn't going to censor herself, and Harry certainly doesn't want her to.’

Heroes and Nashville star Hayden Panettiere heartbreakingly said she had ‘a lot more life to live’ and had ‘shaken off all of this darkness and this negativity’ weeks before her tragic death at 36. The US actress, who died five days before her 37th birthday, opened up about celebrating life and moving past her dark times after losing custody of her daughter, the death of her brother and her struggles with addiction and postpartum depression.

‘I finally feel like I have shaken off all of this darkness and this negativity. And that means I’ve closed one door and another door is opened, and I can feel it opened, and I can feel all the possibilities, all the exciting possibilities,’ she said in May, adding, ‘I feel like I have a lot more life to live.’

In her final post on Instagram, she wrote about celebrating ‘good times and good friends’ as she shared a photo of her smiling and hugging photographer Randall Slavin. It came after Hayden recently spoke of the unexpected and ‘heartbreaking’ loss of her brother and ‘best friend’ Jansen, who was 28 when he died from heart complications in 2023.

‘There’s nothing in my life that feels like losing my other half. He was born to be the yin to my yang,’ she told life coach Jay Shetty on his podcast. ‘We were so close. Especially being the older sibling, it’s your job to protect them and keep them safe, and not being able to is, I mean, heartbreaking doesn’t even begin to cover it.’

She continued, ‘I would need a dictionary to go through all the words for all the feelings that you go through in your mind. I know time is the best healer, but it’s been three years, and every year the heartbreak has changed.

‘But losing him and realising how much of life I was going to have to go through alone and without him, where I always saw him as being there. There’s been so many times I want to call him all the time. He was my best friend, and when he first died, I remember screaming, “I don’t want to live in a world where he doesn’t exist.’

She added, ‘That’s something I don’t think I’ll ever get over. I feel him with me. I know that he’s protecting me from where he is and was needed elsewhere, but I wish he could be sent back to me.’

Hayden, who published her memoir This Is Me: A Reckoning in May, also opened up about the ‘gut-wrenching’ loss of her daughter Kaya, 11, after she made the difficult decision to give her ex-fiance, former Ukrainian boxer Wladimir Klitschko, full custody of her in 2018 while she battled postpartum depression and addiction. The pair live in Ukraine, and Hayden admitted being apart from her child was ‘a living nightmare’.

‘It was the worst, signing those papers and like the most heartbreaking thing I’ve ever, ever had to do in my life,’ she said. ‘I mean, the idea that anybody would think that I would just give away my child and be OK with it is heartbreaking. Couldn’t be farther from the truth.’

She wrote in her book, ‘Not being under the same roof with her every day has been the most gut-wrenching experience of my life, and it’s hard to describe the layers of emotion – including sadness, resentment, and anger – I’ve felt because of it. I grieve that I’m not the mother I thought I’d be and definitely not the mother I want to be (trust me, no one should ever have to raise a child on FaceTime), and although I miss Kaya so much my heart aches, I know how blessed I am to be her mom. She is the greatest gift of my life, with all the best parts of her father and me.’

The former child actress, who started acting as a baby and is best known for her roles in Heroes, Nashville and Scream, was found in an apartment in South Carolina yesterday after she and her on-off boyfriend Brian Hickerson flew there from LA the day before. Police, who responded to the incident, say it is an open investigation into her death, and her cause of death has not been confirmed as yet.

Her father, Skip, called her death an ‘unimaginable loss’, saying, ‘It is with profound sadness that we share the tragic passing of our beloved Hayden. She was an incredible light and a force of nature who brought immeasurable love and joy to all who knew her – and to the millions who watched her onscreen.’

Hollywood’s finest paid tribute to the actress, who received two consecutive Golden Globe nominations for Best Supporting Actress for her portrayal of ambitious country-pop singer Juliette Barnes in Nashville. Selma Blair said, ‘I love you. Don’t be gone. Please,’ while Oscar winner Viola Davis – who worked with Hayden in 2016 legal drama Custody – described her as an ‘old, wise soul with such a deep heart’.

‘What an amazing talent you were… so gifted. I wish the world had more time with you because I had a burning curiosity about who you were becoming. I saw this beautiful Phoenix rising from the ashes,’ she wrote. ‘Your tests became your testimony, and your testimony became your legacy. You will be remembered. Rest well, Hayden.’

Sarah Ferguson appears to have developed a rather enviable talent for finding five-star boltholes, with the former Duchess of York now reportedly swapping her Austrian mountain retreat for the sun-drenched shores of Portugal.

This time, however, there is a very good reason for Sarah, 66, to be on the move. Following the arrival of daughter Princess Eugenie’s third child earlier this week, the former Duchess of York is reported to have swapped the snow-capped mountains for the considerably sunnier climes of Portugal, where she is understood to have headed to help the new mum.

Announcing the birth of her baby girl, Eugenie, 36, wrote on social media, ‘Jack and I are so excited to announce Baby Girl Brooksbank!! We are beyond in love with our girlie.’

Sarah is reported to have flown to Melides, just south of Lisbon, to lend a helping hand at the family home Eugenie shares with husband Jack Brooksbank and their sons August, five, and Ernest, three.

And while Sarah’s arrival will no doubt be welcomed by the new parents, it seems the doting grandmother may have found herself rather taken with the picturesque Portuguese town too. We’re told she has visited the area several times over the years and has now become so enamoured with it that she is considering putting down some temporary roots there.

Interestingly, Sarah has narrowly missed Harry and Meghan, who stayed at their own nearby property just weeks ago ahead of their return to the UK. But unlike the Sussexes’ short stay, we’re told Sarah may be thinking of making a rather longer-term arrangement.

And that’s where things could get interesting for Eugenie. Because while there’s nothing unusual about a grandmother wanting to be close by after the arrival of a new baby, Sarah reportedly has her eye on a rather more permanent solution – and one that could mean getting rather comfortable under her daughter’s roof.

An insider says, ‘Sarah would love to be given the keys. It’s a beautiful place and Eugenie and Jack aren’t there year round. In her view, she could lovingly maintain it when they’re away and then be grandma on call when they’re in town.

‘She adores her grandchildren and now there’s a new baby she says there’s even more reason for her to be there to help and dote on them.’

Eugenie, who splits her time between Portugal and the family’s UK home of Ivy Cottage at Kensington Palace, has also previously praised the anonymity she is afforded whilst staying in the town.

On the Table Manners podcast in 2023, Eugenie described living in Portugal as 'the dream,’ adding, ‘I can go to the supermarket in my exercise gear and my hair piled on my head and not mind. Not care. No one cares.’

Of course, following the public furore surrounding her friendship with the late sex offender Jeffrey Epstein and her very public eviction from Royal Lodge alongside her ex-husband Andrew Mounbatten Windsor last year, privacy is exactly what Sarah needs right now as she attempts to formulate a comeback plan amidst reports that her funds have been rapidly depleting, and with no sign that the royals are set to welcome her back.

And we’re told Sarah feels ‘it’s only right’ that -after being thrust into this dire situation and having reportedly maintained she had absolutely no part to play in her own demise - her daughter does what she can to help out her out.

‘She could reinvent herself there and enjoy a quieter way of life, away from the public eye, the paparazzi and all the scrutiny,’ the source says.

‘Sarah sees this as a win-win because she can help with the children so she doesn’t see this as her being an imposition. And even if she is asking for her, she feels it’s only right to expect that kind of support from her daughter.’

To say the situation would be complicated for Eugenie is a huge understatement, and the source says she’s now been left torn over prioritising the wishes of her family - namely her supportive husband Jack – and helping her mum.

‘Eugenie certainly isn’t dumping her mother, but having her move in full time is a lot more complicated than Sarah seems to want to acknowledge,’ the insider says.

‘Even if Eugenie wanted to hand her mother the keys, she also has Jack in her ear. By all accounts, he’s been far more patient and accommodating than Beatrice’s husband [Edoardo Mapelli Mozzi] has been with Sarah but there are still limits. He’s sympathetic and isn’t suggesting they turn their backs, but having Sarah effectively move in is a whole different matter.’

The final months of Eugenie’s pregnancy can hardly have been the peaceful run-up to motherhood she might have hoped for, with the controversy surrounding her parents continuing to cast a long shadow over the family.

Then, in May, the spotlight shifted firmly onto Eugenie and her sister Princess Beatrice, after an audit by the National Audit Office (NAO) reported that King Charles covers the accommodation costs of non-working royals’ homes, meaning the sisters live rent-free in properties within the Royal Family’s London palaces.

The revelations brought a fresh wave of scrutiny just as Eugenie was preparing to welcome her third child, with the backlash proving both fierce and relentless. Former Vanity Fair editor Tina Brown even went so far as to describe Beatrice and Eugenie as ‘symbolising a rot at the heart of the monarchy’, while there were calls for the sisters to lose their royal titles.

Little wonder, then, that we’re told Eugenie and Jack’s priority now is to shut out the noise, settle into life as a family of five and enjoy some precious time together away from the royal spotlight.

‘Eugenie and Jack are already under enough scrutiny, they can’t afford to be at the centre of any more damaging headlines or be seen as troublemakers,’ the source says.

‘What they need to do right now is keep their heads down and draw as little attention as possible, aside from something positive like new photos of their growing family. The last thing they need is the sort of drama that Sarah will inevitably bring to their doorstep if she moves in.’

But despite the cloud of controversy still shrouding the sisters, both Eugenie and Beatrice were welcomed back into the royal fold in June when they attended the wedding of their cousin Peter Phillips and his bride Harriet Sperling, where they were photographed being affectionately greeted by Prince William.

Now we’re told Eugenie is faced with balancing her loyalty to her mother with the very real threat that she could turn their Portuguese sanctuary into a ‘zoo’ and create a ‘headache’ for the Palace if she allows Sarah to stay longer term.

The insider says, ‘Any show of support she’s seen to be giving her will likely have consequences for Eugenie. She has to be very conscious of how it will play with the public, but also potentially with William and maybe even the King.

‘As it stands, they need to be seen to be keeping their distance and even if Sarah does everything she can to stay out of sight, eventually word will spread that she’s moved in with them. She’d be tracked down, the property would become a zoo and it would inevitably create more headaches with the Palace.’

For any new mum, this upheaval would be a struggle, and the insider says Jack has been forced to put his foot down, with him and Eugenie wanting to concentrate on their family and leave the drama very much outside of their front door – at least for now.

‘Jack accepts that she will visit from time to time but giving her the keys to live there full time is a step too far. It’s not just the potential for more damage to their reputations and their standing within the family, they’re also busy with a young baby, they want to bond as a family unit, they need time on their own without Sarah hovering,’ we’re told.

‘It’s not that Jack wants to keep her away from the grandchildren, he just feels the visits need to happen quietly and in a controlled way that puts everyone’s interests first. He’s very conscious of avoiding any further controversy and, as difficult as it is, Eugenie has to think that way as well, life as they know it is on the line.’

She’s one of the world’s biggest and most acclaimed actresses, with directors and A-listers lining up to work with her, and a litany of awards to her name. But throughout her long stellar career, Nicole Kidman has always prided herself on being a mother first and foremost…which makes her challenges in that department all the more poignant.

As fans will know, the 59 year old has long had an infamously rocky relationship with her two older children, Bella, 33, and Connor, 31, whom she adopted with her ex-husband Tom Cruise. After splitting from Tom in 2001, the kids stayed with him and were raised under the auspices of his beloved Scientology – fundamentally casting Nicole out of their childhoods.

She later went on to have two more daughters, Sunday Rose, 18, and Faith Margaret, 15, with her now second ex-husband, Keith Urban. But that too wasn’t without its challenges, as Nicole – who welcomed the girls via surrogacy – later spoke about her heartbreak over not being able to have more children.

Now, we’re told, the actress is feeling wistful, and wishful, over what’s next. Having finalised her divorce from Keith last year after 19 years of marriage, she’s since plunged herself into a brave and bold new chapter, savouring quality time with family and friends more than ever – including re-building bonds with her older kids – while also pushing herself out on of her comfort zone in her work and personal life.

But, as insiders tell us, there’s one niggling ‘What if?’ that continues to consume her – and that’s when it comes to potentially adopting again. With unlimited resources to her name, and a roll call of female friends who have also done it alone, she doesn’t see why her age or the fact she’s single should stop her going down that route. We’re told she’s seriously considering it, going one step closer to building that huge family she always dreamed of.

‘Nicole has stepped into her most empowered chapter ever – she has total agency over her life and that’s really sinking in,’ says an insider close to the Aussie star, who debuted a stunning front cover for British Vogue this week alongside a candid interview, in which she spoke about the recent ‘stealth’ summer she spent travelling all over Europe and even going to the odd rave or two.

‘As a result, she is more self-assured and realises that the world truly is her oyster. She has the means to do whatever she wants, and that includes adding to her family. Doing it on her own is very appealing in a lot of ways, though she isn’t opposed to doing it with a partner.

‘There was a time when she and Keith were actively interested in adoption. It was something they were very serious about, but between their careers and the challenges in their marriage, it just never happened. Looking back, it was probably for the best. But she hasn’t lost interest in the idea.’

By all accounts, Nicole’s hopes to now start rebuilding her family really haven’t come from nowhere. Back in 2021, she told Marie Claire Australia that one of her biggest regrets was not being able to expand her brood. She said at the time, ‘I wish I’d had more children, but I wasn’t given that choice…I would’ve loved 10 kids,’ adding, ‘But that’s OK. I get to mother other children. I have six nieces and nephews and I’m godmother to 12. I love mothering. I love kids and what they say.

The actress had previously spoken about her fertility struggles – having first suffered an ectopic pregnancy at 23, when she was newly married to movie star Tom. She also suffered a miscarriage years later, shortly before they divorced, later saying, ‘I know the yearning…The loss of a miscarriage is not talked about enough.’

As for her pain over her estrangement from Bella and Connor, those are scars that run deep. When she and Tom first split, Nicole was labelled an ‘SP’ or ‘suppressive person’ by the Church of Scientology, effectively blacklisting her from the lives of anybody belonging to the pseudo-religion. For that reason, she was reportedly banished from her kids’ lives in their formative years.

Nicole later spoke about the schism in 2019. ‘They are able to make their own choices,’ she said of Connor and Bella. ‘They have made choices to be Scientologists and, as a mother, it’s my job to love them. And I am an example of that tolerance and that’s what I believe – that no matter what your child does, the child has love and the child has to know there is available love, and I’m open here.’

In recent years, Nicole’s happily rebuilt some bridges between them – especially with Bella, who lives in London and is no longer believed to be so enveloped within the Church of Scientology. Bella has frequently ‘liked’ Nicole’s Instagram posts and is also said to have formed a close bond with her younger sisters.

But still, there’s no way to fully heal the trauma of all those lost years, which makes Nicole’s hopes of now adopting again hold even deeper meaning.

What’s more, as our source explains, she’s been inspired even more by her close friend Sandra Bullock, who’s mum to Louis, 16, and Laila, 14 – both of whom she adopted as a single mother. Nicole and Sandra, 62, spent quality time with each other’s families last year while filming Practical Magic 2 – and, having witnessed the close bond Sandra has with her kids, we’re told Nicole’s feeling emboldened to follow in her footsteps.

‘She’s had a front row seat to Sandra’s journey,’ our source reveals. ‘Seeing Sandra adopt as a single mother has given her a lot of confidence that it’s the right choice for her, too. If she meets the right man to share that journey with one day, wonderful. But she doesn’t see that as a requirement anymore. Sandra has shown her there’s more than one way to build a family, and there are advantages to doing it on your own, including never having to worry about a custody battle.’

Speaking to Vogue in her wide-ranging interview this week, Nicole got reflective while discussing her new life, one year on from her and Keith’s shock split. The star – who’s reportedly in the early stages of dating American private equity investor Michael Reinstein – said it hadn’t been easy, adding, ‘You make all these plans and you have all these ideas of what it’s going to be like and then it’s not…You have to adjust. You adapt. The future, it’s completely unknown to me right know. Strange.’

Nevertheless, it’s being a mother that keeps her going. ‘It’s an extraordinary purpose,’ she said. ‘Everything else is not important. These kids now, that’s what we drop everything for.’

With that said – and with her 60th birthday on the horizon in June 2027 – you can rest assured Nicole’s ready for whatever the future holds. Whether or not that includes more Kidman kids remains to be seen.

Just weeks after Meghan and Prince Harry’s much-anticipated return to the UK for their secret summit with King Charles and Queen Camilla at Highgrove House, the Duchess appears to have found herself in hot water over it, leaving the fragile royal reconciliation potentially under threat.

Since landing her coveted Netflix deal for her cooking and lifestyle series With Love, Meghan, the Duchess, has inevitably found herself compared with Martha Stewart, 85, whose decades-long career has made her the undisputed grande dame of domesticity. And while Meghan has been busy carving out her own corner of the lifestyle market, Martha has done little to silence speculation that she isn’t exactly convinced by her rival’s new direction.

Indeed, last week the pinafored powerhouse appeared to deliver a particularly pointed swipe during an interview with People, seemingly hinting that Meghan had discussed her recent visit to the UK. That would be the same visit that the King is reported to have wanted kept firmly under wraps.

Martha told the magazine, ‘I had dinner with Meghan Markle the other night. We were both guests at a dinner party in California. And she had just gotten back from the palace. I didn’t talk to her really more than to say a couple words, but I know she was talking about it.’

And if that wasn’t enough to set the royal alarm bells ringing, Martha then appeared to question whether Meghan’s move into the world of lifestyle and homemaking was quite as natural a fit as the Duchess might hope.

It is, after all, an increasingly crowded arena, with Hollywood heavyweights including Gwyneth Paltrow, Jennifer Garner and Jessica Alba having all carved out their own lifestyle empires and competed for a slice of the lucrative market.

Martha, the all-time reigning Queen of the pantry, added, ‘If you’re an actress, it’s hard to then transition to a princess and then from a princess into a homemaking guru on a television show. It doesn’t sort of follow. So go from there.’

One thing Martha has never been accused of, however, is holding back. She may mince her meat, but she certainly doesn’t mince her words. Her previous targets have included Blake Lively, whose preserve company she branded ‘stupid’, while her verdict on GOOP founder Gwyneth Paltrow was even more cutting: ‘She just needs to be quiet. She's a movie star. If she were confident in her acting, she wouldn't be trying to be Martha Stewart’.

Now, a source tells us Meghan may have found herself the latest name on Martha’s long list of lifestyle rivals.

An insider says, ‘The way she tells it, she was just innocently answering a question and telling the truth. She says she heard Meghan chatting about her time in the U.K., and she sees nothing wrong with saying as much.

'But Martha is very territorial and very catty, of course, she knows that her words carry a lot of weight, so no one thinks it’s an accident that she managed to make Meghan look bad and get herself a load of attention in the process.'

They add, ‘Martha does not like other people coming into the lifestyle space. Just look at how vicious she’s been to Gwyneth over the years, and when she feels at all threatened, she goes on the attack.'

Martha’s apparent suggestion that Meghan had been chatting about her royal return will hardly have gone down well behind palace walls, particularly at a time when discretion is understood to be paramount. After all, the Sussexes’ meeting with Charles and Camilla was reportedly shrouded in secrecy, making any suggestion that details were being discussed afterwards potentially rather awkward.

But there could be a delicious twist to Martha’s intervention. With Meghan’s popularity reportedly taking a knock in both the UK and US in recent months, according to recent polls, what may have been intended as a low blow could actually have given the Duchess an unexpected boost in Hollywood.

After all, if even some of the biggest names in show business have found themselves on the receiving end of Martha’s famously sharp tongue, being her latest target could arguably be less of a setback for Meghan and more of a strange badge of honour.

The source says, ‘She didn’t give any details or imply Meghan was being negative and says she finds it quite shocking that this has been turned into such a big deal. But it’s hard for most people to believe Martha is that naïve.

‘Martha has decades of playing these social games and manipulating the media. She’s acting as though she doesn’t see what all the fuss is about, as though she didn’t just drop a grenade.’

Meghan, however, appears to be brushing off the comments in the way only a Duchess can - with ice cream, a tiara, a birthday swim, holding a bunch of balloons and dancing around her kitchen, which appears to have undergone a swoon-worthy makeover with TWO islands, luxe Portuguese tiling and a dining area fit for a royal.

Showing off her gleaming new kitchen and whipping up homemade ice cream using jam from her own line also proves Meghan knows how to serve her own ice-cold revenge without saying a word. And the source says Meghan only plans to continue in the same vein and will hit Martha ‘where it matters most’ – in the kitchen.

‘Meghan will be fuming but she’s not going to get into a public war of words with Martha, instead she’s going to hit her where it matters most, by taking some of her market share,’ the insider says.

‘It may not happen tomorrow, but she’s vowing it will happen, no matter how long it takes, and Meghan plans to keep at it because, whether Martha believes it or not, she is sincere in all of this.

‘Cooking has always been a passion for her, and it still is; you can see that in her incredible state-of-the-art kitchen, it’s clearly something she’s invested in and takes seriously.’

Yet having built up her own lifestyle empire from scratch and being named as America’s first self-made female billionaire in 1999, we’re told Martha is adamant that no young upstart is going to eclipse her level of success - and isn’t afraid to tear down anyone who tries.

The source says, ‘The truth is that she [Martha] does not appreciate anyone that she views as trying to knock her off her perch in any way. She sees herself as the undisputed queen of the domestic lifestyle world, and all these newer personalities, with Meghan being the biggest name among them, really get under her skin.

‘Martha is clever enough to take her little swipes in a way that still allows for reasonable deniability. She plays dumb, but anyone that knows her knows that she’s as wily as a fox, and, whether she wants to acknowledge it or not, her comments have fuelled another wave of negative headlines for Meghan.’

Yet we’re told there could also be another reason Martha appears to be so vehemently against Meghan’s bid for success, as, alongside unexpectedly being BFFs with Snoop Dogg, she also revealed earlier this year how she calls King Charles ‘chuck’.

Ahead of her attendance at a charity gala hosted by the King at Christie's New York in May, Martha told journalists, ‘I call him Chuck, and he looks great girls’ before going on to compliment Camilla, too.

Now we’re told, ‘She’s also a huge anglophile, she adores King Charles and was falling all over herself to impress him a few months ago, so it’s not hard to imagine that has something to do with this too.’

Understandably, then, the source says Meghan feels like she’s fighting an uphill battle, but is determined to play Martha at her own game.

‘It’s the last thing Meghan needs right now and so demoralising because she is adamant that this never happened,’ they tell us.

‘But what can she do to defend herself? Her only reasonable option is silence because anything she says will only draw more attention to it, so she simply has to swallow her feelings and use them as fuel to outdo Martha at her own game.’

She melted hearts in June with a surprise pregnancy announcement – taking to Instagram in a skirt that just skimmed her growing belly alongside the song, and accompanying caption, ‘Baby, I’m yours’. But while Anne Hathaway’s bump reveal initially drew swathes of support across the internet, the actress sadly hasn’t been so universally praised as she’s taken her maternity wardrobe on the road. In fact, the 43 year old found herself the target of some serious backlash – and some very unserious conspiracy theories that she wasn’t even pregnant – last week, after choosing one particularly bump-centric maternity outfit to walk the red carpet.

Posing for photographers in Los Angeles to promote her new movie, The End Of Oak Street, Anne smiled broadly, cradling her stomach in a light blue top that was cropped at the front – to reveal her ever-expanding bump – with a longer train in the back, and a pair of low-waisted, denim jeans. Objectively, a relatively harmless choice. But that didn’t stop the dissenting opinion reaching fever pitch, as fans took to the internet to air their dismay, and delight, in equal measure.

One social media said Anne’s look was ‘awful,’ adding, ‘She’s too pretty for this to happen.’ Another wrote, ‘Please let me UNSEE this,’ while another weighed in, ‘The jeans make it worse.’ Other outraged commenters labelled her outfit ‘ridiculous’, ‘tacky’ and ‘bizarre’. Meanwhile, conspiracy theorists ran riot, with one writing, ‘Looks like a fake stomach. The belly button looks unreal.’ Another posted that it looked like a ‘prosthetic bump’, a third keyboard warrior chimed in, ‘As someone who has kids, her belly looks like those fake ones they use in movies.’

Still, the outrage was matched by fashion praise from kinder corners of the internet. One fan wrote, ‘Anne Hathaway at a world premiere is always a win, she always looks stunning,’ while another added, ‘She looks radiant.’ Her lightning rod ensemble even sparked impassioned think pieces, as Vogue published the article, ‘Famous or not, a woman’s bump is nobody’s business,’ while The Independent argued in an op-ed, ‘Anne Hathaway’s baby bump style isn’t ridiculous – it’s a celebration of life.’

As for Anne herself, she proved she’s got a sense of humour to match her daring fashion choices, as she later posted a behind-the-scenes video while getting ready for another press event. Taking to task the fake belly rumours, she joked, ‘Fake hair, real bump.’ Her response was playful, but no doubt it masked some frustration over the very loud maternity backlash. After all, the actress has been open about her third pregnancy being an unlikely blessing.

Appearing on Late Night with Seth Meyers last month to promote The Odyssey, Anne said that she and her husband, Adam Shulman, were both ‘shocked’ to be expecting again. The star, who’s already mum to sons Jonathan, 10, and Jack, six, revealed, ‘It’s amazing. I mean, we knew what we were doing. But we were so shocked it worked…we were just shocked it went this way.’

She added, ‘So, we’re calling this one our buzzer beater’ – referring to the basketball term where a shot is taken right before the timer clock counts down to zero.

Meanwhile, in addition to her expanding brood, it’s been a seismic year for the actress, who’s already promoted four movies – Mother Mary, The Devil Wears Prada 2, The Odyssey and The End of Oak Street – with a fifth, Verity, due to be released in October. Her mega year has earned her worldwide praise, with awards pundits saying she’s an early shoo-in for Best Actress for her role as Penelope in The Odyssey.

All this comes as she continues to celebrate her ‘Anne-aisance’ – which comes over a decade since she became the internet’s punching bag. As fans will remember, the backlash first started after she co-hosted The Oscars alongside James Franco in 2011, with critics labelling them the worst ever hosting duo. But while Anne at least tried to inject humour and energy into the ceremony, she undoubtedly copped the most flak, with viewers labelling her ‘desperate’. A broader wave of public negativity then came two years later after she won the Best Supporting Actress Oscar for Les Misérables, prompting dissenters to call her ‘pretentious’, ‘contrived’ and ‘always putting on a show’. Thirteen years later, that dark period of time has since been classed the ‘Hathahate’ era.

Now, and not a moment too soon, the actress is back on top – both critically acclaimed and ostensibly less bothered by public scorn. So, with that in mind, fans can rest assured that – though the internet might continue to disagree over her maternity outfits – Anne is resolutely above the noise.

For months, there have been whispers that they’re leading increasingly separate lives.

And now, insiders tell heat that Prince Harry and Meghan Markle are butting heads as the duke feels a stronger pull back to the UK - while his wife of eight years remains determined to stay put in LA, with no desire to uproot the life she’s built there.

With the tension said to be building behind closed doors, the couple are reportedly trying to put an ‘agreement’ in place to ease the pressure and avoid things escalating further.

Our insider explains, ‘Harry dreams of a compromise where he can come back to the UK more often, potentially as a part-time working royal again. He’d love Meghan to join him - but there’s no way she’d move back, even part time. She feels there’s too much open hostility towards her.

‘They’re figuring out an agreement where Meghan accompanies him when it suits her. She’s very independent, so she’s leaving it up to Harry to navigate it but the feeling is it’s very much a make-or-break situation. Unless someone compromises it will be difficult to see how this pact could work out between them.’

Harry, 41, travelled to the UK alone last month for the one-year countdown to the 2027 Invictus Games, but he also accepted a invitation from King Charles to visit Highgrove House on 10 July - with Meghan and their two children Archie, seven, and five-year-old Lilibet joining the visit. While the Sussexes weren’t photographed publicly, Meghan later posted a carousel of images from the day to her 4.7 million Instagram followers. Buckingham Palace described it as a ‘private family occasion’ that lasted ‘for an hour or so’.

The visit - the first time the Sussexes had spent time with King Charles in four years - was widely seen as a positive step, and Harry is already expected to return to the UK in September for the WellChild Awards. There are also rumours that Charles has invited the Sussexes to spend time at Balmoral this month.

But back in California, Meghan, 45, has reportedly raised eyebrows. During a solo outing in LA, where she attended a screening for Cookie Queens, a documentary about the Girl Scouts on which she serves as an executive producer, observers noted the duchess wasn’t wearing her engagement ring - and our insider claims it was no accident.

‘Meghan’s too media savvy to accidentally step out without her ring,’ they continue. ‘It’s almost like she’s reminding everyone, including Harry, that she’s still the independent, self-assured, driven woman he fell in love with. And if he wants to take her for granted, it’ll be at his peril.’

It’s not the first time the couple’s relationship has been placed under the microscope. A Vanity Fair article last year caused a stir when it referenced claims that Meghan’s team had been shopping around for a ‘post-divorce book’ deal. Those allegations were denied by a source close to Meghan, and Harry has also dismissed talk of a split amid speculation of a ‘professional separation’.

While in New York in December 2024, Harry addressed the rumours with a laugh, saying, ‘We’ve apparently divorced maybe 10, 12 times. It’s hard to keep up with, but that’s why you just ignore it.’

Still, despite Harry’s insistence that all is well, sources suggest their day-to-day lives remain unusually separate. ‘Meghan’s constantly taking meetings in LA, and is handling a lot of the Netflix negotiations,’ the source says. ‘Harry’s taken a back seat as he’s busy with his charitable work, and mending fences with his father.

‘Meghan’s taking more of the responsibility for bringing in the money. They come together for meals and family time, but the days go by quickly when they’re pulled in different directions.

‘They have very full, independent lives. Culturally, LA’s where Meghan feels comfortable - she never took to the stuffiness of England. It’s hard to imagine her agreeing to uproot the life she’s built in California.’

And a second insider claims another flashpoint is emerging too - their children’s education. ‘It’s creating stress for the whole family,’ says the source. ‘Those close to them believe this issue could cause a big problem - Meghan won’t budge.

‘Harry understands, but can't rule out a British education. He wants his children to have a meaningful connection with that side of their family. He’d prefer the kids to attend a mixed school, and has even explored the possibility of a day-pupil arrangement.’

Last September, singer Joss Stone - a friend of Harry who moved back to Devon from Nashville a year ago with her young family - added to the chatter when she shared that the prince had told her how ‘wonderful’ UK schools were when they both attended the WellChild awards.

‘It’s exactly why we felt drawn to come back - for the kids to grow up surrounded by family, friends, a strong sense of belonging and, most importantly, in a safe environment,’ she said.

And the insider warns that if the couple can’t agree on a workable path forward, the stakes could be high. ‘Education is just the symptom - the bigger issue is deciding where home actually is,’ the source says. ‘Friends are worried the disagreement risks ending in a complete stalemate.

‘If neither of them is prepared to compromise, the consequences for their relationship could be significant.’

Prince William and King Charles may have managed to keep their reported differences behind palace walls, but with Prince Harry’s next UK visit on the horizon, the pressure is mounting on the King and his heir to find some common ground – and fast.

For months, there have been growing reports of a power struggle between the pair, with Charles determined to make his own decisions and seemingly keen to explore the possibility of reconciliation with Harry. William, meanwhile, is understood to remain deeply wary of the Sussexes and concerned about the potential impact their return could have on the monarchy.

Harry and Meghan Markle’s secret meeting with Charles and Queen Camilla last month appeared to bring those tensions into even sharper focus. So much so, that a source recently told us even Princess Kate is fearful that the extent of the father-and-son rift could eventually become impossible to hide from the public.

Now, we’re told that Charles and William are being urged to sit down and thrash out a compromise before the situation spirals further. And in what could prove a crucial step, a source claims the King, 77, has finally agreed to meet his 44-year-old heir for a secret summit ahead of Harry’s next trip to Britain.

With the Sussexes’ return threatening to reopen old wounds, we’re told the meeting could be vital in preventing an already strained family dynamic from tipping into a full-blown royal crisis.

An insider says, ‘It’s making life uncomfortable for everyone at the Palace; their advisors are still communicating, but William and the King are barely acknowledging each other, even when they’re in the same meeting.

‘The situation has become absolutely ludicrous, it’s causing chaos, and fact is, it reflects badly on everybody. A lot of people are saying William is playing straight into Harry and Meghan’s hands by alienating his father this way.

‘But anyone that tries to broach this topic with him is ignored or reprimanded. People have been avoiding it for months, but His Majesty has finally agreed that it’s time they sit down and face this before it gets any worse.’

The latest claims of tension between the King and his heir come just two years after Charles’ cancer diagnosis placed the future of the monarchy under an intense spotlight. At the time, questions inevitably swirled over when William might become King and whether Charles could ultimately be forced to step back from the role to prioritise his health.

During the King’s treatment, William stepped up to shoulder a greater share of the royal workload, appearing to grow into his position as heir and offering a glimpse of the more streamlined monarchy he could eventually create. But with Charles now having revealed that his treatment has been reduced, and showing every intention of remaining on the throne for many years to come, the dynamic between father and son appears to have shifted once again.

And while William will undoubtedly be relieved to see his father in better health, the Prince may not have anticipated that Charles would use his renewed strength to assert his authority so firmly – particularly over an issue that could have such profound consequences for their relationship.

William is reported not to have spoken to Harry for four years, making Charles’ apparent decision to throw open the royal doors to his youngest son and Meghan a potentially explosive move. For some royal observers, the King’s willingness to explore a reconciliation has even been viewed as the ultimate betrayal of William’s position.

Now, our source claims the father and son are facing a crucial test of their relationship, with Harry’s return to Britain, expected to take place ‘before the end of the year’, threatening to force them to finally confront their differences and agree on a way forward.

The source explains, ‘Time is of the essence because Harry’s upcoming trip could tip things over the edge. It’s no secret that William is already furious that his father is ignoring his objections. If he doesn’t get a chance to air his grievances and say why he thinks it’s a dreadful idea, he may very well do something drastic.

‘William is convinced the Sussexes are plotting a permanent path back to Britain and are using Charles to regain as many privileges as possible while quietly building alliances with people like the Spencers and the York sisters behind his back.

‘From his perspective, it's deeply disrespectful to him and Catherine, particularly when he feels they've never received a proper apology, and he sees it as incredibly dangerous for the monarchy as a whole.’

For months, the message had been clear – if Harry and Meghan were not willing to show remorse for their public lambasting of the Royal Family, then the doors of the Palace, or Palaces, would remain firmly shut, with both Charles and William at the helm as gatekeepers.

Then came Charles’ secret summit with the Sussexes at Highgrove House and a statement from a source close to the King that: ‘Blood is blood’. Since then, royal observers have been waiting on tenterhooks over what will unfold in the aftermath of the King’s shocking U-turn.

And now we’re told the royal drama could take a turn in a direction nobody had expected, as the source claims that Charles, as monarch, has the authority to ‘make life increasingly difficult’ for his eldest son if he continues to disagree with him.

‘Charles can’t remove William from the line of succession, but he can make life increasingly difficult. He can start cracking the whip harder, taking away some of the cushier roles and privileges and giving him a lot more work to do,’ the insider says.

‘He can also start micro-managing him much more closely and make him a whole lot more accountable than he is now, which would certainly upset William because he does not like being told what to do.

‘And, perhaps worst of all, at least from William’s perspective, is the possibility that the more William digs in over Harry, the more leniency and opportunities Charles could choose to give the Sussexes.’

While speculative for now, this threat may come to fruition over the coming months, following reports that Harry hopes to become a working member of the Royal Family again, in some capacity.

Wanting to both have and eat his cake, it’s claimed that Harry wishes to remain living in Montecito but to carry out philanthropic work and visits in the name of the Royal Family, for which, of course, he could be paid for via the taxpayer-funded sovereign grant.

This so-called ‘half in, half out’ bid had reportedly been rejected by the late Queen Elizabeth II back in 2020 when Harry and Meghan first stepped down as senior working royals, but now the source warns the tables could be turning – and not in William’s favour.

The insider says, ‘He could hand them all sorts of perks and total freedom to operate as they see fit; he could even give in and allow them to be working royals based in America. He’s the King of England, so ultimately, he can do what he wants, and William should know that.’

However, given that William - who was last week seen putting on a united front with Kate and their children when the family attended the Commonwealth Games – has reportedly already threatened to ‘boycott’ family events at the Sandringham estate for the foreseeable future if this whole Sussex saga continues, we’re told it’s ‘unlikely’ he’ll bow down to any demands he sees as unjust.

‘Whether he’s actually willing to accept that reality is another story altogether, and truth be told, most people think it’s unlikely,’ the source says.

‘He’s cut from much the same cloth as his father. If he feels he's been wronged, he becomes very righteous, and he rarely gives in. It’s not hard to imagine him being willing to go head-to-head with his father over this for a lot longer, no matter what the consequences are.’

It’s hard to believe that next month marks 10 years since the couple formerly known as Brangelina dramatically split – sparking an almost-decade long war of mud-slinging and bitter estrangement.

For Brad Pitt, it’s undoubtedly a poignant anniversary, as it serves to remind him, once again, of just how much he’s lost. After all, since he and Angelina Jolie broke up in September 2016, he’s slowly but surely watched his relationship with each of their six children go from fractured to totally decimated.

Indeed, last month was – ostensibly – the final nail in the coffin as their youngest children, Vivienne and Knox, turned 18, meaning Brad no longer has any legal rights to see his kids. Crystallising their estrangement, Vivienne marked the milestone by filing a legal petition to drop ‘Pitt’ from her surname, following in the footsteps of her three older siblings, Maddox, 24, Zahara, 21, and Shiloh, 20, who have all officially taken legal steps to nominally separate themselves from their father.

As it stands, Vivienne’s twin brother Knox hasn’t gone down the same legal route. However, he did list himself as ‘Knox Jolie’ during his recent graduation, suggesting he’s just as keen to turn his back on Brad - which just leaves Pax, 22, as the only Brangelina child to have yet to publicly drop the name ‘Pitt’.

And it’s for this reason, we’re told, that Pax is now standing solo as Brad’s last shred of hope when it comes to reconciling with his long-lost family. There’s just one glaring issue…Pax may still be a ‘Pitt’ in name, but he’s also the only one who has spoken out publicly, loudly and aggressively against his dad in the past, infamously slamming him in an Instagram message in 2020 as a ‘world class asshole’ and adding, ‘You time and time again prove yourself to be a terrible and despicable person’.

Still, insiders tell us that Brad’s hoping Pax’s anger is buried in the past – and the fact that he’s yet to drop his paternal surname, and also remains in contact with the actor’s side of the family, suggests he might just be willing to hear his dad out.

‘Brad is absolutely clinging to every positive that he possibly can at this point,’ says an insider close to the 62 year old, who has not been pictured publicly with any of his children since splitting from Angelina. ‘He’s putting a lot of hope into the fact that Pax hasn’t gone and changed his name the way the rest of his kids have. And Pax is still friendly with his side of the family – that’s something that Brad is very encouraged by, and he’s saying that it shows the door is still open. His hope is that, once things get back on track with Pax, that can then be something of a doorway to the rest of his kids. He has not given up hope of having them all back in his life and says he will never give up.’

According to reports, Pax has always maintained a strong connection to Brad’s relatives, particularly the actor’s sister, Julie Pitt Neal, and his brother, Doug Pitt. He even reportedly attended a recent family dinner to celebrate Julie’s daughter Sydney’s engagement – an event that, crucially, Brad did not intend. Yet sources have insisted that, despite Pax’s closeness to the Pitts, he ‘doesn’t have much of a relationship with Brad’.

Meanwhile, the duo’s troubled relationship was put on full display in 2023, when Pax’s historical Instagram rant went public. Originally posted on Father’s Day 2020, the then 16 year old bitterly lashed out at his estranged dad on his private account, not only calling him a ‘world class asshole’ but saying that he had made his youngest children ‘tremble in fear’. He added that Brad had ‘no consideration or empathy’.

Brad never publicly responded but, over the years, he’s reportedly been worried about Pax, as the latter has shown some reckless tendencies. Those included getting into two e-bike accidents in just six months – the worst of which happened in July 2024, when he reportedly suffered ‘complex trauma’ after colliding with a car. Two months later, he walked the red carpet with Angelina at the Toronto International Film Festival with noticeable scars across his forehead, while still wearing an arm cast – which showed a worried Brad, and the world, just how serious the accident had been.

Brad himself has been open about his reckless nature and need for speed. Having long driven motorbikes and raced cars, we’re told that he relates to Pax, and wants to teach him how to be safe. In fact, he’s now hoping that he can do just that, and they can find their common ground, before they lose all connection for good.

‘Brad was really scared when Pax had that horrible crash a couple of years ago,’ our source reveals. ‘He still cares about him and loves him, so of course it was very distressing. He was so relieved that Pax ended up relatively unscathed, but of course it was very difficult to feel like he wasn’t even welcome to go see him.

‘In a lot of ways, they are very similar. Pax is undoubtedly the wild child of the family, which naturally Brad can relate to. As far as he’s concerned, it’s only a matter of time before they find their way back to each other.’

Despite Pax’s historical online rant against his dad, he might just be Brad’s best hope moving forwards, considering his siblings’ public displays of antipathy. Who knows how any one of them will feel next month, as they mark the 10-year anniversary of that fateful day in September 2016 when ‘a private plane altercation’ ended the Brangelina fairy tale?

All these years later, we still have little solid detail of the event, aside from allegations that Brad turned abusive to both Angelina and the children. Following the incident, authorities investigated Brad; and while he was later cleared of all allegations, he’s since said his heavy boozing, which he’s given up, had a negative effect on his family life.

Now, as Brad surveys the 10-year wreckage of all that he’s lost, the big question is: will Pax be willing to help him mend the family’s wounds? Or will his devotion to mum Angelina – like the rest of his siblings – thwart any kind of détente? Like always, it seems that all the actor can do is keep the door open, keep his fingers crossed, and wait.

Kim Kardashian has so many careers and so many children, it’s no wonder she has assistants coming out of her ears. How else does a woman of her considerable needs keep on top of her professional and personal diaries, run around after her kids, manage her properties and make sure she is clothed, fed and watered?

Well luckily for her, her smitten new man Lewis Hamilton seems more than happy to join her army of staff, making sure she has everything she needs at her fingertips.

But when he was snapped pulling up to her film set to drop off her lunch in a white paper bag, it raised a few titters among some celeb watchers who accused him of being under her perfectly manicured thumb. However, far from feeling embarrassed about these murmurs, we hear Kim is delighted with this level of devotion. It’s the commitment she’s been looking for.

Our source close to the couple tells us that jokes about him being a glorified assistant are actually not far from the truth. Lewis, we’re told, caters to her every whim – which couldn’t be further from his previous reputation as an elusive playboy who refused to be pinned down.

The insider says of their seven-month relationship, “All Kim has to do is mention that she wants something and Lewis makes it happen, whether that means getting it for her himself or having it sent to her, he’s in total puppy dog mode. It has a lot of people pretty shocked because this is not his style at all, usually he’s very aloof with the women, he mostly acts like he can take it or leave it, but with Kim it’s different, he’s completely under her spell.”

This is the ideal situation for Kim, we hear. As one of the world’s most beautiful and wealthy women, she expects nothing less than being placed high on a pedestal in her relationships. But in recent years, things have not gone this way for her.

Says our source, “Kim loves it when men dote on her and make her feel like a princess, it’s a huge turn on for her. Kanye used to treat her this way back in the day when things were good between them and it’s one of the reasons she fell in love with him so hard. But that all died after they got married and it flipped around and she was always the one always pretzeling herself to try and make him happy. So, it is definitely a breath of fresh air to have a man treating her like a prize again, and not just any man, one of the hottest men in the world, or at least that’s how she sees him.”

Sir Lewis Hamilton, who hails from Stevenage in the UK and was knighted by the now King Charles in 2021, is a catch by anyone’s standards. As a seven-time world Formula One racing champion, he’s worth £435 million and is the richest current British sportsperson thanks to his F1 contracts, brand endorsements, ventures and investments. He’s also easy on the eye – another reason why he’s snagged a string of high-profile models, actresses and singers such as Nicole Scherzinger, Gigi Hadid and Rita Ora. But at 41 he has never been married, engaged, or had children, leaving many to believe none of these women met his impossibly high standards.

We’re told the attraction for Kim, 45, goes beyond looks and wealth, or even the level of adoration he shows her. They have an array of shared heartfelt interests. They are both astute businesspeople and stakeholders in the acting and producing world. And as the first black Formula One racer who has experienced racism, Lewis is a prominent activist for racial equality and more diversity in his sport. Kim speaks out against oppression and, through her advocacy and legal work, has successfully campaigned to overturn miscarriages of justice, often centred around people of colour.

These common interests mean the pair have known each other since 2014, having frequently crossed paths at global events. But both were always in relationships, or in Kim’s case, marriages, as she has three under her belt. It wasn’t until the start of this year that their friendship turned romantic and they were publicly pictured together at the Superbowl in February.

Our source says, “Lewis isn’t just good looking, he’s this huge star in his own right and he has a real aura of success around him. Kim sees people absolutely fawning over him wherever they go and yet he’ll drop everything to be with her and do whatever it takes to make her smile, it’s been a huge boost for her confidence.

“He’s so thoughtful, he never comes over empty handed, flowers, candy, lingerie, food, he always has something for her. He usually has something for the kids too, which has obviously scored him a ton of points with everyone, but especially Kim because it melts her heart that he wants to bond with her kids and put in that kind of effort.”

This summer, the couple were snapped at the Monaco Grand Prix and at California festival Coachella. They hard-launched their relationship on social media, posting pictures and videos of them vacationing together with her children, North, 13, Saint, 10, Chicago, eight and Psalm, seven, at her lake house.

And we hear, Lewis is keen to impress on Kim that his devotion doesn’t end when their jobs and families take them in different directions.

“When they aren’t together, he’s very consistent about texting her and staying in touch every day. Most nights he’ll video call and talk to her until she falls asleep and then every morning, she’ll wake up to the sweetest messages from him. She says she’s blown away by how attentive he is. At first, she was worried it was all a little too good to be true and she couldn’t help but be afraid that he was going to leave her heartbroken, but it’s been more than six months now, and if anything, he’s gotten even more adoring.

“He’s still his own man, he wouldn’t take kindly to it if she started bossing him around or throwing tantrums, but she’s very wisely not taking this for granted or acting bratty. They’re still very much in the honeymoon stage so there’s no telling if they’ll have this dynamic forever, but at this point she’s got him in the palm of her hand. He doesn’t seem to care one bit that his friends are giving him a hard time about this, his response is that they’re just jealous that he’s dating the sexiest woman in the world.”

Currently, Lewis is on summer break from F1. Kim is busy filming in LA and he’s basing himself in America to be with her for the coming weeks. So, the only racing he’ll be doing is running after his beloved and catering to her every need. Lucky Kim.